Home

CNH FM-1000 Integrated Display

1. 000004 214 Configuring the TrueGuide implement guidance system 000048 215 TrueGuide implement setup 2 0 uebs8e66 S562 eh BP POd es OSE te Bees e amp 215 Setting up the TrueGuide system 646022 A eee ee ee beh et eee eee 216 dimmeGuide Calba Onee td ote ehad es basa nee eeeeeue sete sede araa 217 Engaging and disengaging the TrueGuide system 2 00000 0G 219 Operating the TrueGuide system 1 ee ee 220 TrueGuide system aggressiveness settings 2 0 eee ee ee 221 The TrueTracker Plugin 1 0 ee eee ee nnna 223 About the AgGPS TrueTracker system 1 0 ee ee nes 224 T OO Vs cog eheaee en these ee Ga heu ee he ew eee eye eee eee ae 224 Benefits of the AgGPS TrueTracker system 1 0 0c ee 225 Requirements of the AgGPS TrueTracker system 1 0 0 eee ee 225 Installing the TrueTracker system 1 2 aa ee 225 COMMNSUCAHOU o4 5544426440 o eo ooo eS Owes Gee Bas eee RE ee eed bee aS 225 Activating the TrueTracker system 6i4 05o8 shee eee Gh a bee ee eee eea kas 226 Enabling the implement controller os ae hak ee e h O44 aoe haw me ee hee 226 Configuring the implement controller 2 0 eee eee ee eee 228 Picace OUMOU 4 oe eens ee na eee eebe eee ead ee eee Rees ee eee eon eee 229 Configuring the implement 24 046 50 bo6 bea shoe h G56 ooo oO owed a8 230 Calibrating the 1Mplement 20s e92es34 24 oboe Goes bee de REA Ge eS 231 C
2. AS 4 WSMT II A DJ467980835S1 _ Module Planter Drill Control Order and install DJ467980851 if using Seed Manager SE T N Style Harness MUA im Application Rate Sensor amp Flow Meter x 4 Channel 1 4 Feedback il i OEE cod I Cort 9 Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus PWM Solenoid Valves Channel 1 4 Control gt 1 H Do From Previous B Module Harness S Liquid Servo p DJ467980160 or Extension Control Valves Harness B PS 4 Channel ae Control Harness TH WH Air Pressure E Sensor Hopper Level Sensor TRU COUNT HARNESS Implement CAN Extension DJ46798014X Harness Optional lengths 5 10 20 25 or 40 Customize depending on specific planter o0 Implement DJ467983505 A Lit Sensor OO L I k Fan Shaft 5 RPM a Sensor D mn J W Dy Connects to Tru Count pa Clutch system DJ467981200 WSMB Module S
3. FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 485 25 Data Management The AgGPS folder The AgGPS folder stores system utility files and subfolders that contain the input and output files of the FM 1000 integrated display See Prescriptions page 258 and Folders on the USB memory stick page 484 The following diagram shows system utility files and the data folders in the AgGPS folder saved on a USB memory stick by the FM 1000 integrated display i E AgGPs File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qs O E A h i toes gt X 1D FE 486 Address E agGPs Desktop B My Documents El 4 My Computer Se Local Disk C amp 4 DVD RW Drive D El H SanDisk ImageMate E co AB Lines C Autopilot E Data E Smith Farms E i Meadowbrook E South Field 3 Planting B Spraying E i Diagnostics D Autopilot 3 Screenshots Firmware fo Prescriptions 3 Summaries gt upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide AB Lines C Autopilot Data Diagnostics Firmware Prescriptions C Summaries EJ areaFeatureDictionary txt implements _FMDO xml lineFeatureDictionary txt pointFeatureDictionary txt Data Management 25 Client folder The Client folder stores a sub folder for each farm defined for the client The following diagram shows the C ient folder and file organization Er E AgGPS Data Smith Farms File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q Bex BD JO search
4. 0 0 00 387 Obtaining diagnostics information about the Tru Application Control device 389 Resetting the master module 2246247566406 4ehes ge eee One ee es ee eee esas 3 390 Warning Wiessdes 6 4 eset eeee Ghee ee Gh sae eee eesee tbat eedesegt Baad ac 391 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 2 2 ee eee eee 399 Introduction TO field leveling s 4 5 280000864455 OSU a eke ee PE Eee ee Eee Ee eS 400 Pec POO 4 ok oe Gta eee eee ee ee ee eo eb ee oe 400 TCMMINGIOC 34 544 nen en yee ee ee ee ee nee eee ed ee ee ee ee ee ee oe 400 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 13 Contents 19 20 14 Benefits of the AgGPS FieldLevel II system 2 0 0 ee es 401 Requirements of the AgGPS FieldLevel II system 0 00 eee 401 Wis AON eee eee tea ta eee ogee Sener Det e tee Pag Bae Bee 401 COMMOUNGUION sees eee ehhh Gees eb eet k Sees Bea hoe ee ree be eee ee 402 Configuring the implement for leveling 2 0 eee eee ee 404 Operating the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin 0 00 eee 405 IUMSCIeC a she eases Soho ee ee oe Sb Ses Fae ee eee Ee hee oes oat 405 CAA GcUVOV s Gennes ee Be ee a ee Gee a ee Be ee Bo ee ee Oo 405 Oe e e oe ape bce eg eee eae ee eee oo eee ee ae e oe ees 409 Opilons Ole Sree wa pace ee ea BS He Soe Eee Ot eg oe Eo 410 Creatine Adesione 42k eee eed eee ne ee eae ee ea eee eee eS 411 Saving the new design 4h52ehe HHS Gy eb eeeca Geant ede beeen eee RS 412 Reload
5. 4Channel Control Harness Actuator Harness This harness allows for 4 output control channels and associated feedback sensors a hopper level sensor input a shaft sensor input a ground speed input an implement switch input and an air pressure input In addition a pair of 6 pin connectors are available for Servo connection Install sensors valves and so on according to the instructions included with the items Install the PWM valve assembly and feedback sensor for each control loop and connect the devices to their respective inputs on the harness making certain to match PWM 1 with FEEDBACK 1 PWM 2 with FEEDBACK 2 and so on Secure any unused and excess cable lengths where necessary Seed Sensor Harness This harness accommodates any standard DICKEY john Seed Sensor harness PM or SE style A wide variety of harnesses are available to accommodate various numbers of sensor inputs Install all seed sensors per the instructions included with the individual sensors Secure any unused or excess cable lengths as necessary Accessory Harness for Air Seeders This harness enables you to connect 4 additional air pressure sensors 4 hopper level sensors and 1 fan shaft RPM sensor Accessory Harness for Sprayers This harness enables you to connect 4 liquid pressure sensors and 2 fan shaft RPM sensors Accessory Harness for Spreaders This harness enables you to connect 2 additional hopper level sensors and 2 fan shaft RPM sensors
6. On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised of When you return to the channel status tab the channels current spraying rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the sprayer to spray at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 367 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin The target rate adjusts by the ncrement Decrement value See page 310 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available jf Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Flush mode Flush is a manual override mode that opens the valve and dispenses material for a period of time for a defined flush speed The Flush Enable feature can be activated only when the vehicle is stopped Section Information tab A sprayer can have up to 24 sections Each section is represented on the section layout bar The information that is reported by boom sections and additional sensors appears on the Section Information tab which appears under the guidance screen Description A Section layout bar 2o Sprayer Information tab selector is Additional sensor readings
7. Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration Note The optimum gain setting has short slew time short millisecond reading and low overshoot percentage less than 5 8 6 Repeat Step 5 with Turn Right Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew 7 When you locate the best gain value do one of the following Tap OK to save the value in the Autopilot controller memory Tap Cancel to restart the calibration procedure 190 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 1 Select Roll Antenna Correction from the calibration list See page 176 Autopilot Roll Antenna Compensation Right of the line 2 Before changing these settings complete the following procedures Notes on configuring the antenna position e Before configuring the antenna compensation make sure that the AgGPS Autopilot system is completely set up the Autopilot software is properly configured the correct GPS corrections are enabled you read this section carefully e Ifmultiple GPS technologies will be used for example RTK and WAAS use the technology with the highest accuracy when you perform the Roll Correction calibration 1 Setting the antenna height above the ground 1 Place the tractor on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the base of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value in the Antenna Height
8. TrueGuide system status indicators The system status appears on the 7rueGuide tab between the Off On Auto buttons TrueGuide status Description The TrueGuide system is off Disengaged The TrueGuide system is ready but not engaged Waiting The Autopilot system is engaged and the TrueGuide system is preparing to engage after a short pause The TrueGuide system has engaged and is on TrueGuide system aggressiveness settings To set the default aggressiveness value see Setting up the TrueGuide system page 216 e Increasing the aggressiveness increases the response to move the implement back to the guidance line FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 221 13 The TrueGuide Plugin e Decreasing aggressiveness smooths the response to the implement moving offline For Use as default Steep slopes 10 30 150 Slow speed applications 125 Normal operation 100 High speed applications gt 8 MPH 33 Adjusting aggressiveness during operation 1 From the Run screen select the TrueGuide Plugin ON 2 Doone of the following To increase aggressiveness tap To decrease aggressiveness tap 222 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The TrueTracker Plugin In this chapter One of the FM 1000 integrated display features that can be unlocked is the AgGPS TrueTracker m About the AgGPS TrueTracker implement steering system system This chapter describes the TrueTrac
9. Drawbar the implement can pivot like a trailer Select the Hitch to Ground Contact Point field Enter Hitch Point to Drag Point Distance Entering a Hitch to Ground Contact Point distance improves the modeling of the implement for section control If you shorten this distance it brings the implement online more quickly This setting defaults to the Application Offset entered in the Guidance tab If necessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to select the units that the offset is measured in Enter the hitch to ground contact point distance Tap OK The Implement Setup screen appears Select the Antenna Front Back Offset Antenna Left Right Offset and Antenna Height fields and repeat Step 4 through Step 6 for each to enter the required distances Tap OK The Edit Implement screen appears The implement is now configured and the settings are stored in the FM 1000 integrated displays internal memory FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 115 7 Implement Configuration Additional settings Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display When you configure an implement with the EZ Boom or the Tru Application Control plugin installed additional settings appear on the Edit Implement screen 1 From the Configuration screen select Implement and then tap Setup The Edit Implement screen appears 2 Select the Additional Settings tab The following options appear Edit Implement 3
10. Driving in Point and Slope mode When you drive in Point and Slope mode the FieldLevel I tab appears as follows Edit the design slope Increase the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Raise the blade by the Blade Step amount Lower the blade by the Blade Step amount Auto Engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill When selected the Up and Down arrows change the blade height by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables you to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Log the coverage so that you can see on the map where you have been dependent on your Implement Width A shape file is created with cut fill and height information The slope is defined as the percentage vertical drop against horizontal travel A positive slope goes upwards and a negative slope goes downward For example if the slope is set to 1 the slope will drop 1 ft for every 100 ft horizontally traveled Vertical drop Actual slope 1 1 ft Horizontal travel 100 ft To view or change the Point and Slope gradient tap Edit on the FieldLevel II tab Alternatively tap the or buttons to move the slope by the Slope Adjust amount defined in the FieldLevel settings under Leveling model Point and Slope Slope Adjust FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 431 19 The FieldLevel I Plugin Driv
11. Entering the password to activate a plugin This chapter describes plugins are and how to configure them Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 53 4 Overview of Plugins Introduction to plugins The FM 1000 integrated display version 2 00 has a number of plugins that you can install to expand its functionality Rem Status Description o Permanent Configure the appearance of the Chapter 5 The display System Plugin Mapping Permanent Configure the field features Chapter 8 The Mapping Plugin Manual Guidance Optional Enable GPS diagnostic information for Chapter 9 The manual steering guidance Manual Guidance Note You must install the Manual Plugin Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the FieldLevel plugin Autopilot Optional Configure the AgGPS Autopilot Chapter 11 The automated steering system Autopilot Plugin GPS Receiver Required Configure the GPS receiver Chapter 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin TrueTracker Optional Configure the AgGPS TrueTracker Chapter 14 The system to enable implement steering TrueTracker Plugin EZ Boom Optional Configure the EZ Boom 2010 Chapter 15 The automated application control system EZ Boom Plugin to enable spray boom and rate control Serial Rate Optiona
12. Tap erase a letter that you have typed by the lt lt backspace button mistake clear all the text you have entered the CLEAR button finish entering text the OK button 26 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 Virtual number pad The virtual number pad works in the same way as the virtual keyboard For example the following screen appears when you edit the width of an implement in the Implement Boom Setup screen Select the Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet button to change the units X Tip When you change units the number value in the window is automatically converted to the new unit so select the correct units before you enter a number value Drop down box A drop down box if provided lists the options you can select from the current list f Tractor 2VW D MFV To select an item 1 Tap the list once to open the drop down list 2 Tap the required item from the list The drop down list disappears and the selected item appears in the field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 27 2 Features and Functions Slider bars Slider bars appear on several of the configuration screens Allowable side to side jy coverage overlap B La Allowable boundary overlap E Fi A slider bar shows how extreme a selection is If you use a slider bar to select the value it is apparent that you are nearing the extreme value There are two ways
13. The View Fault Log button Tap this button to view the Tru Application Control plugin faults A The WMST module type FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 389 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin The Sensors amp Voltages tab shows the following information Tru Application Control Diagnostics WSMT Type 4 Channel Planter Drill WSMT 3 80 TECU 3 00 Channels Sensors amp Voltages Connected Rem Deseripon Resetting the master module N CAUTION Do not reset the master module unless you want to reset the channel calibration settings CNH recommends that you do not reset the system unless instructed to by Technical Support When you reset the master module it clears the value on the module The next time that you exit the setup menu the FM 1000 integrated display re sends the settings to the module To reset the memory NOVRAM of the master module 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tru Application Control plugin and then tap Setup The 4 Channel Setup screen appears 2 Tap Modules The Tru Application Control Setup screen appears 3 Tap Reset Master A confirmation dialog appears 4 Tap Reset The module is reset X Tip If you reset the master module you may need to run the auto configuration twice 390 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Warning messages When the Tru Application Control plugin is active the system can display warning messages The following messages causes
14. The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the sections Operating an air seeder granular seed N WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is On the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death 368 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 When you are running an air seeder with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen Description Vo Air seeder tab see page 372 200 Logging on off button es Air seeder row details button see page 374 Channel to row assignment bar Row status bar Row Information tab Additional sensor readings Turning the air seeder on or off Implement lift switch installed If an implement lift switch is not installed see page 371 To apply seed if an optional implement lift switch is installed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 369 17 370 The Tru Application Control Plugin When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so that the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes as shown below Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button Implement switch is Off Master switch is Off Implement switch
15. The number of member modules does not match the system configuration 1 Too few modules connected to system 2 Too many modules connected to system 3 Defective CAN module harness 4 Blown module harness fuse 5 Defective module The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Solution 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary 1 Verify proper planter operation setup 2 Inspect seed sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary 4 Fill with seed 1 Verify proper implement operation setup 2 Inspect pressure sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary 1 Verify proper implement operation setup 2 Inspect pressure sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 1 Verify correct module configuration setup on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 2 Verify correct module configuration setup on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 3 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup list Inspect CAN module harness of the missing module for damage Repair or replace harness 4 Inspect module harness fuse of the identified module Replace if necessary 5 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup list Inspect missing module for damage or replace FM 1000 Integrated Display
16. 3 Inspect identified module for damage or replace 1 Inspect Actuator Harness for damage around the PWM and Servo valve connections Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect PWM or Servo valve drivers for damage and replace if necessary 3 Inspect identified module for damage and replace if necessary CHAPTER The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin In this chapter The FM 1000 integrated display has three FieldLevel II plugins m Introduction to field leveling l e FieldLevel Survey Design m Installation l l e FieldLevel II m Configuration m Operating the FieldLevel Dual Survey Design plugin This chapter describes the function of each plugin followed by a detailed description of how to configure and use the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin to create and manipulate field surveys m Field design FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 399 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Introduction to field leveling 400 Traditionally farmers level their fields for uniform drainage The consistent water flow over the crops improves crop yields and crop consistency which improves profits Description The FieldLevel system is designed in three parts e The FieldLevel Survey Design plugin enables you to use a high accuracy GPS receiver on the leveling implement to create a topographic survey of the layout of your field The three dimensional data shows the surface topography of the land Note If you are working in a field
17. 4 Tap Status Items Slide out tab status Upper right status text item text Upper left status text item Select Status Items LI Mm Applied Rate The status text items appropriate for your plugins appear in the nfo Items list Set the upper left status text item a Inthe Info Items list tap the item you want to use b Tap the left Set Item button The information appears in the upper left field Set the upper right status text item a In the Info Items list tap the item you want to use b Tap the right Set Item button The information appears in the upper right field In the Timeout list select a time This is how long the tab remains on screen before retracting To have the tab extended until you close it manually select Never 78 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 8 To add status items to the slide out tab a Tap the position on the tab that you want to fill For example to add an item to the first position on the list tap at the location shown b Inthe Info Items list tap the item you want to use c Tap lt Set Item d To save the configuration tap OK Selecting the language units of measure and keyboard layout To select the default language for the display 1 From the Display Setup screen select Language amp Units and then tap SETUP Language amp Units Cy Metric The Language amp Units setup screen appears Select the language t
18. 5 Inthe Antenna Height field enter the height of the antenna measured from the ground up 6 Inthe Axle to Antenna Offset field enter the wheelbase measurement horizontal distance between the front and rear axles Note The Engage Options Steering Settings and Advanced tabs on this screen are populated automatically with starting values based on the vehicle type selected 7 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears Calibrating T2 roll compensation The EZ Steer system contains sensors that use T2 terrain compensation technology to provide roll compensation when the vehicle is on a slope or drives over a bump For roll compensation to work correctly the controller must be calibrated 1 Select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Calibrate EZ Steer Steering Calibration _ a7 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 161 10 The EZ Steer Plugin 2 Select Controller Orientation E Steer Roll Calibration Orientation Set the image to match the controller onentation in the cab EZ Steer connectors point towards the rear of the vehicle N ext 3 From the Orientation drop down list select the orientation of the SCM steering control module and then tap Next E Steer Roll Calibration Roll Offset Fark the vehicle and mark the inside position of both sets of wheels Previous 4 Park the vehicle mark the inside position of both sets of wheel
19. Administration password Your password The default is 2009 Master password A backup password in case you lose the Administration password If you require the Master password contact your local reseller The password screen appears the first time that you tap a Setup or Calibrate button after you turn on the display Use the virtual keyboard to enter the Administration password and then tap OK Note Passwords are case sensitive FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Calibrating the touch screen Calibrate the touch screen so that it reads your selections accurately l 2 D 6 Tap D The Configuration screen appears Tap the System plugin in the Plugins list The Setup Calibrate and Diagnostics buttons become available Tap Calibrate Ifyou have not entered an Administrator password during this session the Enter Administration Password screen appears See Password access page 62 Enter your password and then tap OK A warning message appears a ee E other information will e Read the message and then tap Continue The Screen Calibration screen appears with a cross hair in the top left corner Screen Calibration Ce Tap in the center of the cross hair FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 63 5 The System Plugin A N CAUTION Do not use a sharp item such as a pencil to press the screen or you may damage the surface of the screen Use your finger to
20. The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 319 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available fiez Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Precharging the air seeder before driving When the vehicle is moving the air seeder is continually distributing seed However when you begin driving the seed can take time to reach the tubes To avoid this tap Precharge oO before you begin moving This ensures that seed distribution begins when you stat planting To precharge this channel and any channels combined with this one 1 Tap the Precharge button The Precharge screen appears 2 Raise the implement 3 Lock the vehicle brakes and put the vehicle in park 4 Start the vehicle engine 5 Run the vehicle until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 373 17 374 The Tru Application Control Plugin A WARNING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 6 Tap the Start button The air seeder moves seed from the seeder bin Repeat this process for any uncombined channels Row Information tab An air seeder can have up to 148
21. You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 10 11 12 13 14 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that the anhydrous tank holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that the anhydrous unit can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this function to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the anhydrous unit if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears If necessary repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Combining channels Once you assign all of the products you can Channel Setup combine channels of the same product type that have the same name This enables you to control multiple channels with one target rate If you have more than one product with the same name the Combine Channels button appears on the Channel Setup screen E Channel 4 granular fort In the example to the right there are two channels of planter seed named Corn You can combine the two channels that these seeds run through to use eae the same target rate eee ees eee aa P ay 1 wi j TEX E o iL a e When you select Yes from the Combine channels drop down list t
22. m Additional information for non 1 ESE rate controllers This chapter describes how to configure the display for use with these rate controllers Note You can install only one variable rate control plug at once You cannot run the EZ Boom plugin or the Tru Application Control plugin at the same time as the Serial Rate Control plugin FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 265 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Non Trimble variable rate controllers The FM 1000 integrated display supports the following non Trimble variable rate controllers See page MID TECH TASC 6000 6100 6200 6300 6500 6600 page 268 SCS 440 440DB 450 450DB 460 660 661 700 710 750 760 page 270 Accu Plant and Accu Rate page 272 Mark III and Mark IV page 272 The FM 1000 integrated display can send control signals to vary only one channel at a time Note Before you can make any changes you must close all fields To use a non Trimble variable rate controller to operate a spray boom do the following 1 Install the non Trimble variable rate controller See page page 266 2 Enable the Serial Rate Control plugin See page page 207 3 Select the port for the variable rate controller See page 267 4 Configure the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display See page page 207 5 Enable and configure the variable rate controller in the FM 1000 integrated display See page page 267 6 Configure the variable rate contr
23. 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Diagnostics The EZ Boom Diagnostics screen includes information on current flow Current pressure boom valve state EZ Boom controller version number It also shows the status of the EZ Boom controller to ensure that it is working as expected To check that the system is responding as expected set the Target Rate and Speed fields to a fixed known value To view previous errors tap View Error Log Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller You can use the EZ Boom controller to control an application device a planter liquid spreader or Tru Count Air Clutch This enables you to e use automatic boom switching to automatically turn individual seed boxes off and on e use the EZ Boom controller switches to manually turn individual seed boxes off and on For more information see The Tru Application Control Plugin page 277 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 263 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller See Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware page 479 264 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Serial Rate Control Plugin In this chapter The FM 1000 integrated display can be connected to third party variable rate controllers m Non Trimble variable rate manufactured by Flex Air Raven Rawson New conmiier Leader MID TECH and Hardi 5500
24. 16 17 12 Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller 0 220 0 00050 264 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 1 2 eee ee ee es 265 Non Trimble variable rate controllers 2 0 0 0 eee 266 Installing a non Trimble variable rate controller 000048 266 Enabling the Serial Rate Control plugin 0 000002 00008 267 Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display 267 Enabling and configuring the variable rate controller in the FM 1000 integrated display 000 267 Configuring the variable rate controller 20 00 eee eee eee 268 Setting any other features of the variable rate controller 274 Additional information for non Trimble variable rate controllers 275 Presei pUONS a tare e eee be eo eee eae oe Oe hee one oe eee oe te 275 The Tru Application Control Plugin 1 1 2 277 IGVIOGUGHOW 5 24 ceeoeoucgaeseuetegeteneeg e et R495 45 ENs Re eeG ae eres 278 Introduction to flow and application functionality 0000 278 Pen NOTO E 464 baceue Ss eae oe eese eee eea ieee ees eee tee ee eee eee 279 Pionter dndn ee a ar a ee a a re ee a 219 POV SCCdChs aust hte eadne eye SEO Eee eee Eee ee eee Ee eee eel ee 219 DOIGVeL Go ee ee ne E eee eee eee E eae ee eee ee ee 279 CO oe era ee e e e A RE ee ee ee 280 CMAMNe aceacegraneeeseehaeeauyeeeateeeraneeueseenaee pean 280 O
25. 1G E O en EEEE a eee ee ee 514 Forcing the system to turn off yn ta oa eee oe Aone eee Raa ee eee eS 515 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Introduction This manual describes how to install configure and use the FM 1000 integrated display version 2 00 Even if you have used other Global Positioning System GPS products before CNH recommends that you spend some time reading this manual to learn about the special features of this product If you are not familiar with GPS visit the Trimble website www trimble com for an interactive look at Trimble and GPS About the product The FM 1000 integrated display which consists of both software and hardware is an easy to use advanced field management system The software runs on a 30 cm 12 touch sensitive color LCD screen The FM 1000 integrated display is CNHs highest level display for agricultural purposes It is compatible with the Trimble AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system For several years the AgGPS Autopilot system has been Trimbles most accurate system for agricultural guidance Now with the FM 1000 integrated display that same accuracy can be controlled with a touch screen interface to provide easy precise and reliable steering With the additions to the software in version 1 00 you can use the FM 1000 integrated display to perform many other functions including implement guidance or field leveling CHAPTER Using this manual
26. 1KB 1KB There is one set of boundary and AB Line shapefiles for each field called e Boundary Swaths Data Base ESRI Shapefile SHY File Data Base ESRI Shapefile SHX File TRY File Data Base ESRI Shapefile SHX File TRX File Data Base ESRI Shape file SHX File TRX File Information stored in the Boundary shp file for fields with boundaries includes a boundary polygon Fields without boundaries do not contain a boundary file Information stored in the Swaths shp file for fields with boundaries includes AB polylines Units are always metric in files created by the FM 1000 integrated display 490 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The following information is stored in the boundary and ABLine attribute files Date the field was created YYYYMMDD Boundary orABLineatwibuteflevewion etmene o C a a a a o re Field creation time local time am pm format PrefWeight Unless a field has a boundary the size of the field is not defined Therefore for fields without boundaries the _Complete in the EventHistory dbf file is always zero Note If you browse the dbf files using an Excel spreadsheet date fields may appear in a different format depending on your local settings Coverage logging data Coverage logging files are created whenever any application coverage is recorded The following information is stored for each coverage polygon in the coverage logging attr
27. A relay must be used to control coverage logging when voltage is present at the switch The following schematic shows the relay between the display and the switch Battery Fuse Boom switch Standard duty 12V 30A 4 pin relay Boom solenoid Battery For more information on configuring the implement see Adjusting the implement settings page 108 Enable the external switch To enable the external switch 1 Tap The Configuration screen appears 2 Tap Implement Vehicle Setup The Edit Implement screen appears 3 Set Remote Logging to Log on high or Log on low Description Log on high The system records logging when the switch is turned on and stops recording when the switch is turned off Log on low The system records logging when the switch is turned off and stops recording when the switch is turned on Note When remote logging is on the Logging button on the Run screen is disabled Use the external switch to turn logging on or off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 475 24 Advanced Configuration Changing the password Note To change the Administration password you require the Master password If you do not know it contact your local reseller See also Password access page 62 l Do one of the following Ifyou have not entered the password during the current session tap Setup or Calibrate from the Configuration screen Ifyou have already entered the password during this
28. Configuring granular seed Entering materials Enter the materials that the drill seeder will plant 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen Material Setup 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the product type The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Liquid Liquid Flow Granular seed Granular Seed Granular fertilizer Granular Fertilizer san Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 318 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 6 Tap Application Rates Material MUSTARD SEED Preset Rate s 55 12 lbs a Granular seed distribution rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Deseription OO kg l Kilograms per liter density pounds of seeds per acre Ibs ft 3 pounds per cubic foot density 7 Enter the following values Ga a The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen channel tab you increase or decrease the granular seeder tar
29. Create aclean set of tire tracks in the field To do this start a new pass away from the area where the AB Line was created When the system is stable engage automatic steering mode and allow the AgGPS Autopilot system to complete the pass 6 At the end of the pass turn the tractor around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction 7 Engage automated steering mode and allow the system to complete the pass 8 Inthe middle of the return pass stop the tractor and confirm that the current position is directly on the AB Line This ensures there is no cross track error 9 Park the tractor and exit the cab Evaluate the tire track pattern between the first and return paths FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 10 Measure the difference between the track passes and record the distance Also note whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 11 1 on page 195 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right ll par a ELi r Ls iagi f inh a a Repeat Step 5 through Step 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 11 1 on page 195 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run ie i Tiz T poe eee x Sees oe oo ia Right offset Left offset Calculating the roll offset Flag offset method l Remove any implement from the vehicle The vehicle draw
30. Define the start and end points e A Line Define a point on the line and the heading direction FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 133 8 The Mapping Plugin To create a straight AB Line 1 From the Swath Management screen select the straight line field pattern 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 141 3 Tap New Straight The Run screen appears 4 To create the start point of the line tap Set A 5 Drive to the end of the line The end B point must be at least 50 meters 160 feet from the A point 6 Tap Set B The new AB Line appears on screen To extend the line drive further along it and then tap Set B again 7 Tap Done To create a straight A line by selecting one point and the angle 1 From the Swath Management screen select the AB Line field pattern 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 141 3 Inthe A Heading window enter the angle that you want the line to be on or select a previous AB Line to use its heading The default angle is the same as the previous AB Line heading Tap New Straight The Run screen appears Drive to the start of the line and then tap Set A Tap Use A The new A line appears a a ot e Tap Done Creating a curved line 1 From the Swath Management screen select the Curve field pattern from the drop down list 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 141 3
31. Delete the benchmark at the current location Logging This will log the coverage so that you can see on your map where you have been dependent on your implement width A shape file is created with cut fill and height information FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 437 19 The FieldLevel II Plugin Defining a plane You can define a plane in the Plane Editor on the FM 1000 integrated display To define a plane use at least one point as a pivot point and extra information based on direction and slope requirements The following figure show the required elements Description Pivot The single benchmark where the plane is defined All slopes will pivot around Benchmark _ this point Primary The first axis upon which the slope is defined It has a Primary Slope and Primary Heading component The Primary Slope is defined as a negative number where water will fall along the primary axis Cross The second axis upon which the slope is defined The Cross Heading will always be 90 or 270 from the Primary Heading The Cross Slope is defined as a negative number where water will fall along the cross axis To define the plane by a single heading and slope then you should set the Cross Slope value to 0 000 Composite When both Primary and Cross slopes are defined the Composite Slope direction shows the actual heading where water will fall If you have 0 000 slope on the Cross axis the Composite Heading will be the same as t
32. Installing sensors The FM 1000 integrated display can read the following optional DICKEY john sensors Item Description Seed sensor Provides seed population or blockage information to the system Application rate sensor Measures shaft rotation speed by counting pulses over time This enables accurate feedback for product control Hopper level sensor Is installed low in the hopper planter seed bin and reports when the seed level drops to that point Shaft speed RPM sensor Measures the RPM of the implement driveshaft either by counting the teeth on a gear magnets on a shaft or lug nuts on a wheel Air pressure sensor Is installed in the hopper and provides real time air pressure or vacuum readings to the system Ground speed sensor Produces pulses that are multiplied by a constant to calculate the speed of the vehicle Pulse Width Modulation Provide flow control for seed liquid and grain PWM control valves Servo control valves FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 39 3 40 Getting Started Rem Deeiption o Flow meters Ensures accurate feedback to the liquid control channel for optimal control accuracy Tru Count Air Clutch control Automatically controls planter rows on off for precise seed placement Implement lift switch Enables on off control based on the implement position For correct system operation connect all sensors used with the system as described in the following sections T
33. Name o a custom name that appears on the Feature Mapping tab Color sets the color of the boundary outline and also the infill color if selected select either Outline or Filled to set how the boundary appears on the screen Trigger Warning sets a visual and audible warning when entering or leaving the boundary edge Remote Output when enabled this feature restricts remote output pulses from being triggered while outside the boundary 86 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 DO Expand By Sets how the boundary is actually recorded See the following Nothing Maps the boundary exactly at the recorded position figure Y2 Swath Width Expands the recorded boundary location by 2 the swath width after the boundary is closed 1 Swath Width Expands the recorded boundary location by 1 additional swath width after the boundary is closed Tap OK The Select Feature screen appears Tap OK The Feature Mapping screen appears Tap OK The Display Setup screen appears S SS m Tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 87 5 The System Plugin Recording a line feature with coverage logging In version 2 0 of the FM 1000 integrated display you can record a line feature simultaneously with coverage logging v s F Rock J River To activate line feature mapping do the following 1 From the Display Settings screen select Feature M
34. P sh i raiders f 9 X WD Fe Address E AgGPSFresoiptions iF Desktop dry dbf Data Base My Documents H 3 My Computer Local Disk C 4 DVD RW Drive D E kl SanDisk ImageMate E El i AgGPs dry shp dry shx FluidLime gdx Lime Presc WestField 19 dbf Lime Presc WestField 19 shp Lime Presc WestField 19 shx ESRI Shapefile SHY File GDX File Data Base ESRI Shapefile SHY File C AB Lines C Autopilot E i Data E O Smith Farms E C Meadowbrook El i South Field I Planting Spraying E i Diagnostics C Autopilot 9 Screenshots 3 Firmware i Prescriptions 3 Summaries upgrade Copying or deleting data files The Data Files screen enables you to copy or delete card data It shows the fields varieties prescriptions and data dictionaries that are in the internal memory and on the USB memory stick On the FM 1000 integrated display there are two methods to access the Data Files screen See the following sections e Accessing data files from the Home screen page 498 e Accessing the data files through the Configuration screen page 498 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 497 25 Data Management Accessing data files from the Home screen 1 From the Home screen tap Data Files AgGPs Fyn Integrated Display Support system Information Company Name Accessing the data files through the Configuration screen 1 From the Home screen tap Ea The Configuration scree
35. Plugin Operating the FieldLevel II plugin Main guidance screen Run screen The FM 1000 integrated displays main guidance screen the Run screen changes when the FieldLevel II plugin is installed It can also change depending which leveling model is selected Description Provides guidance with illuminated LEDs When using the FieldLevel II Contour leveling model the virtual lightbar can be used for levee marking Also in the Autoslope leveling model it will guide you onto the design alignment when installing tile or cleaning a surface ditch Shows the difference between the design plane and the survey Green areas are on grade blue areas require fill and the red areas require cut Primary cut fill Primary cut fill indicator When the blade is below grade indicator the up arrow is red thin is close thick is a long way off When the blade is above grade and cut is required the down arrow is red When on grade the center is green See Blade position indicators page 424 422 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Descri Description Description Secondary pesce For use with tandem and dual scrapers For dual scrapers it indicator is the right side For tandems it is the rear scraper See Blade position indicators page 424 Primary Auto This button engages the automatics to the hydraulic valve controlling the blade When using dual scrapers this is the left side of the blade When
36. Tap New Curve The Run screen appears 4 Drive to the start point of the curve and then tap Set A To stop recording your exact path and create a straight section of line tap the Record button See page 137 5 Drive the curve until you reach the end point and then tap Set B The new curve appears 134 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Creating a headland A Headland is a straight AB Line or an A line pattern that is confined inside a boundary This boundary is called the headland Note If you want to create a headland based on the A line pattern select the straight line pattern and then set the A heading for the internal line Then complete the following steps i Note J From the Swath Management screen select the Headlands field pattern from the drop down list In the Headlands window enter the width of the headland boundary in swaths For example if you enter 2 the headland will be 2 swaths wide Tap New Headland The Run screen appears with the headland definition buttons on the Mapping tab Drive to the start point of the headland and then tap Record A red line appears behind the vehicle to show that the headland is being recorded You must ae the inner pattern eit you aia the headland tab changes to show the inner palten buttons When you reach where you want the A point tap Set A Do one of the following To create an internal AB Line
37. To access the Variety Setup menu tap Variety Setup For more information on allocating and logging varieties see Logging varieties page 147 116 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 4 Implement Configuration 7 Select the Start Overlap field Feet Inches Decimal Feet In some cases you may want to begin applying material some distance before you reach uncovered ground to ensure that you cover all of the ground The Start Overlap setting is the distance before uncovered ground that the implement begins operating The overlap appears as a grey section of the coverage area as shown in the following Run screen example Tap Skip to prevent an overlap of material or tap Overlap to apply an overlap Enter a value for the overlap skip mode and then tap OK The Edit Implement screen appears Adjust the Allowable Side to side Overlap slider FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 117 7 Implement Configuration If a section turns off when you are crossing a diagonal covered ground there needs to be some overlap or some skip Use this slider to select your preference Toensure that there is no coverage double up move the slider fully to the left This results in some uncovered ground Toensure that the system does not skip any ground move the slider fully to the right This results in some double up To have an even share of overlap and skip move the slider to the middle 7 Set the Allowable Boundary Overlap
38. You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 11 12 13 14 15 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that the drill seeder holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that the drill seeder can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the drill seeder if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears If necessary repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 Once you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 345 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 327 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring granular fertilizer Entering materials Enter the materials that the planter or spreader will apply This may include different types of fertilizer or other granular materials 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup 2 Inthe Material Setup screen tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the s
39. as the seed is dispensed 9 Count the number of seeds collected to ensure that the quantity matches the Seed Count value Continuing The sensors are now calibrated Select one of the following To operate a planter or drill Operating a planter or drill page 357 Operating a sprayer liquid flow page 365 Operating an air seeder granular seed page 368 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer page 377 Operating an anhydrous unit page 382 356 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Operating a planter or drill N WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is On the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are controlling a planter or drill with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the Run screen Planter tab Logging on off button a 4 Planter row details button Channel to row assignment bar Row status bar Row and sensor information tab Additional sensor readings Turning the planter on or off Implement lift switch installed If an implement lift switch is not installed see page 359 To plant seed when an optional implement lift switch is installed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 357 17 The Tru Application
40. for damage Replace if necessary 3 Verify correct ACC setting for each module 1 Inspect seed sensor for damage or replace 2 Inspect planter harness for damage Repair or replace 3 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 4 Verify correct ROWS setting for each module 1 Verify seed sensors are connected sequentially on all modules as instructed in installation 2 Inspect seed sensor for damage or replace 3 Inspect planter harness for damage Repair or replace 4 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary Turn system power Off On If condition persists contact Technical Support 1 Verify implement hydraulic system operation 2 Inspect control valve for damage Replace if necessary 3 Verify correct installation of the feedback sensor 4 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace Alarm 223 224 225 226 227 228 Alarm Control Channel Max Feedback Unreachable No Control Channel Gain Steps Calculated Hopper Sensor Low RPM Sensor High Limit Exceeded RPM Sensor Low Limit Exceeded Hopper Sensor Detection Probable cause 5 Limit Max Output is set too low Re calibrate the valve 1 Limit Max Output set too low 2 Incorrect feedback sensor installation 3 Defective feedback sensor 1 Implement hydraulic system malfunction 2 Defective control valve 3 Incorrect fee
41. gt Folders i gt a x o E Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms E Desktop Meadowbrook My Documents H 3 My Computer Sa Local Disk C 44 DVD RW Drive Ds El zl SanDisk ImageMate E E G Agers 3 AB Lines C Autopilot El i Data Smith Farms E i Meadowbrook El 3 South Field gt Planting Spraying E Diagnostics 3 Autopilot O Screenshots Tm Firmware m Prescriptions Summaries C upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 487 25 Data Management Farm folder The Farm folder stores a subfolder for each field defined for the farm The following diagram shows the Farm folder and file organization Er E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook File Edit View Favorites Tools Help O P O searen rolaers 5 2 X 9 EJ Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook E Desktop 3 South Field My Documents El H My Computer Local Disk C 4 DVD RW Drive D El z SanDisk ImageMate E E C AgGPsS m AB Lines 3 Autopilot E i Data E Smith Farms E gt eerie E C South Field 3 Planting 9 Spraying E Diagnostics D Autopilot 3 Screenshots Firmware m Prescriptons 3 Summaries C upgrade Field folder Each Field folder stores the following e A subfolder for each event performed on the field See Event folder page 490 e Three Swaths files e Ifit is a bounded headland field three Boundary files See Field boundary and AB Line files page 4
42. necessary 3 Inspect harness and module for damage Replace if necessary 4 Fill hopper 1 Verify proper implement operation setup 2 Inspect RPM sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary 1 Verify proper implement operation setup 2 Inspect RPM sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 395 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm 229 230 232 233 234 396 Hopper Sensors Installed Incorrectly Pressure Sensors Installed Incorrectly RPM Sensor Low Limit Exceeded With Control Channel Shutdown Channel Delay or Precharge Enabled Control Channel Precharge Activation Timeout Probable cause 1 Defective hopper sensor 2 Defective module or damaged module harness 3 Additional hopper sensors detected Hopper sensors are not installed sequentially on a module 1 Incorrect hopper sensor connections 2 Defective hopper sensor 3 Defective module or damaged module harness Pressure sensors are not installed sequentially on a module 1 Incorrect pressure sensor connections 2 Defective pressure sensor 3 Defective module or damaged module harness The RPM has dropped below the Low Alarm level and the Disable Control On Low Alarm setting is enabled on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Defe
43. or cause injury Be prepared for sudden steering coulter movements 4 Tap Next in the two screens that appear next 5 Test various gain settings while you monitor the implement steering performance and the values in the Slew Time and Overshoot fields for the Turn Left phase a Adjust the New Gain field if required FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 237 14 The TrueTracker Plugin b Tap Turn Left Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration Note The optimum gain setting has short slew time short millisecond reading and overshoot percentage less than 10 6 Repeat Step 5 with Turn Right Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew 7 When you locate the best gain value do one of the following Tap OK to save the value in the AgGPS Autopilot controller memory Tap Cancel to restart the calibration procedure 238 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 1 Select Roll Antenna Compensation from the calibration list Autopilot Roll Antenna Compensation Right of the line 2 Before changing these settings complete the procedures described below Notes on configuring the antenna position e Before configuring the antenna compensation make sure that the AgGPS TrueTracker system is completely set up the Autopilot software is properly configured
44. to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms Alarms Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 301 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Enter the alarm trigger rates USSD cc Ae High Population Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to this percentage above the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to 120 of the preset rate Low Population Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to this percentage below the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to 80 of the preset rate High Alarm Delay This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates and alerts you of a high population Low Alarm Delay This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates and alerts you of a low population Min Row Fail Rate The rate of failure that is acceptable before the Row Fail alarm is triggered Increase the number in the Seeds field to reduce the reporting of errors Product Level Alarm The weight of product Kg Ibs that will trigger the low seed level alarm 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The mater
45. 0 0 0 1 deg s L Heading 0 8 deg s L Number of Gyros 2 Speed Status Connected Temperature Current Warning Can t engage EZ Steer not calibrated View Fault Log Steering Perf OK 2 Tap Steering Perf The Z Steer Steering Performance screen appears 166 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Steer Plugin 10 This screen is for advanced users who understand how to adjust EZ Steer performance If you are not an advanced user CNH recommends that you follow the numbered tabs to adjust the steering parameters See Calibrating and setting the EZ Steer parameters page 164 EZ Steer Steering Performance Cross Track Error History O O O O O O O O J9 O 99 O 9 9 9990999 Heading Speed Offline Distance Average Offline Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Advanced 4 0 0 Angle Per Tum Online Aggressiveness Freeplay Offset Nudge Increment a Status Connected Current Warning Can t engage EZ Steer not calibrated 3 In the Advanced tab make the required changes and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears Operating the EZ Steer system with the FM 1000 integrated display Engage options The Engage Options enables you to control the systems engage and disengage behavior if you need to change the automatically populated settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Setup The EZ Steer Settings screen appears 2 Select the Engage Options tab The
46. 1 lt INtrOGUCHION 2 2s cate wr heehee wea ween eee dee wes 17 About the product 62 era 24 Aah oneness ap ee Reh ae mae eRe ewan hee ee 17 Usmo donc Maintal ee ee ee ee ee ee 17 Related informatio saagaa eee eee eae eae Oe eee haere See oe 17 Teom eaa 4 oreo a eee eae ee eee eRe ee eae ee ee ee wee ks 17 2 Features and Functions 00000 eee eee ee ee nu 19 DY See COMPONCIS pape ae ee oe eS OS SE RR SE Re ee yea oe wa S 20 Display Unit Front VIEW sesa soas 6 54 e et os este adeeb ot eh eee Aes 21 Display Unit ROAT VOW seaca tea eee enka hee edeGe miee et NE 23 GYSEN SOWAT E can pbs aos Sh Oe eae AES Oe hen Gee ee ee nee oes 24 FOIGGIINCIGICNY casina she oe bere hed betes eee oe cee bee eae ea 25 Touchscreen CIOIMCINS 24524 ae iia wee oe Bee eee ee ae ee hee OG oo A 25 NAT GUO ee face ete oh is ee we Eo ee ee eee eee 25 Virtual keyboard soes 486 G4 GS Oe eee SRE EE SS eae hee He ee ee ee eee eke 26 Miia UM DeLAG sessie ea Bee ee eee hee ee ee ee ee bo eee 27 Drop down DORs 4 4 cn 24 aw one Ga oe ee oe oe ee a aes Ge eee Gee Ge eon ow oe a Za E OAS gua Aas on eee Cee eee eee Chee ee oe eee eee eee aes 28 E O 4 oy uk bee ee oh ee we a ee es ge By he ee ee ge 28 VOW 24444 ren Eaa Ae eRe ehh Re eee eee eee eee oe ee 29 ZLOOMUING 244625 En R EEN E Bee eee se Oe ee 29 S GeCUNGSlAMed ccc cee cede See SOE a a eo a we a 31 WG eae DAC CICOly aaa een eee sere ee ee ee Ree Go aed eee Ga eee ee os 32 CONMECLING Ihe display 22 skew
47. 20 The Tandem Dual Plugin 452 This value relates to the antenna installed on either the rear implement or the antenna installed on the right side of a single implement Note In the FieldLevel IT plugin the Antenna Height value can be altered from the Blade Settings tab and relates to the antenna installed on either the front implement or the antenna installed on the left side of a single implement 4 Enter the appropriate value in the Disengage Raise field This value is used to control the rear implement or the right side of a single implement when Auto is disengaged If you set it to 0 000s then the blade will not move up when you disengage Note In the FieldLevel IT plugin the Disengage Raise value can be altered from the Blade Settings tab and relates to the front implements blade or the left side of the blade on a single implement Note For a tandem system you will want to move the blade up when Auto is disengaged on both the front and back implements as you will be swapping between the two For a dual setup with a single implement CNH recommends that you have the left and right Disengage Raise values set to the same value Step 6 Calibrating the Tandem Dual valve module When working with a tandem dual configuration the valve module must be calibrated for both the FieldLevel II plugin and the Tandem Dual plugin e The Fieldlevel II plugin valve calibration relates to the front implement cylinder in a tandem confi
48. 4 2 Decimal Feet 3 Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to select the units that the offset is measured in 4 Enter the distance from one end of the implement to the other Note Set the Application Width value to slightly more than the Swath Width value 5 Tap OK The mplement Setup screen appears The yellow area below the image of the implement shows the application width you have just set FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 Extra Application tab settings If you have the EZ Boom Tru Application Control or Serial Rate Control plugin installed additional options are available on the screen Implement Setup Complete the following steps in addition to those in Configuring the Application settings page 112 1 Enter the number of implement sections a Tap the Number of Sections field b Inthe dialog that appears enter the number of boom sections and then tap OK Note When you count the total number of sections do not include fence sections The Implement Boom Setup screen reappears The graphic and the number of buttons along the base of the graphic will match the new number of sections Note The EZ Boom controller supports up to 10 boom sections If only one fence section is enabled you can have a maximum of 9 boom sections If both fence sections are enabled you can have a maximum of 8 sections c Tap each of the numbered buttons
49. Above Ground field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 191 11 192 The Autopilot Plugin 2 Setting the antenna distance from the fixed axle 1 Place the tractor on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the fixed axle to the center of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value into the Antenna Distance from Fixed Axle field Enter a negative value if the GPS receiver antenna is to the rear of the fixed axle The nose of the vehicle is considered the forward direction 3 Configuring the roll offset correction Use one of the following methods to calculate the roll offset and then enter the roll offset correction to compensate for it Tire track offset method e Flag offset method Choose the method which best matches the conditions Calculating the roll offset Tire track offset method Tip CNH recommends that you use a highly repeatable GPS correction mode for roll correction For best results use a RTK mode or OmniSTAR HP signal that has been converged for at least twenty minutes If you do a roll calibration with less accurate GPS correction modes repeat the measurements at least four times to ensure a more consistent result 1 Remove any implement from the vehicle 2 Drive the tractor to a relatively flat field where tire impressions are visible and where you can complete passes of at least 400 m 1320 ft in length 3 Reset the roll offset value to 0 zero 4 Create an AB Line 5
50. AutoPlane ol Curt Fill Ratio Section Composite Slope 2 8284 Yo slope Heading 145 00 4 North gt South Slope 2 3169 I East 2West Slope 1 5223 m This screen shows field information and enables you to create the design for your field The AutoPlane functionality uses the topographic survey of your field to estimate the field surface elevations Once completed you can establish a design either by manually editing the slopes or by using the display to calculate a best fit plane The best fit FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 409 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin calculation optimizes the height and slopes of a design plane to minimize the amount of dirt that has to be moved Once a design is completed and before you exit the AutoPlane design screen select the topographic height map or the cut fill color theme to transfer it to the Run screen with the design Options on the screen Description Cut Fill Ratio When you move dirt compaction or expansion can change the volume that it covers The Cut Fill Ratio is the amount of cut dirt that equals one volume of fill dirt For example the default Cut Fill Ratio is 1 20 This means you lose 20 of your cut yards to compaction when you put the cut yards back down in the fill areas Section If you set up sections when you defined the field you can select one from the list Left Right list The section to the left of the section line or the sec
51. Autopilot Plugin 11 To adjust the manual override sensitivity setting select the slider bar Move the slider bar as follows Slider bar direction Result Triggers manual override Decreased sensitivity less easily The value to the right of the slider shows the current setting The total range is 0 5 to 2 5 where 0 5 is the most sensitive setting and 2 5 is the least sensitive To try the new setting tap OK The Vehicle Calibration screen appears Select Manual Override again The Autopilot Manual Override Calibration screen appears again Repeat Steps b c and d to test each new setting X Tip You can also evaluate the performance of the manual override feature under conditions of loading and or activities which may affect the pressure of the hydraulic system For example you can turn on the auxiliary hydraulics while you evaluate the manual override sensitivity f Tap OK to accept the new setting or tap Cancel to exit Calibrating the AutoSense device 1 Select Autosense Calibration from the list on the Vehicle Controller Setup screen 2 From the Location drop down list select the AutoSense position 3 From the Orientation drop down list select the AutoSense orientation FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 181 11 The Autopilot Plugin 4 Tap OK to confirm selections Calibrating the steering angle sensor Perform steering sensor calibration to convert the voltage output of the steeri
52. CSM clutch switching module applications These are boxes with switches that enable you or the system to turn individual sections on and off You can connect up to 4 switch boxes together so you have up to 24 switches Install the switch boxes in a convenient place in the cab where you can comfortably reach them The system uses TCOM modules to control the switch outputs Other components To install flow and application control components for example control valves or flow meters refer to the instructions that are included with them FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 47 3 Getting Started Inserting a memory stick into the USB socket The USB socket is on the rear of the display N CAUTION Do not remove the USBS memory stick from the socket while the system is writing to or from the device This will corrupt the data To insert the USB memory stick 1 Rotate the display so you that can see the back of it 2 Insert the USB memory stick into the USB socket To remove the card 1 Rotate the display so that you can see the back of it 2 Pull the USB memory stick out of the USB socket The system automatically detects when a memory stick is inserted or removed If no memory stick is present a message appears on the Configuration screen Turning on the display Briefly hold down the Power button for approximately half a second The system turns on and after a pause the Home screen appears The FM 1000 inte
53. Channel 1 liquid q Frequency Filter 0 Hz Current Flow Rate 1 00 galimin PWM 0 MOVIES PARTS DURIH THiS OR LAA TION STAY CULAR OF IMIPLEMLMT Instructions Press ar Arse buttons until desi mame output is achinwed b tap or to adjust the limit of the valve WARNING When you tap the control valve calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 351 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin A c When you find the maximum limit tap Start Ifyou used the Limit Output function the calibration begins Liquid Flow Calibration Channel 1 liquid K Factor 741 60 pulgal Pulse Count 0 pul Target Rate 0 11 gala Target Ground Speer 5 00 mph MOWING PARTS DURING THIS OPERATION ae aie Se cae ain Target Flow Rate 0 00 gal min Instructions Tum Gn Master Switch Ifyou did not use the Limit Output function turn on the Master switch The calibration begins The PWM value increases and then decreases The calibration proceeds through several steps When calibration is complete the message Calibration complete appears in the nstructions window and the system turns off The settings are automatically saved 9 Tap OK 10 Calibrate each of the valves on other channels Control channel valve calibration Anhydrous The a
54. Communications Connect the FM 1000 integrated display to the controller with Rawson cable P N 69730 and Trimble cable P N 67091 and set the controller baud rate to 9600 Using the controller When in GPS mode the hydraulic drive operates only when both the switch and the display allow the drive to be on Set the hydraulic drive switch on the controller to the ON position If you need to quickly turn off the hydraulic drive use the switch on the controller Non GPS mode The FM 1000 integrated display sends commands to the controller If communication cannot be established it may be because the controller is set to Non GPS mode A message appears and gives you the option to continue in Non GPS mode If the controller is set to Non GPS mode the display still shows and records as applied rates If a prescription is loaded target rates appear for reference but these are not used by the controller In this mode you must vary rates manually on the controller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 Loss of communication In GPS mode if communication with a Rawson controller is lost the display does not report an error until you cross into a region of the prescription that specifies a different rate In Non GPS mode the display has no way of knowing when communication with a Rawson controller is lost Special note on using a Rawson Accu Rate controller The display can send rates and record
55. D 4 Select the Internet Base tab Ag3000 Configuration Setup Internet Base SIM Server Name Address server Port Number Mount Point User Name Password 5 Enter the required settings as provided by your Trimble VRS Now or Network RTK operator as described below Server Name Address RTK VRS CORS base station broadcast name Server Port Number Base station port number Mount Point Base station mount point FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 103 6 The Ag3000 Modem User Name Assigned username Password Assigned password 6 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears The Ag3000 modem is now configured Note SIM tab fields In the USA the Ag3000 modem has an AT amp T or Jasper Wireless SIM card you do not need to enter the details Outside of the USA you must obtain details of the SIM card from the card provider and then enter them 104 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Implement Configuration In this chapter Introduction Selecting an existing implement Creating an implement Importing an implement from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager Display m Adjusting the implement settings Deleting an implement This chapter describes how to configure a vehicle implement For more information see Chapter 24 Advanced Configuration Configure an implement so that the system can tell e which type of implement is attached how much area it
56. DJ467980455 DJ467980126 Included with FMD Hamess PN 64909 P3 a U DJ467985060S1 To Implement CAN Connect to switched Harness 12VDC Master NOTE This wire Switch must be connected to switched 12VDC Ignition DJ467980124 RVS I Radar Kit Optional 1 Connect the power leads directly to the battery Connect the ignition wire to a switched 12 VDC 2 Connect the chassis ground lead to a bare point of the cab frame that offers a good chassis ground connection For the system to power correctly you must connect the ignition lead to switched 12 VDC 3 Connect the master switch CAN terminator and tractor ECU to their respective connectors on the cab harness FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 43 Getting Started 4 Connect the radar speed sensor if required If you connect the speed sensor to the WSMT do not connect anything to the speed sensor connector on the cab harness Installing the implement harness Planter monitoring only system diagram Implement CAN harnessing Planter Monitoring Only System Diagram Implement CAN Harnessing DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS Sor Connect to Cab Hamess Optional lengths 6 10 15 20 30 40 or 50 Customize depending on specific planter q D J 4 Standard Dj PM Sty
57. Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Height Offset If relative heights are enabled this is the height value that will be applied to the master benchmark then it is OK to not force a rebench Force If Force Rebench is set to Yes and the field has been closed and opened Rebench again the system will not let you start work until you have re benched Use this setting if you are using a different base station setup between work sessions If you have a permanent base station setup that is never moved Tip To view relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab Configuring the Valve Setup for all leveling models When you select the Valve Setup tab on the FieldLevel II Setup screen the following items are available Site EE Valve Type Select the Valve Module field and then select the type of valve that is connected CAN Bus Select the port on the FM 1000 integrated display that the valve module is connected to FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 419 19 The FieldLevel II Plugin Step 3 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module Note Depending on the make and manufacturer of your vehicle the tractor computer may need to be put into a special mode Refer to the FieldLevel II Installation Guide for your vehicle type 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Calibrate Field Level Calibration Ce 2 Set t
58. GPS antenna in a known repeatable location that will not change throughout the leveling of a field X Tip Mark this location with flags or some other marker so that you can return to the exact spot 2 Stop the vehicle 3 Tap Bench on the FieldLevel Survey Design tab Note If the FieldLevel IT plugin is installed you can tap Bench on that instead Both Bench buttons have the same effect A countdown timer runs for 30 seconds and then the system creates the benchmark To stop the averaging during the countdown tap Bench again Note If you are within the circle around an existing benchmark a new mark is not created 406 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 18 Rebenching When you are within the circle around an existing benchmark the following message appears on the Run screen If you tap either of the Rebench buttons when the receiver is within the circular radius of a benchmark the receiver is calibrated over the existing benchmark Re establishing a benchmark In the FieldLevel II configuration under the Relative Heights tab there is an option to Force Re Bench If you plan to use the same base receiver setup each time you use this survey data you can set the option to No However if you plan to shift the location of the base set this option to Yes If you open a field that has an existing master benchmark and have selected Force Rebench a large red circle is show
59. Mapping Plugin Creating a client 1 Tap New beside the Client list The Client screen appears 2 Tap the appropriate buttons to enter the name CAPS enter mA letters or symbols delete the previous character CLEAR delete all characters and start again 3 Once the name is entered tap OK 4 Repeat this process to create a farm field and event and record keeping Event Attributes if required 5 Ifnecessary change the implement See below 6 Tap OK Accessing data dictionary entries If you already created Field Selection entries with the data dictionary editor you can access them as you open the field 1 From the Field Selection screen tap New for any of the field selection attributes The keyboard input screen appears If there are predefined data dictionary entries for the current attribute a drop down arrow appears next to the text entry field 2 Tap the drop down arrow and then select the required data dictionary entry 3 Tap OK 124 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Additional settings Limit Field Selection Filter When opening existing fields the FM 1000 integrated display can limit the number of fields displayed based on a pre defined distance from the current GPS position For more information on configuring the filter see Enabling the Limit Field Selection filter page 94 Adding record keeping information To add the following categories tap E
60. Primary or Backup Source is set to User Manual The speed at which you wish the control channel to run to if GPS or Radar based speed is not available The control system will simulate the manual speed entered independent of your actual speed 7 Ifa ground speed sensor is connected set the following settings for the Speed Settings Other Sensor Setup Cy Ground Speed Settings Speed Source Speed Settings Shut Off Speed Minimum Override Alarm Delay Precharge Speed Flush Speed Ground Speed Sensor 1 fi a The low speed that will cause the system to shut off Minimum Override Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual When the vehicle ground speed drops below this level the minimum override takes over and runs the system at this speed until the vehicle ground speed rises above this level or drops below the Shut Off Speed value and stops altogether Alarm Delay Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual When the ground speed drops to 0 but seed flow continues the alarm triggers after this delay This alarm triggers only when all control channels are disabled and the system is running in a planter monitor only mode FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 297 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Setting Bescon OO Precharge Speed Precharging is rotating the planter disk so that it is full of seed when you begin planting This setting is the ground speed that the sys
61. The FM 1000 integrated display uses segments of product functionality called plugins to add or remove display options This manual contains a description of all the plugins however it is unlikely that you will use all of the plugins Related information Sources of related information include the following e Release notes The release notes describe new features of the product information not included in the manuals and any changes to the manuals The release notes are available at www trimble com e Trimble training courses Consider a training course to help you use your GPS system to its fullest potential For more information go to the Trimble website at www trimble com training html Technical assistance If you have a problem and cannot find the information you need in the product documentation contact your local reseller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 17 1 Introduction 18 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Features and Functions In this chapter The AgGPS FM 1000 integrated display is a touch sensitive screen that runs field m System components management software m System software This chapter describes the parts of the display m View modes and some of the basic operation FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 19 2 Features and Functions System components The box contains the following components e The FM 1000 integrated display e The mount bracket and scre
62. The virtual keyboard appears 148 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 The Mapping Plugin 8 Enter aname for the variety and then tap OK The Variety Setup screen reappears with the new variety name in the list Variety Setup To configure the variety select it and then tap Edit Variety Attributes To change the color that represents this variety on the Run screen tap the Coverage Color color block Variety Attributes The Select Color dialog appears Tap the new color FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 149 8 The Mapping Plugin k 8 J Enter any relevant record keeping information Tap OK The Variety Setup screen appears To add additional varieties repeat Steps 3 through 9 Now that the varieties are configured assign them to segments of the the coverage To assign one variety to the entire implement I 4 Select it from the list and then tap Assign The Set row range for for variety screen appears Ensure that the Start Row field is set to 1 In the End Row field enter the number that appears at the high end of the range Enter End Row Number Range 1 32 ow fe Tap OK The variety is assigned When you enable coverage logging and set the Mapping information tab drop down list to Variety this variety color appears in the guidance window See page 129 To assign multiple varieties to the implement at once l On the Variety Setup screen select a va
63. This chapter explains how to configure the display to receive data FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 465 22 The Serial Data Input Plugin Connecting serial data input To connect a device to the FM 1000 integrated display connect the Variable Rate Control cable P N 67091 to the port D connector on the display The other end of the Variable Rate Control cable connects to a serial connector Note An additional adaptor may be required depending on the pin out for the serial device Configuring serial data input 1 Install the Serial Data Input plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 56 2 On the Configuration screen select the Serial Data Input plugin and then tap Setup Serial Data Input 9600 3 In the Port list select the port that the device is connected to It is usually P5 Serial I O Configuration settings for that port appear on the right of the screen 4 Set the following to the values at which the sensor outputs data Baud rate Parity Data bits Stop bits 5 The Prefix and Suffix fields are the start and end points of the data you want to collect To log data from the start of the line leave the Prefix field empty 466 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Data Input Plugin 22 To drop introductory characters enter them in the Prefix field For example if you receive data that begins GPGGA enter 24GP in the Prefix field The logged data will b
64. To avoid injury ensure the area around the vehicle and implement is clear In this test the system independently opens and closes each side of the steering system while determining the point at which wheel movement occurs FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 233 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Notes on calibrating the Implement Automatic Deadzone e You must complete the Steering Angle procedure before you run this procedure See Calibrating the steering angle sensor page 182 e To ensure optimal system performance the hydraulic fluid must be at normal operating temperature when you run this procedure On some vehicles with large reservoirs it may take several hours for the fluid to reach operating level especially if the implement circuit is lightly loaded Consult the vehicle documentation to determine if the hydraulic fluid temperature can be shown on a vehicle console e Ifyou perform the calibration while the system is still cold repeat both the Deadzone and the Proportional gain calibration procedures once the system is at operating temperature To configure the automated steering deadzone 1 Place the vehicle in an area that is free of hazards 2 Raise the implement 3 Select the Implement Automatic Deadzone procedure from the calibration list See page 231 Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration Instructions Only proceed if the steering sensor calibration has been performed Press Next Deadzon
65. Tru Application Control Plugin You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup A Channel 1 Disabled Materials A Channel 2 Disabled Channels A Channel 3 Disabled Row Sensors Other Sensors Modules A Channel 4 Disabled Reset Accumulators D Se Backup Contig Restore Config To access the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 360 2 Tap the H button Channel Product Level Channel 1 com Accumulated Level 0 00 kS Reset to 0 Current Level 0 00 kS Capacity 0 00 k Reset Level 0 00 kS Partial Refill 0 00 kS To reset the material accumulator and the air cart level tap Reset to 0 376 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer A WARNING When the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running a spreader with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen a l Spreader tab Logging on off button 3 Spreader Information tab 4 Additional sensor readings FM
66. access code are unable to access a secure Trimble RTK base station AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology greatly reduces the time needed for OmniSTAR HP XP VBS convergence Once the OmniSTAR signal has initially converged you can turn off the receiver When you turn the receiver on again accuracy levels will be similar to those experienced before shutdown To benefit from AgGPS Autoseed technology e you must use OmniSTAR HP or XP corrections e shut down the receiver e donot move the vehicle before you turn on the receiver again e the GPS receiver must have a clear view of the sky Note Vehicle movement will result in unsatisfactory performance including longer convergence times and positional offsets To enable the AgGPS Autoseed technology 1 On the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 2 Inthe Corrections drop down list select either OmniSTAR HP XP or OmniSTAR HP XP VBS The Autoseed button becomes available 3 Select Autoseed and then tap OK Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software The FM 1000 integrated display has a virtual AgRemote interface for manually adjusting GPS receiver settings This is recommended for advanced users only 208 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver Plugin 12 To access the virtual AgRemote interface 1 From the Configurati
67. appears as the Total value on the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 363 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the Run screen 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup A Channel 1 Disabled Materials A Channel 2 Disabled Channels A Channel 3 Disabled Row Sensors Other Sensors Modules A Channel 4 Disabled Backup Contig Restore Config To access the Channel Product Level screen from the Run screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 360 2 Tap the al button Channel Product Level Channel 1 com Accumulated Level 0 00 k5 Reset to 0 Current Level 0 00 kS Capacity 0 00 kS Reset Level 0 00 kS Partial Refill 0 00 kS To reset the material accumulator and the tank level tap Reset to 0 364 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Operating a sprayer liquid flow N WARNING When the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are controlling a sprayer with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen em Desciption OOOO 2 _ Soraversecton andsensow information OOOO FM 100
68. bar must be centered Drive the vehicle to a relatively flat area where you can complete passes that are at least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the Roll Offset value to 0 zero on the Roll Correction screen See 3 Configuring the roll offset correction page 192 Create an AB Line Start a new pass Engage automatic steering mode when the system is stable Stop the tractor midway through the pass Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 193 11 194 The Autopilot Plugin 6 10 Park the vehicle and exit the cab Use the hitch pin hole in the drawbar as a guide to insert a flag in the ground to mark the vehicle center line for this pass Complete the pass Turn the vehicle around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction Engage automatic steering mode Stop the vehicle midway down the pass with the drawbar pin location very close to the marker flag Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line Park the vehicle and exit the cab Use the hitch pin hole in the drawbar as a guide to insert a second flag in the ground to mark the tractor centerline for this pass Note whether the second pass is to the left or the right of the first pass Measure the difference between the flags for the two passes and record the distance Also record whet
69. bb Se ES eRe eee 494 The Prescriptions folder 4 a2 tue wee 6s ee oe ee ee ee ewe ee ae 496 Copying or deleting Gala files kaso sau 66 5 0 0 5 4 49 28 O44 GE OO Eee ERG Se EY 497 Accessing data files from the Home screen 0 0000 eee eee 498 Accessing the data files through the Configuration screen 498 COMVIUG Odd reeseteusantaaese4teseaceoraeeeeseaaeeaee nears 499 Delete Oat acne uea nt havneee Sean ne aee nee eee e ee eee eanea ee bas 499 Data GICHONGNeS tsa cae tea a e a e Gn eae wee ae eee bree eee eee oe ee d 502 Troubleshooting 2 0 00 eee eee ee 505 Advanced CIACNOSICS 4 24 65 Ge Ruse ne Se enahed R444 oEH GOSH EOE SHEERS HES 506 Viewing raw seral OA 6 345 Boe e eeu Sh be REE EOS Re eee eee See SS 507 Restoring AelaulUSCUIN SS 5 24 nee ea ee eras eee he ee he Geen ese eee a ee eo 508 Viewing the FM 1000 integrated display diagnostic information 509 Display configuration information 64 aaaea aeaa 4545 509 USB memory stick information aaaea aaua es ohare eee be o 509 Viewing vehicle diagnostic information sasaaa 509 Vehicle Diagnostics Guidance screen nananana eee 510 Vehicle Diagnostics Steering screen nnna naaa 511 Vehicle Diagnostics Details screen 2 2 0 0 0 eee ee 512 AUCODUOUFAUNSSCICEN 64 4424 6f40s Ae bhaeere ened bh ee oe Sew h eed os 513 VIEW Warne SCICON bbe eee te da ea ee eae oh Gs ee ewe eS eee oe ee od 513 Citic a a ee a ee ee ee 514
70. been logged during the current event Event Coverage Distance The distance covered while logging during the current event Event Coverage Time The length of time that coverage logging has been engaged for during the current event Field Area The field area within a pivot or headland boundary Free External Storage The amount of free space on the USB memory stick Free Internal Storage The amount of free space on the display s built in memory space GMT Time The current Greenwich Mean Time Implement Implement F B Offset Implement L R Offset Implement Width The name of the current implement Distance of front to back offset Distance left to right offset Width of the implement Local Time The local time Productive Area The area of Area Features that are designated as productive 72 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Category Session Coverage Area The area that has been logged during the current session Session Coverage Dist The distance covered while logging during the current session Session Coverage Time The length of time that coverage logging has been engaged for during the current session The length of the current field session Applied Rate The current rate Area to Empty The area that can still be sprayed before the tank is empty Current Flow The current flow of the EZ Boom system Pressure The current pressure as reported by the primary pr
71. both to zero will turn off Track Logging Cancel 2 Tap your preferred map orientation in the Map Orientation list Map orientation Example of view Explanation North Up When you perform a turn the field remains stationary and the vehicle turns Vehicle Up When you perform a turn the field rotates but the vehicle remains pointing up Note To change the map orientation on the Run screen tap the north arrow 3 Track logging can be recorded in different ways Distance 0 Time 0 Track logging is turned off Distance 1 Time 0 Track logging is recorded by distance m Distance 0 Time gt 1 Track logging is recorded by time s Distance gt 1 Time gt 1 Track logging is recorded by whichever setting is higher FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 67 5 The System Plugin Track logging files Track logging files are created whenever you open an event The track file records points at the rate defined in the Mapping screen see the previous section At each point a number of attributes are recorded The data stored in the track attribute file Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf is in metric units The information stored for each point in the track logging attribute file is as follows Field description Version Track attribute file version en UTC Date Point creation date YYYYMMDD Local_Time Local time hh mmiss s GPS_ Status GPS status value NMEA 1 2 5 4 Status_Text GPS stat
72. boundary until you finish recording so the boundary is always a closed loop After you survey the boundary of the field select nterior from the list and then tap Record As you drive the system records interior points 408 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 18 To complete a full survey create guidance lines and then drive over all of the interior of the field boundary while the system records interior points Defining a section After you define a boundary you can define sections to split the field into parts This enables you to create a design for just that section rather than the whole field There are two ways to define a section e Begin recording the section line outside the boundary Drive through the field to define the section line and then cross outside the boundary again The section is defined e Record a section line inside the boundary The ends of the line will extend to meet the boundary For example sections can be useful after you finish working on the field for the day Define the area that you completed as a section when you return to the field you can level the remaining area to a second best fit plane See Operating the FieldLevel II plugin page 422 Field design Once you define the field points the AutoPlane button becomes available To create a design for the field tap the button The field points are processed and then the AutoPlane screen appears
73. channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once Note The system can control a combination of four of the following Up to two servo control valves and or up to four PWM valves for a total of four valves controlled at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup None Channel 1 Disabled 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel 1 Chemical a Chemical Note The material being controlled must match the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 312 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Auto Control Channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When Feedback you tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When Feedback you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Con
74. covers how far offset it is Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 105 7 Implement Configuration Introduction To obtain an implement do one of the following e Create anew implement see below e Select an existing implement see page 107 e Import an implement that was created for the AgGPS 170 Field Computer see page 107 Once you select an implement adjust its settings See page 108 Creating an implement 1 Tap D The Configuration screen appears 2 Select Implement and then tap Setup Configuration implement New implement 3 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password see Password access page 62 Edit Implement New implement 106 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 Note Additional setup options appear on this screen for the Tru Application Control or the EZ Boom plugins See Additional settings page 116 4 Tap New The New Implement Name screen with a virtual keyboard appears 5 Enter a name for the new implement and then tap OK The Implement Setup screen appears For more information on configuring the implement see Adjusting the implement settings page 108 Selecting an existing implement To configure an implement l Ta
75. curve 3 Inthe Outer Edge Radius window adjust or enter the value that represents the distance from the pivot center to the outer edge and tap OK The Swath Management screen appears 4 To update the pivot tap Load The Run screen appears with the new pivot dimensions FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 The Record button When you create guidance based on the curve or headland pattern the Record button is available The Record button enables you to insert a straight section of line rather than having the line follow the exact path of the vehicle as happens with direct mapping When you select tap Record the line you are driving is mapped When you deselect Record the display stops directly mapping your path Instead a dotted line spans from the vehicle to the point where you deselected Record When you select the button again the line becomes solid and your path is mapped again Point where Record was de selected Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern The FreeForm pattern is an advanced pattern that enables you to create multiple lines of different types in a single field to obtain guidance in fields of any shape You need to record each line that you drive to generate the next guidance line You can create e Curved line segments e Straight line segments in the form of straight AB Lines With this combination you can use the FreeForm pattern to create non circular spirals or mu
76. d 4 Enter the vehicle settings See page 160 Calibrate T2 roll compensation See page 161 Calibrate the EZ Steer system See page 164 Angle per Turn Aggressiveness Freeplay offset Confirm the calibration settings Note You may have to perform the EZ Steer calibration more than once to achieve optimal results FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 159 10 The EZ Steer Plugin Entering vehicle settings 1 Install the EZ Steer system plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 56 2 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Setup Configuration 9 tener yee Diagnostics Field Open Lock Configuration Add Remove The EZ Steer Settings screen appears EZ Steer Settings Vehicle Settings Engage Options Steering Scttings Advanced Vehicle Type Axle To Antenna Offset Aitea Height 0 0 Wheelbase 3 From the Vehicle Type drop down list select the vehicle type 160 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Steer Plugin 10 4 Inthe Axle To Antenna Offset field enter the horizontal distance between the axle and the antenna Ifthe antenna is in front of the axle enter a Forward distance Ifthe antenna is behind the axle enter a Back distance Note CNH recommends that you measure the offset distance as accurately as possible within 3 an incorrect offset may cause poor steering performance
77. describes the practice of towing two scrapers one behind the other This type of leveling provides increased efficiency as it allows for the blade of each scraper to be controlled independently from the other This means more dirt can be cut before you have to drive to a fill area and remove dirt from the scraper buckets GPS antenna Tandem Scraper System Dual scraper configuration The dual scraper configuration describes a single scraper with two GPS antennas one at each end of the blade This allows for control of the roll of the blade giving a more accurate surface This configuration is ideal for complex surfaces with high variability slopes Dual Scraper System Note For the FieldLevel IT dual system you must use a scraper with dual hydraulic controls 446 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tandem Dual Plugin 20 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin Note Before you can configure the system it must be professionally installed For more information contact your local reseller There are six steps to complete e Step 1 Configuring the implement e Step 2 Preparing the FM 1000 integrated display and antenna connections e Step 3 Configuring the primary receiver e Step 4 Configuring the secondary receiver e Step 5 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin e Step 6 Calibrating the Tandem Dual valve module Step 1 Configuring the implement If you have not already configured the implement see Configuring th
78. drive to where you want the B point at least 50 m 164 ft and then tap Set B Tocreate an internal A line tap Use A Tap Back to HL The buttons on the Mapping tab 7 7 change back to their original appearance oe eco le HL When you complete the headland circuit the system will draw a straight line from the vehicle back to the start point so drive the vehicle to a position on the headland circuit where a straight line back to the start will not cut off part of the pattern Tap Close HL The new headland appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 135 8 The Mapping Plugin 136 Creating a pivot 1 From the Swath Management screen select the Pivot field pattern from the drop down list 2 Tap New Pivot The Run screen appears 3 Drive to a point on the outermost rut of the pivot and then tap Set A 4 Follow the pivot rut around to the end and then tap Set B The Enter Distance to Pivot Field Edge screen appears 5 Enter the distance or the number of rows from the current path to the outside of the pivot and then tap OK The pivot appears Adjusting the outer edge radius The pivot has an outer edge radius that is used to calculate coverage area Once you create a pivot you can adjust the outer edge radius 1 From the Run screen tap Swaths The Swath Management screen appears 2 Select the pivot to be adjusted from the list of available pivots Note The default is the AB
79. ee ee ee 187 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 191 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness nannaa 195 Calibrating a tracked tractor nnana aaa ee 196 Saving a vehicle prole see rasata ae a Eee a a a E E Gee ee E F 198 Conneurne the GPS TeCceivel 44 hceorehie bake ee SEES ESE EREERS SRO EER SERS 199 Adjusting the Aggressiveness setting 2 0 eee 200 Dipy ony MOS 4446445 8en oo 5 a 40 os ba ee eee eS ee eee oo 8 Se ares 200 Connecting the FM 1000 integrated display for display only mode 201 The GPS Receiver Plugin 1 2 ee ee nnn 203 Connourine ThEGPS 6CCIVEl cadudceseateueee te Pane eee ee ESS ee Ree Oe oS 204 Entering 450 MHz frequencies 44 0 448 e9 47 hes Gd eee ee ho SEES ER RES 205 Enabling SeCurechi Kes ie ees ee eSe Sea eae GEER E Eee hes 207 AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology 0 00 cee eee 208 Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software 000048 208 Enabling NMEA message output 44 6 6 i 8 4 de bee ORE DOOR EE REESE DH ESS EH EGEES 209 Ea DMO TACGr OULU ue ee oe eae ee ee ES ee ee hey ee ee ge 210 Conicurmgtad ar OUUU 444 cee ey y ea Ga eee ey te ee ee ee ee eS oe a 211 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 13 14 15 Contents The TrueGuide Plugin 1 ce 213 AgGPS TrueGuide implement guidance system 00000002 eee 214 Connecting the TrueGuide implement guidance system
80. end of the line and then tap Set B The guidance line appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Switching between FreeForm sections You can switch snap between the different FreeForm sections In the following example there are 2 FreeForm sections tem Description S O o A straight FreeForm AB Line selected A curved FreeForm section You may want guidance along either line To snap between one section and another tap the Next Path button on the Run screen If the Next Path button is not available tap Back and then tap Next Path Guidance jumps to the next section To cycle through the available sections keep tapping Next Path Note This selects a curve only if the curve is within the snapping zone FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 139 8 The Mapping Plugin 140 Recording FreeForm guidance simultaneously with coverage When you select the FreeForm pattern on the Swaths Management screen you can select the When Logging option from the Record Swath drop down list Swath Management When this option is selected the system activates FreeForm logging whenever coverage is being logged You can simultaneously turn on or off coverage and FreeForm logging with the Logging button on the Run screen Or if you have an external remote logging switch that controls coverage logging the system records FreeForm curves when the remote logging switch is enabled the remote swi
81. fill is shown the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height P Design Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green P Distance Traveled For use with Point to Slope mode The distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled The distance that the blade receiver is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point P GPS Status The GPS correction type that the blade GPS receiver is currently using 74 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 P H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the blade GPS position in 2 dimensions P HDOP The current Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the blade receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better P Heading The current heading of the blade in degrees from direct north P Latitude The blade s current latitude P P Longitude The blade s current The blade s current longitude P D ID The RTK network ID e E E the blade receiver s corrections P North The distance that the blade receiver is to the N
82. group Description Response 1 The responsiveness of the valve when the application rate is far away from the target rate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 253 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Response 2 The responsiveness of the valve when the application rate is close to the target rate Response Threshold This ratio is the point at which the application rate is close enough to the target rate for the responsiveness of the valve to switch from Valve Response 1 to Valve Response 2 If you selected Pump PWM or Pump PWM Ground enter values in the three fields in the PWM group Description Zero Flow Offset The shut off point of the valve Frequency Hz The operating frequency of the valve The sensitivity of the valve 5 Tap OK to return to the Implement Calibration screen Step 4 Calibrating the flow meter 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The mplement Calibration screen that appears contains the following options Flow Calibration Valve Calibration Pressure Calibration 2 Tap Flow Calibration E Boom Flow Calibration 254 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 3 From the Close Valve on Zero Flow drop down list select Yes or No The valve closes when all the boom sections are closed The valve remain in its current position when all the boom sections are closed 4 Enter values in the four field
83. his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits TRIMBLE is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Responsible Party Trimble Navigation 935 Stewart Drive Sunnyvale CA 94085 Telephone 1 408 481 8000 Canada This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada This apparatus complies with Canadian RSS GEN RSS 310 RSS 210 and RSS 119 Cet appareil est conforme a la norme CNR GEN CNR 310 CNR 210 et CNR 119 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A Statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Australia and New Zealand This product conforms with the regulatory requirements of the Australian Communications Authori
84. information see Adding or removing a plugin page 56 Configuration gt True Guide TrueGuide implement setup Before using the FM 1000 integrated display with the TrueGuide system plugin select and configure a new or existing implement For more information see the chapter Implement Configuration page 105 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 215 13 The TrueGuide Plugin Note You can update existing saved implements with implement geometry to support TrueGuide implement guidance Settings on the Geometry tab are required for implement modelling When configuring an implement for the TrueGuide system the following antenna offsets are required oma pemon oo Hitch to ground contact Measured from the tractor hitch pin to the soil engagement point point that the implement rotates around Antenna front back Measured from the implement working point to the center of the GPS antenna if mounted Antenna left right Measured from the center of the implement to the center of the GPS antenna if mounted The working height of the GPS antenna Setting up the TrueGuide system 1 From the Configuration screen select the TrueGuide plugin and then tap Setup a e Roll Compensation CurveGuide TrueGuide Aggressiveness 100 00 Rear Axle To Hitch Point 0 0 0 TrueGuide can only be used with drawbar implements on MFD tractors CurveGuide enhances steering performance on curves Recommended for use with T
85. install GaN DJ467981201 Terminator if using Seed Manager SE style harness Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus DJ458411080 16 ROW 4 L DJ467751312S1 Seed Manager STANDARD HARNESS 2 ge SE HARNESS 16 Row Harness comes in many different variations Standard Di yi Existing Harness if SeedManager SE is being utilized pil by customer Trimble does not offer this harness for sale including 2 4 6 8 12 16 row versions includin Planter Harness several models for specific planters A 44 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Planter monitoring and control system diagram Implement CAN harnessing Planter Monitoring and Control System Diagram Implement CAN Harnessing DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS op eon __ Connect to Cab eon Harness eon eo a DJ46798013X eae CAN Hitch Optional lengths 6 10 15 20 30 40 or 50 pe ae Extension Customize depending on specific planter Harness as Wb eon gees Standard Dj PM Style ae Planter Harness CO Son San Sap CD DJ467980850 Planter Control Module Harness
86. is Off Master switch is On Implement switch is On Master switch is Off Implement switch is On Master switch is On FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The implement is raised and the system is off The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the air seeder is not applying seed The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not applying seed or logging coverage The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Implement lift switch not installed For the air seeder to apply seed you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change as shown below Master switch Logging On Off button Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 371 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin The air seeder product channel tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to four products on an air seeder at once enabling you to distribute seed while spreading granular fertilizer spraying liquid and or applying anhydrous ammonia The air seeder tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all t
87. least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the Roll Offset value to 0 zero on the Roll Correction screen See Configuring the roll offset correction page 240 Start a new field Create a straight AB Line Start a new pass Engage automatic steering mode when the system is stable Stop the tractor midway through the pass Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line Park the vehicle and exit the cab Insert a flag in the ground to mark the implement centerline for this pass FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 241 14 The TrueTracker Plugin 7 Complete the pass Turn the vehicle around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction 8 Engage automatic steering mode Stop the vehicle midway down the pass very close to the marker flag Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line 9 Park the vehicle and exit the cab Insert a second flag in the ground to mark the implement centerline for this pass Note whether the second pass is to the left or the right of the first pass 10 Measure the difference between the flags for the two passes and record the distance Also record whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 12 on page 242 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right 11 Repeat Step 5 through Step 10 two mor
88. m s 1 3 ft s Low gt 0 1 m s 0 3 ft s Ultra low gt 0 02 m s 0 07 ft s Select the Coverage Log method If you select When Engaged coverage logging is linked to the Engage button When you engage automated steering coverage logging also engages Set one of the following controls AutoSense Most recent Autopilot systems use an AgGPS AutoSense device select On Legacy Sensors For older Autopilot systems that the electrical system taps for measuring vehicle states select the appropriate connection Introduction to Autopilot calibration Once you configure the vehicle make and model calibrate the system for your individual vehicle 176 The Autopilot system calibration process records additional details about your vehicle which helps the system to steer the vehicle more accurately For high accuracy systems you must have all the settings correct The vehicle calibration screen tools are similar to those in the Autopilot Toolbox I software Notes on calibration Before you perform vehicle calibration select the vehicle make and model on the Vehicle Setup screen See Selecting the vehicle page 173 No calibration is required if the system is installed on a Cat MT 700 800 series equipped with the ISO option Common calibration items You can calibrate several aspects of the vehicle The calibrations that are available depend on which components are installed in the vehicle and system FM 1000 Integ
89. measuring device for example a calibration jug to collect the flow for one minute To achieve a more accurate result for the spray boom collect the flow from at least three nozzles by moving the measuring device from one nozzle to the next during the test Tap Start Flow to begin the test Collect the sample volume for one minute Note You can collect for any length of time you like A longer sample may produce a more accurate result However you must then divide the result to determine the volume per minute 9 After one minute has passed stop collecting Tap Stop Flow 10 Tap Next The Flow Calibration Result screen appears 11 Tap the Measured Flow Nozzle field The Enter Measured Flow Nozzle for Calibration screen appears 12 Select the units and then enter the volume that have collected Tap OK twice Calibrating the pressure sensor From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Calibration screen appears Tap Pressure Calibration EZ Boom Pressure Calibration Primary Sensor Secondary Sensor Enabled Ino Pressure Slope Recalibrate 256 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 3 In the Use Pressure Sensor drop down list select the following as required Ifyour system does not have a pressure sensor set both the Enabled options to No The pressure sensor calibration is complete Ifyour system has only a primary p
90. number of pulses of the flow meter that occur for a known quantity of liquid This ratio of pulses to volume is called the K Factor To calibrate the sensor 1 Put the vehicle transmission in park or in a locked neutral position 2 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature 3 From Tru Application Control Calibration screen select Liquid Flow Calibration Tru Application Control Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 The Liquid Flow Calibration screen appears Liquid Flow Calibration Channel 1 liquid K Factor 741 60 pul gal Pulse Count 0 pul Target Rate 0 11 gala Target Ground Speer STAY OCULAR OF IMPLEMENT Target Flow Rate Instructions Prepare to cabels liquid gt Setup target ground speed and target flow rair Press Start to begin calibration Adjust the Target Ground Speed or the Target Flow Rate The Target Ground Speed is the vehicle speed that the system will simulate The Target Flow Rate is the simulated application rate The Target Ground Speed and Target Flow Rate are linked If you adjust one the other also adjusts because the faster the vehicle is traveling the higher the flow rate must be to obtain the same level of application WARNING When you tap the liquid flow calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to
91. of pre configured profiles for the various vehicle makes and models You can load them from Autopilot controller The majority of vehicle profiles are stored on the Autopilot controller Vehicle profile database file As additional profiles become available or are updated they are added to a vehicle profile database You can download the database and load profiles from it Saved file You can install an individual vehicle profile that you have previously saved FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 173 11 The Autopilot Plugin 2 Inthe Vehicle Profile Location group select the source for the make and model Tap this button Then go to step From Controller new Selecting a new vehicle make and model from the list on the Autopilot controller From Database new Selecting a new vehicle make and model from a database of vehicles vdb on the FM 1000 integrated display If you need to obtain a vdb file contact your local reseller From Saved File Selecting a saved vehicle make and model existing from the display cfg on the card Selecting a new vehicle make and model from the list on the Autopilot controller a From the drop down list select From Controller New b Tap the Model drop down box and then select the make and model that you require from the list Selecting a new vehicle make and model from a database a From the drop down list select From Database new and then tap Browse b Se
92. on the total active boom width but not which boom sections are on or off the coverage width is also the Application Width e Ifthe controller provides both active width and offset information this is reflected accurately in the coverage drawing If you have a non Trimble variable rate controller with a central boom section that is turned off and boom sections remain on either side of this central section this is not reflected in the coverage logging Logging variable rate data Data describing the status of various variable rate parameters is logged to ESRI shape files Positions and associated data are logged at 5 Hz The FM 1000 integrated display logs an average for each polygon the size of which changes based on a number of tests When all boom sections are off logging is stopped Data is recorded in metric units Column Field description Coverage attribute file version GPS Status Numeric GPS status value Status_Txt GPS status description Swath The current swath number when coverage was recorded Height Height in meters DateClosed Date the polygon was closed TimeClosed Time the polygon was closed Applied_Rate Applied rate reported by the variable rate controller Material ID An index number related to the material FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 EZ Boom system implement diagnostics When an EZ Boom system is connected you can view EZ Boom system diagnostic information
93. opening afield and setting an AB linc ngaa Cet While still on the AB line nadge lett or rigltt ther 36 in engage EZ Stecr Minimize offline distance by adjusting the seting on this tab Huge Optinize syste prito mance using Angle Per Tun then change bo the nest hab aa zo Status Connected Cunnt Warning Lat engage Ez Steer nat calibrated OF This is the angle that the wheels turn through during one full rotation of the steering wheel This is a course aggressiveness adjustment If the setting is too low the system may require several attempts to reach the line With the vehicle moving forward along the A B line a Nudge the vehicle left or right 1 m 3 from the A B line b Engage the EZ Steer system c Adjust the Angle per Turn value so that when the system is engaged the vehicle moves close to the guidance line Do the following More aggressive turns Decrease the Angle per Turn value Less aggressive turns Increase the Angle per Turn value Note Use the Cross Track Error history plot on the top right of the page and the Average Offline distance to optimize EZ Steer performance for each step in the calibration 164 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 D Less aggressive turns The EZ Steer Plugin To configure the Aggressiveness settings select the Step 2 tab E Steer Steering Performance ims lrark Hinr Hish Aa F9agogagogdagogagogagoga lesing Speed OMe Credence Pore
94. performed Press Next Deadzone Left Deadzone Right FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 185 11 The Autopilot Plugin 3 Tap Next Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration Instructions This calibration needs to be performed on a smooth flat surface The hydraulic fluid should be at normal operating temperature Press Next Tap Next in the two screens that appear next Follow all instructions Tap the Test Right and Test Left buttons to perform the Deadzone calibration As ground conditions affect the results of this calibration CNH recommends that you perform the calibration at least three times or until the average deadzone values change by less than about 0 5 To minimize the total amount of space needed for the complete calibration you can reposition the vehicle between the phases of the test If the available flat smooth space is extremely limited re align the vehicle after each segment of the calibration To reposition the vehicle 1 2 Wait until the software prompts you that the next phase is ready to begin Look at the screen to determine whether the next phase will require a left or right turn Reposition the vehicle so that the turn will use the space that you have available Tap the button to begin the next phase N CAUTION Obstacles in the field can cause collisions which may injure you and damage the vehicle If an obstacle in the field makes it unsafe to continue a
95. press the screen The cross hair appears on another part of the touch screen 7 Repeat Step 6 eight times When the calibration sequence finishes a dialog appears Ifyour responses were accurate enough the following message appears You have successfully calibrated your touch screen Ifyour responses were not accurate enough the following message appears Your screen calibration failed The difference between actual and calculated points was too large 8 Tap OK You are returned to the Configuration screen Ifthe calibration was successful proceed to Configuring the display If the calibration failed tap Calibrate again and then repeat Steps 5 through 7 until calibration is successful If the display calibration continues to fail consult your local reseller 64 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Configuring the display 1 Tap D The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup 3 Ifnecessary enter the Administrator password See Password access page 62 Language amp Units From this screen you can configure display preferences e map settings including Night mode e status item configuration e Language and units including keyboard layout setup e save restore settings mapping preferences e feature mapping configuration e data dictionary editor e data files management this appears at the top of the Display Setup list display options e e
96. rows Each row on the air seeder can have a sensor that reports the rows planting state The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which is under the guidance screen Rem Beseripon a __ Rewinformationtwbselectr The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the rows and any additional screens show the output of the rows in detail To view the next screen tap Row details The row detail screens show the status of the rows in detail FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 The row status is represented by its color Cor ferw O operating within bounds Red o outside the acceptable bounds The onscreen width of the rows varies depending on how many of them there are In this example the planter only has 8 rows Row number The row is operating block sensor blocked or failed operating slightly below the target rate line 2 operating slightly above the target rate line passive master switch is off operating but below the acceptable bounds operating but above the acceptable bounds Note Coverage is drawn even if an individual row is not operating Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the main guidance screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 375 17 The
97. seca saara ee ee ee E a E ae e eiaa He 54 Adding or removing a plugin 42545 doe ee ea oe eo OOS eA ee ee Ble 56 Configuring apl gin s eresi aoe es dea eee a oe ane Oa ee ge eG RS eae 57 Entering the password to activateaplugin 2 2 0 eee ee 57 The System Plugin 1 ee 61 Accessing the configuration settings 0 cee ee 62 Pass WOMlACCESS 4a uaa ecb e eee eee ha es eee d nee ee heehee Bae ee oe 62 Calibrating the touch screen wands eee Ge ea dd oS OR ee EA AS ee eG Ee 63 Coniguring the display aa ee ee ee re ee ee ee ee 65 Managing data l s ooo een oo eee hee ae eee ee ee ee ob 4 eae ee eee ares 66 Configuring mapping including night mode 00 0 00 ee aes 66 Configuring the status text items aana ee 70 Selecting the language units of measure and keyboard layout 9 Using the save restore settings files nannaa es 80 Configuring feature mapping saaa ee 82 Editing thedata dictionary e cerier poai eee bbe ee ee eee eee ee 89 Configuring the lightbar settings 2 ee 90 Configuring the guidance options 2 2 ee ee 94 Configuring sounds 4na ca ee eee Ae ee hoe eee eG ee oe Eee ee ee 95 Configuring the CAN DUS 4 44 8 404 0b468 6 6O4566 5 6 545 25445 85 Boda 3a 95 Power manade ats haem ae eae Ge eae aoe oe eo ae oe eo a 96 Conmouning thesysten TMe saru 46 54 266 4G bese US Ba ooh eee ae oes Ge 97 The Ag3000 Modem 1 ee nnan
98. sensors The system supports the following number of air pressure sensors FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 41 3 Getting Started Liquid pressure sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john liquid pressure sensors for sprayers The system supports the following number of liquid pressure sensors Application rate sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john application rate sensors The system supports the following number of application rate sensors planter drill granular application 42 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started Installing the cab harness Note The following harnesses are appropriate when installing the system in a planter 3 For information on installing the harnesses in a sprayer air cart spreader or anhydrous unit refer to the Flow and Application Ordering Guide Planter cab base kit Planter Cab Base Kit Diagram Battery Tru Count Planter Switch Module optional DJ467984230S1 Switch Module has 1 Master Switch 6 row section switches DJ467984250S1 optional Generic Extension Switch Module each module has 6 row section switches Add 1st Extension Module for rows sections 7 12 Add 2nd Extension Module for rows sections 13 18 DJ467980330 YY f_ Add 3rd Extension Module for rows sections 19 24 AgGPS FieldManager display harness CAN 67087 Terminator Tractor Power Harness
99. settings Desired rate too high for implement 3 Target Rate too high Control is limited by high limit Under application is occurring Note The system will not run faster than the High Limit value Control rate is limited by low limit Over application is occurring 1 Seed meter drive malfunction 2 Rows are not assigned to channel and channels are turned off The seed rate has fallen below the Min Row Fail Rate setting on the Alarms Setup screen 1 Seed meter malfunction 2 Dirty or defective seed sensor 3 Damaged planter harness 4 Defective module harness or module 5 Out of seed The seed rate has exceeded the High Population Alarm setting on the Alarms Setup screen 1 Seed meter malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective seed sensor FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Solution 1 Verify correct setup constants on the Channel Configuration screen Perform a valve calibration 2 Verify correct installation of the feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 1 Reduce speed 2 Verify correct setup constants on the Channel Configuration screen Perform a valve calibration and a spreader constant calibration Reduce target rate Check and or reduce speed Verify control channel setup high RPM Perform new valve calibration Check and or reduce target rate Inspect feedback sensor for damage Inspect control valve for dam
100. test at least four times WARNING When you press the test buttons the tractor will steer sharply to one side Speed 0 01 mph Count 0 Offline Dist 1 8 27 Tractor Response Tractor is not engaged Please press the engage button Cancel 3 Follow the on screen instructions TrueGuide Calibration Drive at 7 16 mph Run the test at least four times WARNING When you press the test buttons the tractor will steer sharply to one side speed 6 83 mph Count 0 Offline Dist 0 3 6 Tractor Response Please wait for the tractor to acquire the line 4 Complete the test at least four times and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears 5 Tap es to return to the open field 218 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 Engaging and disengaging the TrueGuide system To engage the AgGPS Autopilot and the TrueGuide systems using the FM 1000 integrated display you must have a guidance line defined and the vehicle must be within the engage limits of the system To manually engage the systems do one of the following e Tap the Engage button on the main guidance screen e Press the optional remote engage foot pedal or rocker switch To disengage the systems do one of the following e Tap the Engage button on the main guidance screen e Press the optional remote engage foot pedal or rocker switch e Turn the steering wheel The system automatically disengages when e The vehicle or imple
101. that requires the remote output The relay is grounded to pin 10 of the displays B port Signal out to device Configuring the Remote Output plugin When remote output is activated the FM 1000 integrated display sends pulses to an external device For example you can use a remote output signal to control a tree planter Note Pulse output occurs only when coverage logging is enabled To enable pulse remote output 1 Install the Remote Output plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 56 458 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Remote Output 21 2 From the Configuration screen select the Remote Output plugin and then tap Setup Configuration on Ex TARY implemen New implement i E2 Steer L Yir GPS Receiver Remote Output Lock Configuration Add Remove The Remote Output screen appears Remote Output Remote Output Connector pisabied FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 459 21 Remote Output 3 From the Remote Output Connector drop down list select Connector B The default option is Disabled More options appear Remote Output Remote Output Connector Connector Remote Output Type frime Based Pulse M Duration 100 00 ms Time 10 00 Within Distance var T 4 From the Remote Output Type drop down list select one of the following Time Based the pulse interval in seconds in the Time field Pulse the pulse duration in milliseconds in the Duration field Dis
102. the Configuration screen select the Autopilot GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Diagnostics Autopilot GPS Status Position AgGPS Autopilot Controller II i Version 5 00 27 Jan 09 DMS 40 29 31 59 N 104 59 49 39 W 1525 351m serial Number 4719182054 Vehicle Demo Vehicle GPS Receiver Internal Version 1 00 032 2 hw C FW Build date Thu Jan 22 2009 Speed Corrections WAAS Omni ID 120 0001020 Heading Satellites GPS Quality Correction Age H Error This screen shows Your current GPS position The number of satellites GPS quality The Autopilot system and receiver version numbers Screen snaps To save images in the FM 1000 integrated display tap the button on the right of the screen that matches the current screen For example to create a screen snap of the Run screen 1 Tap Run The Run screen appears 2 Tap Run again The screen snap is saved in the AgGPS Diagnostics Screenshots folder A warning sound indicates that you have created a screen snap Note The screen snap is of the lowest level folder under each button So if you take a screen snap while in the Implement Setup screen the snap is of the Configuration screen The screen snap feature is most useful for capturing images of the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 Forcing the system to turn off A CAUTION Do not do this unless absolutely necessary If the display is writing to t
103. the Rows Sections as appropriate Channel Configuration Se Channel 1 com Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 400 0 Number of Rows D Channel Rows 000s Channels as Sections Disabiea ka 0 005 Rem Deseripion oOoOOS Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel Number of Rows Enables entry of a specific number of seed rows to the control channel Row assignment is given a priority based on the channel and is assigned sequentially thereafter Channel 1 is always assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area Channels as Sections When enabled the TAC system turns the control channel on and off automatically based on event coverage logging data New Toolbar Appears when there are two or more channels of the same materia
104. the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel 1 Disabled 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup Channel 1 Urea Material E Urea 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Auto Control Channel calculates application rates under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you Feedback tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you Feedback tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 331 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 5 Ifnecessary change the Precharge Delay setting The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 346 Typically the Precharge feature is used
105. the correct GPS corrections are enabled Read this section carefully before you attempt the configuration Setting the antenna height above the ground 1 Place the tractor and implement on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the base of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value in the Antenna Height Above Ground field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 239 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Setting the antenna distance from the center line 1 Place the tractor and implement on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the centerline of the implement to the center of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value into the Antenna Distance from centerline field and indicate whether it is left or right of the centerline Values to the left of the centerline are displayed as negative numbers The nose of the vehicle is considered the forward direction Configuring the roll offset correction Use one of the following methods to calculate the roll offset and then enter the roll offset correction to compensate for it e Coulter wheel track offset method e Flag offset method Choose the method which best matches the conditions Calculating the roll offset coulter wheel track offset method 1 Drive the tractor to a relatively flat field where tire impressions are visible and where you can complete passes of at least 400 m 1320 ft in length 2 Reset the roll offset value to
106. the deletion 120 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Mapping Plugin In this chapter Introduction to field features Starting a field The parts of the Run screen Selecting a swath pattern Creating a new line Swath management Using the Guide to tabs Using Skip to fine tune navigation Placing field features on screen Pausing guidance Adjusting the status text size Introduction to coverage logging Logging varieties Closing a field The Mapping plugin is permanently installed It adds field features and guidance patterns to the display This chapter describes how to set up and use field features and how to use the plugin to perform steering navigation FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 121 8 The Mapping Plugin Introduction to field features You can place field features in the field to define points of interest or areas to avoid There are three types of field feature Configure field features that you will want to add to your fields and then assign up to four of them to buttons These buttons appear on the Mapping tab on the Run screen You can then use the buttons to add field features to your map while driving Item Description Mapping tab Feature button set up to represent a hole in the ground a Feature button set up to represent a tree line Feature button set up to represent a pond Line feature drawn with the Tree Line feature button Point feature draw
107. to be used by the Raven controller the channel must be set to Rate 1 SCS4XX SCS6XX or to Product X Auto SCS7XX Ifthe controller is set to Rate 2 or Manual the controller ignores the rates being sent but the display still records the applied rates Limitations Set the baud rate to 9600 Some older controllers are only capable of 1200 baud these controllers need to be upgraded FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 271 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 272 A CAUTION Some Raven controllers do not support zero rates If the target rate is zero and spray is still being applied you must turn off the boom sections manually Rawson and New Leader The Rawson and New Leader controllers use a nominal flow rate Yield and a step size to describe rates Set the Default rate in the Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen to match the Yield value or nominal flow rate in the Rawson controller Any non zero rate will be adjusted to the nearest value that the controller can select A rate of zero turns off the hydraulic drive If you have a dual channel Rawson Accu Rate controller see page 273 Configuring the controller To allow the display to change the rates on the controller the controller must first be put into GPS mode Otherwise display will log only the rates being used 1 Turn on the controller 2 Tap the MODE button twice 3 Tap the SET button to switch the controller between GPS and non GPS
108. use the display to perform water management with the FieldLevel II system add the FieldLevel II plugin This enables you to configure the FieldLevel II system settings and adds the FieldLevel II screen items to the main guidance screen i To view the plugins tap Configuration system The currently installed plugins are listed on the left of the screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 55 4 56 Overview of Plugins Adding or removing a plugin 1 On the Configuration screen tap Add Remove plugin Select Active Plugins The available but uninstalled plugins are in the Inactive Plugins list on the left The currently installed plugins are in the Active Plugins list on the right 2 Do one of the following To install a plugin from the nactive Plugins list tap it and then tap Add gt The plugin moves to the Active Plugins list Toremove a currently installed plugin from the Active Plugins list tap it and then tap lt Remove The plugin moves to the nactive Plugins list 3 Tap OK to return to the Configuration screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 Configuring a plugin Each plugin requires a different configuration For a detailed description of how to configure each one see the appropriate chapter later in this manual In general e Each plugin has several setup screens To access the screens tap the plugin and then tap Setup Calibrate or D
109. 0 zero 3 Start a new field 4 Create a straight AB Line 240 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Create a clean set of tire tracks in the field To do this start a new pass away from the area where the AB Line was created When the system is stable engage automatic steering mode and allow the AgGPS Autopilot and TrueTracker systems to complete the pass At the end of the pass turn the tractor around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction Engage automated steering mode and allow the system to complete the pass In the middle of the return pass stop the tractor and confirm that the current position is directly on the AB Line This ensures there is no cross track error Park the tractor and exit the cab Evaluate the coulter wheel track pattern between the first and return paths Measure the difference between the track passes and record the distance Also note whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 12 on page 242 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right ll Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 12 on page 242 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Calculating the roll offset flag offset method l Drive the vehicle to a relatively flat area where you can complete passes that are at
110. 0 Integrated Display User Guide 365 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Turning the sprayer on or off The master switch controls spraying When you turn on the master switch logging begins and the Logging button is engaged To turn off logging tap Logging Logging On Off button The Sprayer tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to four liquid products on a sprayer at once The sprayer tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all of the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel 366 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow rA next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level zh Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 317 Flush button only available when Flush is enabled See page 314 and page 368 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 309 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off
111. 000R eo0000000000000 P Disie Heighi P Cute 101 51 12 16 Cut Note Specifically for the Autoslope leveling model P Boot Depth displays the depth of the tile boot or the blade for ditching applications and P Design Slope displays the current slope that the tile or ditch is being installed to See FieldLevel status text items page 425 Driving in Flat Plane Laser and Flat Plane GPS modes When driving in Flat Plane mode the Laser and GPS options operate the same 436 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 The FlatPlane Laser model results in a mathematically flat surface This means that the plane does not follow the curvature of the Earth but remains on a plane Use this model when the land has previously been leveled with a laser system and you want to touch up the field The FlatPlane GPS model results in an equipotential surface meaning that the design surface is curved with surface of the Earth Note Neither of these models can be used with a laser system the entire FieldLevel II system only works with GPS Design Enter the Plane Editor where you can edit the Design plane Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Auto Engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill Coarse When the Coarse button is selected pressing the or button will move the blade by the Coarse Blade Step amount Delete Benchmark
112. 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 377 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Turning the spreader on or off The Tru Application Control plugin is controlled by the master switch and the LOGGING button When logging is engaged the spreader application is on and when logging is disengaged the spreader application is off The tractor icon appears as shown below Logging On Off button The Spreader product channel tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on a spreader at once The spreader tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Channel rate indicators 378 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the detailed channel information button gt next to the channel The tab will display the details of that channel Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button A Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 335 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 328 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate 6 Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to th
113. 4 on the Level tab For example if the leveling gradient is set to 3 and the S ope Adjust field is set to 2 when you tap the down arrows o on the Level tab the leveling gradient increases to 5 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 417 19 The FieldLevel Il Plugin Configuring settings for all leveling models Description Allowable Select the Allowable Cut Fill Range field and then enter the acceptable Cut Fill Range warning distance When Auto mode is engaged and the blade is outside this range for more than three seconds a warning appears VDOP Level Vertical Dilution of Precision DOP is a measure of the vertical accuracy of the GPS signal If the VDOP reaches this value a warning message appears CNH recommends a VDOP setting of less than 3 Blade Step Tap the Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down by the or v offset buttons Course Blade Coarse mode enables you to offset the target height in large increments with Step a single tap such as a 0 2 fill Select the Coarse Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down in Coarse mode Antenna Select the Antenna Height field and then enter the height of the antenna Height above the lower edge of the blade On grade Select the On grade Limit field and then enter the limit Limit This sets the distance the blade c
114. 41 246 602 603 604 Alarm New Member Module Detected Intermittent Member Module Detected Product Level Low Seeding Detected ona Control Off Row Control Not Active With Implement Lowered and Speed Master Switch Softkey Press 8 Volt Supply Failure Member Module Communication Failed ECU Voltage Out of Range Alarm Probable cause New member module has been found A member module that had previously failed communication has come online Calculated product level has dropped below alarm level Control Channel turned off and seed continue to be detected Control will not operate while on a setup screen Warning of action associated with keypress The 8 V supply voltage is below 7 2 V or higher than 16 V 1 Damaged planter or module harness 2 Defective seed or hopper sensor 3 Defective module Communication with an active module has failed 1 Damaged CAN or module harness 2 Blown module harness fuse 3 Defective module The ECU voltage is below 11 V or higher than 16 V 1 Damaged CAN or module harness 2 Defective module The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Solution Assign sensors to the new module at the Tru Application Control Setup screen and its position Inspect harness connections to this module Fill product bin and reset level Check seed dispensing unit for proper shut off 1 Navigate to the Run screen to activate the cont
115. 5 The System Plugin Category Item Description Nudge Trim The amount Nudge or Trim currently applied to the implement position Impl Offline Dist Offline Dist The The implement offline distance offline distance aa Satellites The number La clin satellites that the implement receiver is reading Impl Speed The speed of the implement Impl Steering Angle The steering angle of the implement Impl Up The vertical height of the implement relative to the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is below the field origin point Total Vol Total Vol Applied The total volume The total volume applied so fan so far FieldLevel P ee The current height Lids ern the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver P Blade Height The current height of the blade P CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the blade GPS receiver P Correction Age The time since the GPS corrections were last received from the FieldLevel GPS receiver P Correction P Correction Type The correction type used The correction type used by the blade receiver the blade receiver P Can The bee steele E between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is shown the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When
116. 90 e An empty file whose name represents the coordinates of the field boundary file for example 172 000E43 000S12H pos locates the boundary at latitude 172 000 East longitude 43 000 South and altitude 12 m high e Any recorded features files See Features files page 493 e Any paused files See Pausing guidance page 146 e The field event history file EventHistory dbf It contains information about each event carried out in the field See Event History file page 493 488 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The following figure shows how a Fie d folder and its files are organized Er E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q O Paes e rues KD Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field E Desktop Planting File Folder My Documents Spraying File Folder E W My Computer 122 00000E36 99997N6 1H pos POS File Local Disk C aoe 4 DVD RW Drive D Swatns ata Base E zl SanDisk ImageMate E snasao ESRI Spie El 3 AgGPs fl Swaths shx SHY File 3 AB Lines O Autopilot El G Data E Smith Farms E D Meadowbrook gt Bate 3 Planting 9 Spraying E C Diagnostics 3 Autopilot C Screenshots fm Firmware i Prescriptons Summaries C upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 489 25 Data Management Event folder Each Event folder stores e coverage logging shapefiles that are recorded du
117. 99 Introduction to the Ag3000 modem 1 ee 100 Benefits of using an Ag3000 modem naasa naaa ee 100 Connecting the Ag3000 modem 2 2 ee 101 Activating the Ag3000 modem eserenrtees cena tere eo8 ees eee ea we G aares 102 Configuring the Ag3000 Modeni 2444565645044 oe ESE HO MS eT Eee ee eee ee 102 Implement Configuration 0 0 00 ee eee ee es 105 LALE erT E ELE o nace taan PSP eee eae ee een eee at oeeen ag wate pees oes 106 Creating amimplem nt sess crire oe eee beak Bo Poe a Pa ee a ee oe es 106 Selecting an existing implement seere ee boobs Pee a heheh ee Red eRe EERE 107 Importing an implement from the AQGPS 170 Field Computer or the PeldManager Vicia lt 428enc betes peepee pee eee eee sales ek oe aus 107 Adjusting the implement settings 2 eee 108 Configuring the Guidance settings 2 2 0 eee eee eee ee ee 109 Configuring the Application settings 2 2 0 eee eee 112 Configuring the Geometry settings 0 0 eee eee eee eee 114 Additional seting S go egos eae Gee See ea ee ee eae eee eee es sone ties 116 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 Contents Deletno aM PICNICN 2a ah89 6 24448564 oy 49 GEE EG a eee hae RRR Oe GE Ee 120 The Mapping Plugin 1 2 aaaa anaa 121 Introduction to field featufeS s arcis 44a ne eee Ee ERE ORK eR ee eRe eS 122 Seared on eas adeeanenee nes se oeenee ean eecnae sees ek eee ae 2 G8 123 O a CUCU ay uaaeaa kee a
118. Boom Setup screens appear Set the options as required for each screen E Boom Setup Features Boom Rate Tank Boom Switching Rate Control Pressure Sensors Features options Description Boom Switching To turn off boom switching set the Boom Switching option to Off This lets you manually control the boom sections To use automated boom switching keep the Boom Switching set to On E Boom Setup Features Boom Rate Tank Turn Off When Stopped Valve On Latency Valve Off Latency 250 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Turn Off When If the vehicle is a clutch operated planter set this option to No so that you can Stopped continue planting even when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise select Yes Valve On Latency There can be a delay between the time when you send a command to the sprayer and the time when it begins or ends spraying Set the Valve On Latency setting to the number of seconds that the system takes to respond when a command is sent Setup Boom Rate Tank Rate 1 default 20 00 gal a Rate 2 18 00 gal a Rate Increment Rate1 default This is the volume that the sprayer supplies when the Rate switch is set to 1 This is the volume that the sprayer supplies when the Rate switch is set to 2 Rate Increment When the Rate switch is in the Rate 1 or Rate 2 position the current application rate increases or decreases by this amount each time you tap the Rate
119. CAN cable P N 61437 to the Deutsch socket on the back of the EZ Boom controller and then to the FM 1000 to CAN cable P N 67087 248 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 4 Connect the FM 1000 to CAN cable to port A on the FM 1000 integrated display 5 Connect the terminator extension to the CAN extension Note To unlock an EZ Boom controller for use see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 57 Configuring the EZ Boom system To use the EZ Boom controller to operate a spray boom complete the following steps 1 Enable the EZ Boom plugin in the FM 1000 integrated display See page 56 Configure the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display See page 249 Configure the EZ Boom system settings See page 250 2 3 4 Calibrate the valve See page 253 5 Calibrate the flow meter See page 254 6 Calibrate the pressure sensor See page 256 Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display When you configure an implement with the EZ Boom or the Tru Application Control plugin installed additional options appear on the Edit Implement screen For more information on configuring the additional settings see Additional settings page 116 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 249 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Configuring the EZ Boom system settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Setup The following EZ
120. CCO sera ee ee ee eee ee 280 ROW ge hoae cepa Gen beg et egteuee eee ea eeeeeee J oee ceo ens eee s 280 UGS OLIMCASING teases ack ane gee eee hee een eek aoe ERA en hed 280 DEH iS GLINCSVclCMl ja acco e Cuno otew any Coe Ee Ee wae Os ee OMe ee d 281 PROGOUCECONMOls 4 teva hoe 66656405645 2466044450455 66 6558898 45 281 Independent row or section switching 2 2 0 0 eee ee ee 281 Installation all implements 2 0 ee ee eee 282 Conf enration All models sars seess o 66 hho ee oe eS eRe Eee eee ee Rea eae 282 COnneunne tie PIUGity ereer apaspa Ree De OE HEELERS SO PEE RAER SORES RODS 283 Saving a configuration file 2 us ae oo 64a Se AOE U EO ES ORR ew eee oe A 283 Reloading a configuration Mle a2 65 4 65 4 45 6 b o944 0 8 3 PRE eee eR ER GES Ee 283 Configuring the modules 6 4401 Soap heen eee ae toe he eae ee haere gdat 284 Configuring the row sensors on Planter drill and air seeder modules 289 ANOT E O kre a a ee er ee eee a 291 Configuring an external switch aasa aaa ee 298 Continuing the configuration v3 eee dbo 4 G8 be Ghee eo ee eH ae Roe eee A 298 Conisurmeaplanl r siu86 Ghee aoe eo ehh Sea ee oe ah a eee Ae ee A 299 Entering material S se aa tae G neha Ge cae BOO eee GER bee eet ee den wade 299 Configuring the channels 0 0 cece eee 303 COmmeunneNGUICNOW a caee eheu eee eee eeu teeeeees eee teeeeoe sees as 309 Entenne maternali seces resena ka Be ae Boe ewe ee FG Ee eee eee 2 ae eo 309 C
121. Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled Aateri None 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup Channel 1 NH3 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 339 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 4 Tap Configuration Configure the appropriate Valve Settings Channel Configuration Description Drive Type Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive 340 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 5 Configure the appropriate Constants settings Channel Configuration nag Channel 1 NH3 Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Anhydrous K Factor 1 639 pulfin 3 pS E pe K Factor Every flowmeter has a K Factor which is the number of pulses per unit of measure The K Factor may be marked on the assembly This K Factor is a good starting point before doing a flowmeter calibration In order to do an anhydrous flowmeter calibration the system must be run in the field With the K Factor entered and accumulators cl
122. Control Plugin When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so that the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes as shown below Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button Illustration Status Description Implement switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is Off Implement switch is Off The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the planter is not applying Master switch is On sane Implement switch is On The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not planting seed or logging coverage Master switch is Off Implement switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage Master switch is On 358 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Implement lift switch not installed For the planter to plant seed you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change to show this Master switch Logging On Off button The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 359 17 The Tru App
123. FM 1000 integrated display Tru Application Control plugin e one or more Tru Count Air Clutches or boom section valves e a CSM Clutch Switch Module or a BSM Boom Switching Module This gives you two additional options e manual section or row control through the switches on the CSM or BSM e automatic boom and or row switching So when you reach the edge of the field or a waterway the system automatically turns off the rows or sections that would cover already planted or sprayed ground and switches them on again when you return to an area that is not yet planted or sprayed Controlling row section switching with a CSM or BSM The CSM or BSM is a control module with a master switch and six row section control switches The switches enable you to perform manual section control or the FM 1000 integrated display can use the module to automatically switch sections or rows on and off The LEDs show section status not switch position status If a section turns off automatically the light goes off even if the switch is still on FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 281 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Note The CSM and BSM are used for NH3 section control and planting and spraying applications You can join up to 3 generic switch modules to the control module to provide up to 24 switches The generic switch modules look similar to the control module but do not have a master switch You can control one row with each switch or
124. Forward Slowly and Press Next Cancel Next gt gt Turn the steering wheel completely to the left and then tap Next If the steering wheel is not turned completely to the left or if the steering sensor requires adjustment or replacement an error message appears The value in the Volts field is updated as you turn the steering wheel Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions steer Full Right and Press Next Cancel Next gt gt OK Turn the steering wheel completely to the right and then tap Next If the steering wheel is not turned to the full right position or if the steering sensor requires adjustment or replacement an error message appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 183 11 The Autopilot Plugin The following screen appears Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions Steer Straight and Press Next 6 Center the steering wheel While the wheel is at the center position tap Next The value in the Volts field is updated as you turn the steering wheel Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions Press Restart to Repeat the Test 7 Tap OK to accept the calibration 184 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Calibrating the automated steering deadzone A The Automated Deadzone calibration procedure runs a series of tests on the valve and steering hydraulics to determine the point at which steering movement occurs WARNING Dur
125. GPS receiver S Correction Type The correction type used by the blade receiver FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 75 5 The System Plugin S Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is shown the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is shown the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height S Design Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green S Distance Traveled For use with Point to Slope mode The distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled The distance that the blade receiver is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point S GPS Status The GPS correction type that the blade GPS receiver is currently using S H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the blade GPS position in 2 dimensions S HDOP The current Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the blade receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each othe
126. LITES OR FROM IALA BEACON SOURCES TRIMBLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATION OR FAILURE OF OPERATION OF ANY SATELLITE BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM OR THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY SATELLITE BASED POSITIONING SIGNALS Limitation of Liability TRIMBLES ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION HEREIN SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE LICENSE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL TRIMBLE OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE OR LEGAL THEORY RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE PRODUCTS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS REGARDLESS WHETHER TRIMBLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS AND REGARDLESS OF THE COURSE OF DEALING WHICH DEVELOPS OR HAS DEVELOPED BETWEEN YOU AND TRIMBLE BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU PLEASE NOTE THE ABOVE TRIMBLE LIMITED WARRANTY PROVISIONS WILL NOT APPLY TO PRODUCTS PURCHASED IN THOSE JURISDICTIONS E G MEMBER STATES OF THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA IN WHICH PRODUCT WARRANTIES ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LOCAL DEALER FROM WHOM THE PRODUCTS ARE AC
127. M 1000 integrated display Press the Power button on the rear of the display to turn on the FM 1000 integrated display and then wait for the Home screen to appear Tap Upgrade Firmware Upgrade EZ BOOM Select the appropriate plugin from the Firmware list Any available firmware upgrade files appear in the lower left list Select the appropriate firmware file Once the upgrade is complete tap OK The system restarts The component s firmware is updated FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 479 24 Advanced Configuration Unlocking additional devices You can purchase enhanced features for the FM 1000 integrated display from your local reseller Note When you purchase an EZ Boom or Tru Application Control system you receive a text file containing the unlock password Place this file in the AgGPS Firmware folder on the CompactFlash card You can now skip the following steps To enable the additional features 1 Turn on the FM 1000 integrated display The Home screen appears 2 Tap Upgrade The Upload Firmware screen appears 3 Tap Unlock Advanced Functionality Access Tru Tracker 4 Tap the button for the feature that you want to unlock The Enter Password to Activate screen appears 5 Enter the password and then tap OK The feature is enabled The password is saved to the card for future use 480 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Data Management In this chapter This
128. QUIRED IN SUCH A CASE PLEASE CONTACT YOUR TRIMBLE DEALER FOR APPLICABLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Official Language THE OFFICIAL LANGUAGE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IS ENGLISH IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN ENGLISH AND OTHER LANGUAGE VERSIONS THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE SHALL CONTROL Registration TO RECEIVE INFORMATION REGARDING UPDATES AND NEW PRODUCTS PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER OR VISIT THE TRIMBLE WEBSITE AT www trimble com register UPON REGISTRATION YOU MAY SELECT THE NEWSLETTER UPGRADE OR NEW PRODUCT INFORMATION YOU DESIRE Registration To receive information regarding updates and new products please contact your local dealer or visit the Trimble website at www trimble com register Upon registration you may select the newsletter upgrade or new product information you desire Notices This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at
129. See Last default or zero rate page 201 8 Tap OK to load the prescription file A prescription works only when the EZ Boom Rate switch is in the Rate 1 position When the switch is in the Rate 1 position the Increment Decrement switch is disabled Ifthe Rate switch is in the Rate 2 position the prescription is disabled but the Increment Decrement switch does work FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Controller lead time Lead time is the average time required by the controller before it can react to a requested rate change This value can be defined in the Select Prescription screen For example a value of 5 0 means that on average it takes the controller around five seconds to change from one rate to a new rate The lead time value is used by the FM 1000 ntegrated display to project the position of the vehicle into the future The direction and speed of the vehicle are combined with the lead time to project a future position The target rate at this projected position is sent to the variable rate controller giving the controller time to reach the required rate at approximately the same time that the vehicle arrives at the projected position You must choose an appropriate lead time This depends on the controller type and configuration the type of materials being applied and the nature and specifications of the delivery equipment Last default or zero rate When the vehicle moves outside the ar
130. Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 3 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears 4 Tap Data Storage The Delete Data Storage screen appears 5 Select External USB Drive from the Select Storage drop down list and then select the Fields tab 6 Select the item to delete from the Client Farm Field or Event drop down lists and then tap Delete 7 When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted Deleting all of the data from the USB memory stick N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 500 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears Tap Data Storage The Delete Data Storage screen appears Select External USB Drive trom the Select Storage drop down list and then select the Advanced tab Tap either Delete All Fields Delete All Events or Delete Diagnostics When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 501 25 Data Management Data dictionaries The FM 1000 integrated display can load data dictionaries in the AgGPS 170 Field Computer format These data dictionaries enable you to select
131. Speed Sensor Calibration Tru Application Control Calibration L Spreader Constant Calibration Channel 3 corn Control Valve Calibration Spreader Constant Calibration Channel 4 granular tert Control Valve Calibration L Spreader Constant Calibration Ground Speed Sensors L Secondary Speed Sensor Calibration The Ground Speed Calibration screen appears Ground Speed Calibration Digital Freq Ground Speed Const Start Pulse Count Distance To Go Instructions Ala constant speed pess the Sart bution Gontmue diviny ala constant speed for 400 feet Note This screen shows the values for a system using US Imperial units 3 Begin to drive the vehicle at a constant speed 3 2 8 kph or 2 5 mph FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 347 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 348 4 When you are moving at a constant speed tap Start The Pulse Count field increases The Distance To Go field reduces as you get closer to the end of the stretch 5 Drive at the same speed until the Distance To Go field reads 0 The number of pulses counted appears in the New Ground Spd Const field 6 To ensure accuracy repeat step 3 through step 5 two more times 7 To save the new sensor constant tap Save 8 To leave the Ground Speed Calibration screen tap OK If you did not save the sensor constant that you calculated it is not used Flow meter constant The flow meter constant is derived by finding the
132. Speed option enables you to set the low speed that shuts off the system If you set the Shut Off Speed to 0 it disables that option Therefore when the speed reaches 0 the implement does not shut off You can only install one variable rate control plugin at once You cannot run the EZ Boom plugin or the Serial Rate Control plugin when the Tru Application Control plugin is installed Introduction to flow and application functionality This chapter describes how to use the Tru Application Control plugin with DICKEY john components to control the following applications Item Description Planter Seed monitoring for up to 70 rows for population or 80 rows for blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Tru Count Air Clutch support for turning rows or sections on or off automatically Drill Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Air Seeder Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optiona
133. Steering Angle Autopilot only U Vehicle Model Autopilot only The length of time since the last correction was received The correction type that is being used The distance that the vehicle is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point The length of time that the system has been engaged for The GPS correction type that the GPS receiver is currently using Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the GPS position in 2 dimensions Horizontal Dilution of Precision A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better The current heading of the vehicle in degrees from direct north The vehicle s current latitude The vehicle s current longitude The RTK network ID of the GPS receiver s corrections The distance that the vehicle is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point The amount of Nudge or Trim currently applied The distance away from the guidance line The number of satellites the system is currently receiving The current vehicle speed The angle reported by the rotary potentiometer or the AgGPS AutoSense device The vertical height of the vehicle relative to the field origin point a negative number means that
134. The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 7 Configure the Constants as appropriate Channel Configuration cy K Factor The number of pulses per liter or gallon that the sensor produces If you already know the K Factor enter it here If you do not know the K Factor perform a flow meter calibration See Flow meter constant page 348 If the system has a Raven flow meter divide the number by 10 and then enter the result as the K Factor FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 315 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Configure Rows Sections as appropriate Channel Configuration p Channel 1 liquid Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 60 0 0 Number Sections Channel Sections Rem Deseripion oooO Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel Number of Rows Enables entry of a specific number of seed rows to the control channel Row assignment is given a priority based on the channel and is assigned sequentially thereafter Channel 1 is always assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is
135. This means that you can survey the alignment and then install tile straight away 432 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 To set the Survey Height Offset do the following 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin and then tap Setup The Survey Setup screen appears 2 On the tile plow raise the boot as high as it will go and measure the distance from the bottom of the tile boot to the ground Ti pm bated Lacs 1 narra Pako 3 Enter this value into the Survey Height Offset field Survey Setup Note CNH recommends that you change the Survey Point Density from Coarse to Fine The FieldLevel II system will then record survey points every 1 5m 5 ft and provide a more accurate profile of the ground surface 4 Tap OK 5 Inthe Run screen drive to a point that will be untouched to use as a reference point Measure a master benchmark and then flag this point so you can easily find it again FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 433 19 The FieldLevel II Plugin 6 Drive the vehicle to the start of the line where you wish to install tile or clean a ditch for the most efficient method CNH recommends that this is the high end of the line Open the Survey Design tab and then select Section from the drop down list 7 Tap Record and then drive the line all the way to the end point for the most efficient method CNH recommends the end p
136. Tru Count clutches A section can be either a single row nozzle or multiple rows nozzles depending on how the system is set up Note The FM 1000 integrated display allows for up to 24 sections Row A row is the individual row unit that seed comes from on the planter This can be a single section or can belong to a section that also controls other rows Units of measure The units of measure differ depending on the type of material Seed Metric kS ha Thousands of seeds per hectare Granular seed Metric kg ha Kilograms of seed per hectare ce sinei fea rouse Liquid application Metric L ha Liters per hectare ee simone oaa lesemgmaee Granular fertilizer Metric kg ha Kilograms of fertilizer per hectare OON eee Anhydrous Metric kg ha Kilograms of nitrogen per hectare S Sispa lie poures ot narge erae 280 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Benefits of the system Product control To control the product that is output the system uses valves and feedback sensors This gives you precise control over product application at varying speeds The values read by the valves are shown on the display Independent row or section switching Planting seeding and application equipment has traditionally been limited to fully on or fully off operation However with the following additional components you can now control individual rows and sections for precise product application e the
137. USER GUIDE FIM 1000 Integrated Display Version 2 00 Revision A Part Number 93023 20 ENG November 2009 Agriculture Business Area Trimble Navigation Limited Trimble Agriculture Division 10355 Westmoor Drive Suite 100 Westminster CO 80021 USA trimble_support trimble com www trimble com Legal Notices Copyright and Trademarks 2009 Trimble Navigation Limited All rights reserved Trimble the Globe amp Triangle logo AgGPS EZ Boom EZ Guide EZ Steer and Tru Count are trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited registered in the United States and in other countries Autopilot Autoseed AutoSense EZ Office FieldManager FM 1000 FreeForm VRS VRS Now T2 Tru Application Control TrueGuide and TrueTracker are trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited For STL support the software uses the Moscow Center for SPARC Technology adaptation of the SGI Standard Template Library Copyright 1994 Hewlett Packard Company Copyright 1996 97 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology Microsoft Windows ActiveX Excel and Internet Explorer are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Release Notice This is the November 2009 release Revision A of the FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide part number 93023 20 ENG It appl
138. User Guide 393 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause 218 219 220 221 222 394 6 New module has been added to system Pressure Sensor The number of pressure sensors Detection connected differs from the number of sensors configured on the Other Sensor Configuration screen 1 Defective Sensor 2 Defective module or damaged module harness 3 Additional pressure sensor detected Row Sensor The number of seed sensors Detection connected differs from the number of sensors configured on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 1 Defective seed sensor 2 Damaged planter harness 3 Defective module or damaged module harness 4 Additional seed sensor detected Row Sensors Rows are not detected sequentially Installed on a module Incorrectly 1 Incorrect seed row connections 2 Defective seed sensor 3 Damaged planter harness 4 Defective module or damaged module harness Control Channel Internal system software error Invalid State Control Channel 1 Implement hydraulic system Setup Height malfunction Error 2 Defective control valve 3 Incorrect feedback sensor installation 4 Defective feedback sensor FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Solution 6 Verify correct module configuration setup on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 1 Inspect pressure sensor for damage or replace 2 Inspect module and or module harness
139. acker Plugin 228 Configuring the implement controller Your vehicle make and model were selected when your TrueTracker system was installed If the details in the Implement Controller Settings group are correct skip this step and go to Configuring the implement page 230 Otherwise configure the implement controller as described here Note When you configure the implement make and model the previous calibration settings are lost If you will want to use the current vehicle settings again save them before you proceed Configuring the implement make and model 1 Inthe Implement Controller Settings group tap Edit Edit Implement Controller 2 Do one of the following e To select anew make and model from the list in the Autopilot controller firmware a Tap From Controller new b Tap the Selected Model drop down box and then select the required make and model from the list e To select anew make and model from a database of vehicles vdb on the FM 1000 integrated display CompactFlash card Tap From Database new b Tap Browse c Select the required vdb file and then tap Open If you need to obtain a vdb file contact your local reseller e To select an existing vehicle from a previously saved file cfg on the card FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 a Tap From Saved File existing b Tap Browse c Select the required file and then tap Open 3 Tap Change Rest
140. ade Height Target Height Design Height Blade Height The current height of the blade Design Height The height at the current location determined by the design plane Offset The difference between Design Height and Target Height Using the offset buttons creates a plane that is parallel to the original design Target Height The height on the target plane that the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the height indicator arrow turns green Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is displayed the current ground is above the target The height indicator arrow turns red and points down which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When Fill is displayed the current ground is below the target The height indicator arrow turns red and points up which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height Configuring the FieldLevel II plugin Note Before you can configure the system it must be professionally installed For more information contact your local reseller There are five steps to complete e Step 1 Configuring the implement page 416 e Step 2 Configuring the leveling model page 416 e Step 3 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module page 420 e Step 4 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver page 421 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 415 19 The FieldLe
141. adjustment inc dec switch FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 251 15 The EZ Boom Plugin E Boom Setup Tank options Description Tank Capacity The capacity of the tank when full Warning Level A warning appears when the calculated solution level reaches this point Current Volume The amount of solution that is currently in the tank Note To do a partial refill just add the amount to the Current Volume Refill Tank This resets the Current Volume value to the Tank Capacity value Manual Flush Pushes solution through the system at the maximum rate The tank will flush until either empty or stopped by the user 252 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Calibrating the valve 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Valve Calibration Inline Servo 3 Select the valve type from the drop down list Inline Servo Bypass Servo Pump PWM Pump Servo Pump PWM Ground HARDI None Note If you have an existing Raven bypass servo system it may be wired so that the valve open and close commands are reversed The EZ Boom controller reverses the commands in the software Either select Inline Servo or rewire the valve Some systems have a short crossover cable which can be removed to correct the issue 4 Ifyou selected Inline Bypass or Pump Servo enter values in the three fields in the Servo
142. age Inspect harness module for damage Decrease target rate Increase speed Verify correct setup constants low RPM 3 Perform valve calibration 4 Increase target rate N ON DU BPWHN W 1 Check seeding drive s 2 Assign rows to channels 1 Verify proper planter operation 2 Inspect seed sensor for dirt or damage Replace if necessary 3 Inspect planter harness for damage Repair or replace 4 Inspect harness and module for damage Replace if necessary 5 Fill with seed 1 Verify proper planter operations setup 2 Inspect seed sensor for damage Replace if necessary Alarm Alarm 214 215 216 217 Low Population Limit Exceeded High Pressure Limit Exceeded Low Pressure Limit Exceeded Member Module Detection Probable cause 3 Defective module The seed rate has dropped below the Low Population Alarm setting on the Alarms Setup screen 1 Seed meter malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective seed sensor 3 Defective module 4 Running out of seed The sensed pressure exceeds the High Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective pressure sensor 3 Defective module The sensed pressure is below the Low Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective pressure sensor 3 Defective module harness or module
143. ain Calibration screen appears Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration Instructions Only adjust the gain if the steering performance is unsatisfactory If the steering performance is too slow try increasing the gain from its default value If it is too aggressive or the wheels jitter oscillate reduce the gain New Gain 5 0 Current Gain Run Slew Test 2 Tap Run Slew Test A warning message appears 3 Tap Next Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration Instructions Only proceed if the steering sensor calibration has been performed Press Next New Gain 5 0 Current Gain Cancel Next gt gt OK CAUTION The wheels can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the AgGPS Autopilot system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles or cause injury to occupants of the vehicle Be prepared for sudden wheel movements FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 189 11 The Autopilot Plugin 4 Tap Next in the two screens that appear next 5 Test various gain settings while you monitor the vehicle performance and the values in the Slew Time and Overshoot fields for the Turn Left phase Adjust the New Gain field if required b Turn the front wheels completely to the right to begin the test The test is for the stop to stop position c Tap Turn Left Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew
144. amage or replace 1 Assign master switch to the Auxiliary Input Refer to Auxiliary Input Function Assignment 2 Decline use of Auxiliary Input Switch 1 Verify correct speed source setting and speed calibration on the Ground Speed Calibration screen 2 Inspect speed sensor harness for damage or replace speed sensor 3 Replace module or display 1 Enter an appropriate test speed 2 Verify or enter appropriate Disk High Limit and or Disk Low Limit values 1 Inspect control valve for damage or replace 2 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 3 Inspect module harness for damage Replace harness fuse 4 Inspect module for damage or replace 1 Verify correct setup constants on the Channel Configuration screen Perform a valve calibration 2 Verify correct installation of the feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 391 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Alarm 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 392 Alarm Control Channel Unstable Control Channel Saturation Exceeded Control Channel High Limit Exceeded Control Channel Low Limit Exceeded All Rows Failed Row Failure High Population Limit Exceeded Probable cause 1 Incorrect control channel settings 2 Incorrect feedback sensor installation 3 Defective feedback sensor 1 Excessive speed 2 Incorrect control channel
145. amultiplane survey set the Swath Width field to the width that you will use for collecting interior points When you are not using FieldLevel GPS set the front back offset F B Offset to 0 b Inthe Rows field enter 1 5 Tap OK Operating the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin Run screen When the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin is installed the following tab appears on the main guidance screen the Run screen Creating a survey Benchmarks Before you can create a survey you must set a benchmark a point at a known location When you are leveling you can use benchmarks to do two things e Return to a point in the field with known coordinates to re calibrate your exact position This may include setting the bucket on the ground or on a solid surface that will not be disturbed while you perform field leveling e Move the design up or down to match the field surface at that point FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 405 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin A benchmark appears on the screen as follows View A red flag in a red circle The first benchmark you create on a field is called the master benchmark Field coordinates are calculated from this point Subsequent benchmarks are called benchmarks Note You can choose for coordinates to be recorded with X Y and Height offsets from the master benchmark position See Configuration page 402 Creating a benchmark 1 Place the
146. an add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms Alarms Setup 320 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 11 Enter the alarm trigger rates Lee High Population Alarm Low Population Alarm High Alarm Delay Low Alarm Delay Min Row Fail Rate When a sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to this percentage above the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to 120 of the preset rate When a sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to this percentage below the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to 80 of the preset rate This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates to alert you of a high population This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates to alert you of a low population The rate of failure that is acceptable before the Row Fail alarm is triggered Increase the number in the Seeds field to reduce the reporting of errors Product Level Alarm When the product gets down to this lev
147. an move before the green blade height indicators change to thin red arrows At twice this distance the height indicators become thick red arrows See Blade position indicators page 424 Disengage When you disable Auto while scraping a field you can set a time value that Raise will automatically raise the blade For example if you set 0 5s the blade will raise for half a second when you turn off Auto mode Remote Input You can attach a remote for enabling and disabling Auto mode This remote Auto is controlled with the Remote nput Auto setting Configuring relative heights for all leveling models By default relative heights are enabled meaning coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark For field leveling or data collection you can set relative offsets so that the coordinates are recorded relative to the offsets set for the master benchmark You can set offsets in any of the following directions e the X axis e The Y axis e The height The Relative Heights tab of the FieldLevel II Setup screen shows the following items a a Relative Select Enabled to use relative heights from the master benchmark Choose Heights Disabled to use GPS heights at all times Relative X If relative heights are enabled this is the X coordinate that will be applied to the master benchmark Relative Y If relative heights are enabled this is the Y coordinate that will be applied to the master benchmark 418 FM 1000 Integrated
148. an tell which type of implement is attached how much area it covers how far it is offset See Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Note When you enter the number of implement sections if the implement does not have sections enter 1 230 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Calibrating the implement 1 From the Configuration screen select the TrueTracker plugin and then tap Calibrate Implement Controller Setup Controller Orientation 2 Select an item to configure and then tap OK 3 Configure the selected item Controller orientation page 232 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 231 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Configuring the controller orientation 1 Select the Controller Orientation option from the list Autopilot Controller Orientation Rotation Control Direct entry lotate the image to match the orientation of the controller in the cab or enter the orientation angles directly by choosing the Direct Entry tab The image represents the position of the controller looking down from the top with the nose of the tractor pointing to the top of the screen An image represents the current mounting orientation of the controller The image is shown as though You are looking down on the vehicle from above The top of the screen points to the front of the vehicle 2 Use the buttons to select the orientation of the controller Ifthe controller
149. ap Setup Productivity Monitoring Setup cy 3 In the Port list select the port on the FM 1000 integrated display harness that the Enalta sensors are connected to 4 Adjust the port settings 470 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Productivity Monitoring Plugin 23 Item Productivity Monitoring Setup Enalta Enalta CCT Support fEnabiea Output GGA Enabled M Output VTG fEnabiea M Request CTT Log Download Now Test Ul In the Enalta list select Enable Enalta CCT to enable the Enalta system Select the NMEA messages that the systems will use to communicate You can select GGA Select Enable GGA VTG Select Enable VTG GGA and VTG messages Select both buttons Enter the following settings Description Logging Rate While Field Open The rate at which data is logged when a field is open 1 sec 300 sec Logging Rate While Field The rate at which data is logged when the field is closed 1 sec 300 sec Closed Minimum Operating Speed When a field is open and the vehicle speed drops below this speed a pop up message appears onscreen asking the driver to select a reason for the low speed The system will not operate until the driver selects a reason Maximum Stoppage Time When a field is open and the vehicle stops moving for longer than this time Productive When the system prompts the driver for reason for the stoppage The system will not operate until the driver respon
150. apping and then tap Setup Record Line With Coverage Selected Features Fence v P Rock River J Fence Area Mapping Location Point Features Boom Center v Line Area Features Boom Center M K 2 Tap one of the four feature buttons to create or select an active line feature and then tap OK The Feature Mapping screen appears 88 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 3 From the Record Line With Coverage drop down list select the required line feature and then tap OK The Display Setup screen appears 4 Tap OK Editing the data dictionary The data dictionary editor enables you to predefine the entry options defined below and then select them from a pick list during field and event definition Data dictionary entry fields Client Implement Target pests Farm Application method Custom 1 Field Wind speed Custom 2 Event Wind gust speed Custom 3 Operator Wind direction Custom 4 Operator EPA Sky conditions Material Harvest year Soil conditions Stoppage reason Farm location Soil type Vehicle Crop 1 From the Display Setup screen select Data Dictionary and then tap Setup Data Dictionary Setup bob smith 2 From the data list select the data field to define and then tap either New or Edit 3 Define the custom entry by manually entering or updating the name and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 89 5 The System Plugin The new or edited entry app
151. ar mount to the rail 5 Hold the display in the selected location to ensure that it is comfortably accessible from the driver s seat 6 Attach the other end of the RAM mount to the ball on the bar mount and then tighten the screw FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 33 3 34 Getting Started Connecting the display Note The FM 1000 integrated display connects to the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system The Autopilot system requires professional installation in your vehicle If the Autopilot system is not currently installed in your vehicle consult your local reseller 1 Connect one end of the AgGPS Autopilot harness to the vehicle 2 Connect the Autopilot to FM 1000 cable to port C of the FM 1000 integrated display 3 Connect the implement switch if required The following section describes how to install DICKEY john components for flow and application control with the Tru Application Control plugin If this is not relevant to you go to Inserting a memory stick into the USB socket page 48 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Installing key Tru Application Control components Installing an implement master switch When you install a product control system a master switch is connected to the display Note When a master switch is installed you cannot use the display to manually engage application To install the switch 1 Select a location in the cab that is within ea
152. are 458 Configuring the Remote Output plugin ee eee 458 Calibrating the lead time for yourimplement 0000000048 461 Setting the front back offset 6 ee te eee eee 461 Calibrating the front back offset 1 ee te tt et tes 461 Setting the lead MMC Gy eee we eee Ge ee ee eee eee Eee GREE wee ee Se 462 The Serial Data Input Plugin 1 1 ee nannan 465 Connecting serial data input o30 454t esha ade Ghote eee ees Geos Boe ot 466 Configuring serial data iNpUl ei eeebboave eevee eter Ghee deter ctadeseurs 466 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin 2 0000 ee ewes 469 SCAM e o 5 4 4 1 4 o 4 4 4 et ee E ho Ge amp Gea Gp Gem ue eee ee ae ee gee 9 470 Configuring the Productivity Monitoring plugin 20 0004 470 GOs ree a ee ee ee a ee eee eee eee ee 472 Advanced Configuration 1 ee ssns ssssssnas 473 Configuring remote coverage logging nannaa ee 474 Installing the logging option gases ee utaedegs tees evehtvaewiwe bes 474 Enable the external switch lt 2 64 o5 be FR o6 SSG e HEH EEE EE GREE OES EES 475 Chansing the pass Worde s crier erria iata 2EE5 5 CRESS GEE Ee ESS kee BREE 476 Locking the display to re enable the password 00000 e eae 476 Saving the vehicle configuration 2 0 0 ee eee 476 Saving an HTML version of the current field 2 2 2 20 0 000 eee 477 Upgrading the FM 1000 integrated display firmware 00 00000 c
153. arks are copied to the Design Benchmarks list The Design Benchmarks list contains the benchmarks for the multi point plane To set the Primary Slope Heading choose the first benchmark to define the heading and then tap the From Set gt button Note CNH recommends that this point is the uphill point of the two points to be used to define the primary slope ls Select the second point of the primary slope and then tap the To Set gt button 440 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 New Plane Choose Pivot The selected benchmarks appear in the Benchmarks table along with their associated cut fill values The Primary Slope and Cross Slope values reflect the calculated slopes based on the benchmarks entered in the New Plane screen To update the slope values Identify the benchmark to be used as the new pivot b Tap the Choose Pivot button The Choose Pivot screen appears c From the Choose Pivot screen select the benchmark to be used as a the pivot for the new slope from the screen d Tap OK The Plane Editor screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 441 19 The FieldLevel II Plugin 10 Select the Primary Slope Cross Slope or Height Above Pivot areas to edit the slope values as required ee Beers zee D TESE Primary Primary Slope 0 000 Haning 131 67 is 0 100 Flip 2zn s7 l Slope New Plane Choose Pivot l Height 0 0 ma Note T
154. ars 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears 198 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 3 In the Vehicle Controller Settings group tap Edit Edit Vehicle 4 Tap Save Vehicle to File Your current vehicle profile is saved Configuring the GPS receiver When you install the Autopilot plugin the GPS Receiver plugin is also installed For instructions on configuring the GPS receiver see The GPS Receiver Plugin page 203 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 199 11 The Autopilot Plugin Adjusting the Aggressiveness setting Aggressiveness is the measure of how strongly the system makes steering changes e Ahigher Aggressiveness setting brings the vehicle back online faster but may cause tight oscillations about the line e A lower Aggressiveness setting is slower to bring the vehicle back online but can avoid overshoot 1 From the Run screen select the Autopilot tab 2 Use the or button to adjust the setting Note The default Aggressiveness setting is 100 For a description of the Autopilot Engage button see Engage button page 128 Display only mode The FM 1000 integrated display can be used as a standalone display for a NavController II that is connected to an external GPS receiver When used in this mode the FM 1000 integrated displays two internal GNSS receivers are not used by the NavController II but they ar
155. ars FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 259 15 The EZ Boom Plugin 260 2 Ifany prescription files are within the specified limits the Select Prescription screen appears Select Prescription Prescriptions are assumed by default to be in metric units If your prescription uses Imperial US units for application rates you must set the scale factor for each channel using the Prescription Scale Factor Available Prescriptions 33ab34 shp Rate Col Prescription Scale Factor omme er When off prescription use Default Rate 3 From the Available Prescriptions list select a prescription file Note lf an AgInfo GDX prescription has an incorrect format it does not appear in the Available Prescriptions list 4 Ifyou select a shapefile prescription you must select the correct prescription rate column CAUTION When you select a shapefile prescription if you choose the wrong column when using a variable rate controller the applied rate will be incorrect If you select an AgInfo GDX prescription the Rate Column box does not appear 5 Set the prescription scale factor If you use a different material that you need to apply more or less of you can scale the rates by this amount For example to apply twice as much set the scale factor to 2 00 6 Set the lead time See below 7 Inthe When off prescription use list select the target rate for when you are outside the area that is covered by the prescription file
156. ars while you are inside the area A warning appears while you are outside the area 84 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Note The Remote Output and Trigger Warning settings relate only to this type of area feature They do not apply to any of your other area features You must set the warning for each type of area feature individually 6 Tap OK The new area feature appears in the Area list 7 Select the new feature from the list and then tap OK The new feature appears on the button you selected 8 Tap OK For more information on applying field features during navigation see Placing field features on screen page 145 Activating field boundaries The FM 1000 integrated display includes the field boundary feature that enables you to map multiple bounded areas within a field Field boundaries create a separate boundary file that can be used to calculate area and control automatic section switching at the edge of the field 1 From the Display Settings screen select Feature Mapping and then tap Setup Feature Mapping 2 Tap one of the Selected Features buttons The Select Feature screen appears 3 From the feature drop down list select Area FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 85 5 The System Plugin 4 From the list of features select Boundary and then tap Edit Edit Area Feature 5 Set one or more of the following the attributes for the boundary features eile a i a a
157. ase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 329 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available Ml Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Filling the planter disks before driving Pre prime button The planter has disks that rotate and drop seeds one at a time When the vehicle is moving the seeds in the disk are continually replenished However when you begin driving disks are empty To avoid this before you begin moving tap the Fill Disk button gy This rotates the disks through one revolution to ensure that they are loaded with seed before you begin To fill the disks on this channel and any channels combined with this one 1 Tap the Fill Disk button The Fill Disk screen appears 2 Raise the implement 3 Lock the vehicle brakes and put the vehicle in park 4 Start the vehicle engine FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 361 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin A 5 Run the vehicle until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature WARNING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious inju
158. ated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Working with MultiPlane designs When the leveling model is set to Multiplane Design and the FM 1000 integrated display opens a field it scans the AgGPS Designs folder and any MultiPlane GPS control files that are close to your current position are displayed Select the appropriate control file and then tap OK The control file will be loaded displaying a color cut fill map of the field red cut blue fill FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 429 19 The FieldLevel Il Plugin When you use a MultiPlane design control file the FieldLevel II system remains in Auto mode if you drive off the design but maintains the design height it had when you left the design If you disengage Auto mode when you are off the design the display will not allow you to re engage the FieldLevel II system until your position is back over the color cut fill map 9900000000000 0RFsZ00000000000000 Leveling model specific information You have different leveling options depending on the leveling mode that you selected see Step 2 Configuring the leveling model page 416 For information specific to the leveling model e For Point and Slope mode see below e For Autoslope mode see page 432 e For Flat Plane Laser mode see page 436 e For Flat Plane GPS mode see page 436 e For Contour mode see page 442 430 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19
159. ay User Guide 511 26 Troubleshooting Vehicle Diagnostics Details screen Vehicle Controller Setup Details Guidance Steering Details 12 0 V Raw scale vil Scaled 2 50 V 2 50 V 2 50 W Raw aay Scaled Mot Active Scaled Wot Active View Fault Log View Warning OK Diagnostics Vehicle and configuration specific diagnostics up to 9 diagnostics can be shown 2 Accelerometers The raw voltage and scaled G force for each of the system s accelerometers Vehicle voltage The input voltage currently being fed into the Autopilot system from the vehicle s electrical system Gyroscopes The raw voltage and scaled degrees per second of each of the system s gyroscopes 512 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 Autopilot Faults screen The Autopilot Faults screen lists all faults on the Autopilot controller Autopilot Faults Two separate lists show e Any faults that are currently active e lt Ahistory of faults that have occurred View Warning screen When you are viewing the vehicle diagnostics screens the View Warning button flashes red if there is an active warning on the display To view any active warnings tap the button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 513 26 Troubleshooting GPS Status screen The GPS Status screen provides information on the current GPS data from the GPS receiver Use this screen to check that the GPS receiver is outputting the expected data e From
160. benchmark when it is set These coordinates are then used for field leveling and topographic mapping every time the field is opened You can set the relative position using these values the X axis coordinate Relative X the Y axis coordinate Relative Y the height Height Offset 7 Enter the appropriate offset in each field and then tap OK to return to the Survey Setup screen X Tip To view relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab 8 Select whether or not the system will force you to rebench each time that you reload the field Note If you configure the Force Rebench setting to No the RTK base station must be placed in exactly the same position for the field to be correct FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 403 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Configuring the implement for leveling 1 From the Configuration screen select Implement and then tap Setup pelea Porm MT AN e eel F Current Implement Additional Settings Settings 20m swath width 21m application width 32 rows 2 Doone of the following Tap New and then enter a new implement name Select an existing implement from the list 3 Tap Settings Implemer 4 Enter the details of the leveling implement 404 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 18 a Enter the appropriate implement width and offsets For
161. bles the function The control channels continue to operate normally regardless of the RPM value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 293 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 4 Ifa liquid pressure sensor is connected set the following settings Other Sensor Setup Liquid Pressure Sensor 1 Range The pressure range that the sensor is capable of Select DISABLED to disable the sensor High Alarm If the liquid pressure sensor detects a pressure that is higher than this a warning appears Low Alarm If the liquid pressure sensor detects a pressure that is lower than this a warning appears High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning does not appear until the High Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning does not appear until the Low Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time 294 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 5 Ifan air pressure sensor is connected set the following settings Other Sensor Setup Pressure Sensor Settings High Alarm Low Alarmi High Alarm Delay Low Alann Delay Pressure Sensor 1 Pressure Filter High Alarm If the pressure sensor detects a pressure that is higher than this a warning appears Low Alarm If the pressure sensor detects a pressure that is low
162. ce changes or if the boom section width changes If configurations change in this way turn the variable rate controller off and then back on This forces it to re read all settings Using the controller When you use the controller in the field set the channel for spraying to Alt Rate This tells the controller to accept rates for that channel from the external computer If the channel being controlled has its switch set to OFF or Rate the rate being sent to the controller by the display is ignored If a channel switch other than the one corresponding to the channel selected is set to Alt Rate that rate will be set to zero N CAUTION With Mid Tech controllers if a channel is set to Ibs ac any value that is less than 10 0 is interpreted as tons acre The FM 1000 integrated display sends the GPS speed to the Variable Rate Controller To use GPS speed you must configure the controller speed source to GPS Raven To use a Raven controller with an FM 1000 integrated display the controller must e be GPS ready e use Ravens latest communications protocol which was introduced in 1996 If your controller is not GPS ready or does not use the latest protocol contact Raven for an upgrade pack To use a Raven controller you need a special adaptor cable P N 69729 to connect to the FM 1000 cable P N 67091 which is connected to port D on the display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 Configu
163. chapter describes the files and folders on the FM 1000 integrated display USB memory m Transferring data to an office eae computer Data formats Folders on the USB memory stick Files on the USB memory stick Importing AB Lines or boundaries Data dictionaries FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 481 25 482 Data Management Transferring data to an office computer All field data collected by the FM 1000 integrated display is saved onto the USB memory stick To transfer data to an office computer 1 Remove the USB memory stick from the FM 1000 integrated display 2 Insert the USB memory stick into your office computer CAUTION If you place the files in a series of folders the combined filename and folder path may become too long and the operating system may not allow you to open the files To avoid this CNH recommends that you place data in your computer s C folder 3 Copy the appropriate folder to the office computer using an application such as Microsoft Windows Explorer This copies all the sub folders and files in the folder Note When you copy or move files using Windows Explorer you must keep all the shape files dbf shp and shx together so that office software can open the theme file To ensure that the files stay together always copy the entire folder rather than just the individual files If you create a new event in a field and you already have the Field folder containing any previou
164. configured to use either US Imperial or metric units of measurement Each channel can be configured to use different types of units for example lb ac oz ac or gal ac When constructing prescription maps make sure that the maps use the same units that the controller is configured for Alarms If you want low limit and target rate alarms set these on the variable rate controller You can also set a default rate to be used if you go off the prescription or do not have a prescription For more information refer to the documentation provided with your variable rate controller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 Additional information for non Trimble variable rate controllers Prescriptions You can define variable rate controller setup data and load prescription files that define the rates to be applied in different areas of the field This information is used to send target rates to the variable rate controller Applied rates are received from the controller and both target and applied rates are shown on the screen In addition data relating to the variable rate application may be logged to the card The information describing prescriptions for the EZ Boom system also applies to non Trimble variable rate controllers See Additional information about the EZ Boom system page 258 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 275 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 276 FM 1000 Integrated Display U
165. coverage for the Rawson Accu Rate controller for only one drive at a time either Drive A or Drive B To correctly send rates to the controller and log coverage based on the drive master switch do the following e To operate both drives set the drive that is not being controlled by the display to Non GPS mode see above e Connect the FM 1000 integrated display Variable Rate cable to the COM port that matches the drive To control Drive A connect to COM A To control Drive B connect to COM B e When you use Drive B set the COM port to COM B Drive A does not have a configuration for this and will always use COM A e Set Bit 7 mode to off Bit 7 mode sends two prescriptions and is not supported by the FM 1000 integrated display Hardi 5500 Note Information regarding the Hardi 5500 configuration will be published in later versions of this user guide Flex Air The FM 1000 integrated display can send rates to the Tyler Flex Air variable rate controller The controller can have four channels main liquid co applicator and supplemental Rates from all channels are recorded in the variable rate logging dbf file but the FM 1000 integrated display can send rates to only one channel at a time the active channel The Tyler Flex Air controller uses GPS speed sent by the FM 1000 integrated display Using the Tyler Flex Air controller The Total_Qty field in the variable rate logging dbf file and the Avg Rate field in t
166. create anew feature and assign it to the button select the type of feature to create point line or area from the drop down list and then tap New The Edit Feature screen appears To assign an existing feature to the button select the type of feature to edit point line or area select the feature from the list that appears and then tap OK The Select Active Feature screen reappears with the feature that you selected assigned to the feature button Creating a point feature 1 Enter values for the following settings The name of the feature For example Tree Alarm Radius When the vehicle comes within this radius of the feature the alarm appears The alarm radius appears on the screen as a solid red block of color The alarm radius is more serious than the warning radius so set it to a shorter distance Warning Radius The distance around the feature that causes a warning message to appear The warning radius appears on the screen as an orange line Average Position This is a way to improve the quality of the point feature position e If you select the Average Position button the display calculates the average position of the feature over 30 seconds If you deselect the button the display places the feature at the coordinates that the vehicle is at when you tap the button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 83 5 The System Plugin To select the feature appearance color tap Color To return to the Sel
167. creen set the type of material to Granular Fertilizer The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Me Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 328 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 6 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup Low RPM Limit High RPM Limit spreader Constant Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Unie Symbol Description kg l density Kilograms of fertilizer per liter Ib ft 3 density Pounds of fertilizer per cubic foot 7 Enter the following values Le a a as The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen channel tab you increase or decrease the granular fertilizer target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Density The weight per volume of the material to dispense If you do not know the density enter 1 Low RPM Limit The lowest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate High RPM Limit The highest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate Spreader Constant Each material has its own constant that is the number of application rate sensor pulses per liter cubic ft of material Ensure that this is as acc
168. ctive RPM sensor 2 Damaged module harness 3 Defective module 4 Low RPM Channel Delay or Precharge is enabled During this the control will run without ground speed or without the implement down Control Channel Precharge time has expired while the system is stationary Control channel has stopped 1 Ground speed is at zero 2 Ground speed is less than Precharge Speed after Precharge time is expired FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Solution 1 Inspect hopper sensor for damage or replace 2 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 3 Verify correct hopper setting for each module 1 Verify hopper sensors are connected sequentially on all modules 2 Inspect hopper sensor for damage or replace 3 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 1 Verify pressure sensors are connected sequentially on all modules 2 Inspect pressure sensor for damage or replace 3 Inspect module and or module harness for damage Replace if necessary 1 Inspect RPM sensor for damage Replace if necessary 2 Inspect module harness for damage Repair or replace 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary 4 Increase RPM 1 Acknowledge alarm to activate control channels 2 Acknowledge alarm and disable Delay or Precharge to stop control Acknowledge the alarm and increase ground speed Alarm 235 236 237 240 2
169. customer for whom the work is being done A collection of fields see below Field A specific area of land where events are carried out A field can be created on the display to represent an actual field part of an actual field or a group of more than one actual fields Event A precision agriculture application or activity on a particular field see above For example Planting of seed Application of fertilizer or lime Spraying with fungicide herbicide or insecticide Each client may have several farms each of the farms may consist of several fields and each field may be broken into a number of events Touch screen elements The following interactive features appear on the touch screen e Virtual buttons e Virtual keyboard e Virtual number pad e Drop down boxes e Slider bars e Lists For more information see Slide out tabs in Configuring the status text items page 70 Virtual buttons The most common way to interact with the system is to use the virtual buttons Treat a virtual button as you would a normal button To press the button tap the area of the screen where it appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 25 2 Features and Functions Some FM 1000 integrated display buttons have a direct action while others change to show that a feature is enabled or disabled This button is currently selected Virtual keyboard Use the virtual keyboard to enter text and numbers To
170. d rain may enter the module Installing working set member WSMB modules To mount the working set member module s WSMB on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the module If you must install the module in a remote or hard to reach area on the implement you can use an extension The acceptable mounting orientations are the same as those for a master module See Installing the working set master module page 35 Mount the module with the label facing out 2 Doone of the following e To bolt the module to the implement a Use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes N CAUTION Do not use the member module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure b Remove the module and then drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Attach the module to the frame with two x 20 bolts or a threaded U bolt 36 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 e To tie strap the module to the implement a Ifmounting holes on the implement are required use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes b Drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Feed a long tie strap through the two mounting holes on the module and then through the holes on the implement d Securely tighten the tie strap e Install a second tie strap around the
171. dback sensor installation 4 Defective feedback sensor 1 Incorrect logic level setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 2 Dirty or defective hopper sensor 3 Defective module harness or module 4 Hopper empty The sensed RPM exceeds the High Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective RPM sensor 3 Defective module The sensed RPM is below the Low Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or incorrect setup 2 Defective RPM sensor 3 Defective module harness or module The number of hopper sensors connected differs from the number of sensors configured on the Tru Application Control Setup screen The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Solution 5 Set Limit Max Output to a higher PWM on the Valve Calibration screen Perform a new valve calibration 1 Set Limit Max Output to a higher level on the Valve Calibration screen Perform a new valve calibration 2 Verify correct installation of the feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 1 Verify implement hydraulic system operation 2 Inspect control valve for damage Replace if necessary 3 Verify correct installation of the feedback sensor 4 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 1 Verify correct logic level setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 2 Clean inspect hopper sensor Replace if
172. de e Tap Engage The system disengages and the Engage button turns gray If the button is red tap it to find out why Logging button The Logging button engages and disengages coverage logging Logging button color a Gray oan Coverage logging is not engaged LOW m ied 128 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Plugin information tabs As with the plugin tabs the plugin information tabs that appear differ depending on which plugins are installed Mapping information tab The Mapping information tab enables you to view your coverage from a number of perspectives General coverage and overlap Height Altitude of GPS receiver GPS Quality GPS signal quality Cut Fill Cut and or fill FieldLevel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 129 8 The Mapping Plugin 130 Guidance window Different varieties See Logging varieties page 147 Variations in the speed of the vehicle as different colors on the Run screen The guidance window shows your vehicle coverage field features and guidance lines For a description of how you can view the window see View modes page 29 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 External Lightbar The FM 1000 integrated display also supports one or more LB25 external lightbars Purchased separately from the display the LB25 lightbar can be mounted directly on the display horizontally or vertically using th
173. dem or dual mode has a double set of up and down buttons that provide independent control of the implement offset Rem Description O oO Primary front or left side implement height control Secondary rear or right side implement height control e With a tandem configuration the left up and down buttons offset the height of the primary front implement and the right buttons offset the height of the secondary rear implement e With a dual configuration the left buttons offset the height of the primary left side of the implement and the right buttons offset the height of the secondary right side of the implement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 455 20 The Tandem Dual Plugin 456 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Remote Output In this chapter m Connecting remote output m Configuring the Remote Output plugin m Calibrating the lead time for your implement CHAPTER When remote output is activated the FM 1000 integrated display outputs pulses for an external device For example you can use a remote output signal to control a tree planter This chapter explains how to configure the Remote Output plugin so that the display can output data FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 457 21 Remote Output Connecting remote output The signal that is output on pin 2 of the FM 1000 integrated display s B port is a 5 volt signal with a rating of approximately 70 mA this signal controls the device
174. ditches used with the Autoslope leveling model P CMR Percent The percentage of data being successfully received from the base GPS receiver P Correction Age The time since the last GPS correction was received from the GPS base station P Correction Type The solution type for example RTK Fixed or RTK Float etc P Cut fill The difference between the blade height and the target height When Cut is displayed the current ground height is above the target height and the height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to moved down to reach the target height When Fill is displayed the current ground height is below the target height P Design Height The originally planned or designed height at the current location P Design Slope When using the Autoslope leveling model this displays the design slope with respect to the current location along the section line P Distance Travelled For use with Point to Slope mode this is the distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled P East The difference in the East component from the Local Tangent Plane LTP P GPS Status The solution type for example RTK Fixed or RTK Float etc P Heading The current direction that the vehicle is heading in P Latitude The latitude as recorded by the GPS receiver P Longitude The longitude as recorded by the GPS receiver P Network ID The network ID that the GPS receiver is set to which needs to be the same as the ba
175. drop down list and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 69 5 The System Plugin Configuring the status text items The status text items are segments of information that appear on the Run screen The information appears in three different locations Upper left status text item Upper right status text item Slide out tab e In two locations at the top of the screen e On aslide out tab at the left of the screen The slide out tab overlies the main screen but is transparent so that you can still see guidance underneath it To extend the slide out tab tap the end of the tab on the left of the screen The slide out tabs automatically slide back in when the specified time out value is reached To close the tab before then tap the tab 70 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 The status text items are ordered by plugin If a plugin is removed the status text items associated with it are no longer available The available items are as follows a a blank The status text item is not shown Altitude The current height of the vehicle CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds Category Autopilot or Manual Guidance Correction Age Correction Type East Engaged Time Autopilot only GPS Status H Error HDOP Heading Latitude Longitude Network ID North Nudge Trim Autopilot only Offline Dist Satellites Speed
176. ds The system is marked productive when a condition is active e None The system is not productive e Logging On productive Off non productive e AP Engaged Engaged productive Disengaged non productive e Minimum Speed Above productive Below non productive FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 471 23 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin Operation When you open a field enter the additional details When the conditions that you set in the configuration are met they trigger pop up messages on the FM 1000 integrated display 472 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Advanced Configuration In this chapter Configuring remote coverage logging m Changing the password m Saving the vehicle configuration m Saving an HTML version of the current field Upgrading the FM 1000 integrated display firmware Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware Unlocking additional devices Once you complete the basic configuration you can e Use this chapter to configure more advanced features for higher accuracy or better performance e Begin driving See Chapter 8 The Mapping Plugin Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When the display prompts you to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 473 24 Advanc
177. duction to coverage logging Coverage logging records the area that you have covered when you carry out an operation for example applying fertilizer to a field The covered area appears on the Run screen as a solid yellow area or as a gray area if you overlapped and covered an area twice To activate coverage logging tap the Logging button on the Run screen so that it changes from gray to green Tap the button again to stop coverage logging Logging varieties By default coverage logging appears as a solid yellow block see above However you can set up varieties that make it easy to see the difference between different types of coverage This enables you to e Change product part way through a field so that you can later identify which parts of the field are covered in which product FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 147 8 The Mapping Plugin e Plant or apply two or more different products side by side and record the locations in your field For example you could put corn seed in the left side hoppers on your planter and clover seed in the right side hoppers and track where each set of seeds is planted The varieties are assigned to rows on your implement Specify the number of rows on your implement when you configure it For more information see Additional settings page 116 To configure varieties 1 From the Field Selection screen tap Variety Setup Varie 2 To add a new variety tap Add
178. e Implement Configuration 7 Configuring the Guidance settings ie Zi 3 In the Edit Implement screen select the implement from the Current Implement list and then tap Edit Implement Setup Guidance Application Geometry swath Width Application Offset Left Right Offset Rows If necessary tap the Swath Width field and then enter a value to create an overlap Enter the front back offset setting CAUTION You must configure the correct front back offset If you are using an Autopilot system alone set the front back offset to the distance from the rear axle of the vehicle to the implement If you are using any of the plugins that include switching Serial Rate Control Tru Application Control or EZ Boom set the front back offset to the distance from the antenna to the implement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 109 7 Implement Configuration a Tap Application Offset Enter Front Back Offset b Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the offset is measured in Enter the offset distance d Tap either Back or Forward to select the direction of the offset A forward offset that indicates that the implement is located ahead of the antenna position e Tap OK The Implement Setup screen appears The image of the vehicle shows the offset that you just set Note The screen is scaled to the swath or application width whichever is large
179. e Calibration complete appears in the nstructions window and the system turns off The settings are automatically saved 7 Tap OK Spreader constant Note This is available only for granular seed and fertilizer applications The spreader constant establishes the value for the amount of material dispensed through the application rate sensor The value entered defines the pulses from the feedback sensor per ft of material discharged Each material and gate setting as applicable has its own spreader constant For best results the value must be as accurate as possible This value may be set manually However using the spreader constant calibration sequence is recommended for the most accurate results Note This calibration requires scales to measure the amount of material collected To calibrate the sensor 1 Make sure that the hopper contains material Place a container under the spreader tubes to catch the output material Raise the implement Apply the tractor brakes and lock them in the applied position Put the transmission in park or in a locked neutral position Start the tractor and engage PTO if used to drive the hydraulic system gt D Ste amp D Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 353 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin A N WARNING When you tap the fill disk Output Shaft button the machine w
180. e FieldLevel II system to shape the field surface based on the work in the office Leveling models In addition to AutoPlane and MultiPlane design support the FieldLevel II system has five additional leveling models e Point and Slope The system levels at a consistent upward or downward slope regardless of the vehicles direction This can be useful for installing tile and field drainage e Autoslope You define a section line and a set of constraints for the system to use to design either a tile or surface ditch profile The system will then install tile or cut a surface ditch to that design e Flat plane laser Use this leveling model to level a field that has previously been measured with a laser The FieldLevel II GPS system will correct the design heights to a plane surface to match your previous laser system e Flat plane GPS Use this model to level a field using the FieldLevel II GPS system No corrections will be made to a flat plane so the surface will be curved to match the surface of the Earth This is the most accurate model to use so that water sits at an equal depth across a field e Contour The system guides you around a contour The system indicates whether to drive up or down to maintain your current level This is designed for marking rice levees FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Terminology The FieldLevel II system uses the following terms Cut Fill Offset Bl
181. e Left Deadzone Right 4 Tap Next to continue The second Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration screen appears 5 Tap Next in the two screens that appear next Note Read the onscreen instructions on each page Follow the instructions The system will automatically move the coulter wheels in both directions several times 6 Tap Start The system engages and performs the calibration 234 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Automated Deadzone error messages If a calibration cycle is unable to complete successfully one of the following error messages appears Message Error Steering Close To Before the calibration cycle could be completed the measured End Stops steering angle approached the end stops Retry and if the problem persists instead of centering the steering at the start of each cycle try turning the steering in the opposite direction to that which is being tested so that the calibration procedure has a greater range to test over Error Valve Connectors The calibration test sensed the steering turning in the opposite Could Be Swapped direction to what was expected Retry and if the problem persists either the valve connectors have been accidentally swapped or the steering sensor calibration was performed incorrectly Error No GPS A GPS receiver must be connected and outputting positions before the software can run the calibration procedure Error No Steerin
182. e RPM sensor detects a shaft RPM that is higher than this a warning appears If the RPM sensor detects a shaft RPM that is lower than this a warning appears High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in shaft RPM speed do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning does not appear until the High Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in shaft RPM speed do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning will not appear until the Low Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time RPM Constant This is the number of pulses that the shaft speed sensor generates in one revolution of the monitored shaft Typically this is the number of teeth sense points on the gear attached to the monitored shaft For example for a gear with 12 teeth enter 12 00 If the sense gear is not directly attached to the monitored shaft enter 0 01 To disable the Shaft Speed function enter 0 00 RPM Filter The RPM filter value applies a filter to the signal from the RPM sensor Typically no filtering is required so the standard value is set at 0 If the RPM readout on the Run screen oscillates in excess of 10 increase the filter value to filter the signal to reduce the oscillation For a true RPM value set this number to 0 Disable on Low ENABLED All of the control channels shut down if the RPM value Alarm of the selected sensor falls below the Low Alarm value DISABLED Disa
183. e Wireless Mode drop down list select the appropriate mode and then tap OK 206 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver Plugin 12 Enabling SecureRTK SecureRTK is a Trimble proprietary base station security feature that enables a Trimble RTK base station service provider to generate time based access codes for their supported rovers SecureRTK requires firmware version 1 59 or later on MS750 GPS receivers and firmware version 3 67 on AgRTK and AgGPS 442 base stations 1 From the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS receiver plugin and then tap Setup E7 Steer GPS Receiver Settings Settings SecureRTK Logging Radar Output Corrections Network ID Vehicle Internal Autonomous 2 Select the SecureRTK tab EZ Steer GPS Receiver Settings Settings SecureRTK Logging Radar Output Description status Expiry Empty nia Empty nia Empty Empty Empty x 3 Inthe Key field enter the base station access code provided by your base station service provider FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 207 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin The Status and Expiry fields change to show the current status of the security feature 4 Optional In the Description field enter the name of the base station 5 Tap OK If SecureRTK is enabled on the base station rovers with authorized access codes can use corrections from that base Note Rovers without a SecureRTK
184. e can monitor up to 18 seed sensors For air seeder blockage monitoring this allows up to 148 rows of seed sensors in total 16 18 x 8 The member modules pass information back to the master module They can be installed anywhere on the implement Note The air seeder master module does not directly accept seed sensors all seed sensors must connect through the member modules Therefore air seeder master modules require a total of 9 member modules to reach the 148 row limit You can do either of the following e Auto Config Automatically configure the components that are connected This replaces any current settings See below e Check Setup Send the current settings to the controller to be checked See Checking the module setup page 288 Auto configuring the modules 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Modules 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 285 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin The Tru Application Control Setup screen appears Tru Application Control Setup a POC 10043 OK mr Rows Accessory Sensor MECC CLG The system can automatically configure the modules 2 Ensure that all sensors are correctly connected to the modules 3 Tap Auto Config The display automatically detects how many Master Member and Output modules are connected Seed sensors are attached to each module Hopper sensors are connected to the system Pressu
185. e ce 2 Ifthe time is not correct tap the or button to change the time by 1 hour increments 3 When the time matches the local time tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 97 5 The System Plugin 98 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Ag3000 Modem In this chapter This chapter describes how to install and configure the Ag3000 modem to work with the m Introduction to the Ag3000 FM 1000 integrated display modem m Benefits of using an Ag3000 modem m Connecting the Ag3000 modem m Activating the Ag3000 modem m Configuring the Ag3000 modem FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 99 6 The Ag3000 Modem Introduction to the Ag3000 modem The Ag3000 modem enables the FM 1000 integrated display to receive RTK corrections from a Trimble VRS network a third party RTK provider or a Continuously Operating Reference Station CORS Benefits of using an Ag3000 modem The benefits of using the FM 1000 integrated display and the Ag3000 modem include the following e More acres of RTK accuracy from Trimble VRS Now delivered to your display e Easy interface and configuration with the display e External cell modem GSM antenna for enhanced signal reception to minimize cell phone signal related drop outs e Three LEDs to indicate operation status e In North America the Ag3000 modem is bundled with a SIM card AT amp T or Jasper Wireless and a cell phone service plan e In Europe
186. e eeeee eee eae oe ee ae ee ke Ba 124 POCIONAMSCUINOS so 2 4 a2 eo eke AG SHEE ROG REE EE RRA eee ee eee 125 The parts of the Run screen 0 ccc eee teens 126 AN A a4u5 G b nec oe beste te bebe a oe teudeeeaa 126 Puo S She ewan ee ee eae See Gn eee ead eee eee eG hee eae ee 127 GPS recever MOm Ol eser aa a E a ee 127 Pee DUNO gua eeeee en Gye eee ee ean a rere Eere 128 OSC DUNO aut Baek cece eae ee eae ee hee ede ee ae eee eee ee Bee 8G 128 Plugin information tabs aaau aaa ee 129 UIGaNCe WOW s saree peer ees hee bees Bae eee kee SR EE 130 External LoD ea nese ee ee nese EREE NEESER eS eee eRe ees eee 131 Selecting dS Wala Mewc aan kone eee eee eae On Pee e 24 tee AG ae ho ek 132 Cea a N s ge4 04 60 6 be ohn ew ee eee ee he nese eee eee ee Ge seca 133 Creating a straight line 2s oo ok ee a 8 eee Ge oO eee oa ee oH Ae ee 133 Crean a CUIV Cd WG ig ae oe oe ee Peete eee eee eee oe eee 134 Creatinga headland is aoe Soro ea eee be ah Gee oe eee ee e a 135 PirCdie APIO 45 Game ope hae he ee Sa AO ae eee ee ee ee amp 136 The Record DUON essea aaee eeee Pe ee ee a aea Geo e eee ae Bae ee y 137 Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern 200002008 137 LOE OMCs a eer pense eee hae eee ee ee dee hee Pea eee ae eee eae ee 140 Addin an access patli sss haus ae Ha 6 on eee eee hee ees he ks 141 owai maoe meN aoaaa a a m a ee a E E A 142 Deleting aswali serideki ka O64 hoe eee eS Pee ee aeee a 142 Rename ad WU ss espi
187. e hardware that is supplied with the lightbar or mounted separately from the display in another part of the vehicles cab using the supplied suction cup mount The lights on the external lightbar replicate the operation of the lights on the display s virtual lightbar For more information on configuring the external lightbar see Configuring an external lightbar page 92 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 131 8 The Mapping Plugin Selecting a swath pattern To obtain guidance with the FM 1000 integrated display you can use e One of the four standard swath pattern types e The FreeForm guidance pattern See Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern page 137 Use the standard patterns to create different shaped guidance lines on the display oe i Curved guidance guidance lines lines Guidance lines enclosed in headlands Pivot guidance lines To select a swath pattern 1 Onthe Run screen select the Mapping tab 132 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 2 Tap Swaths Swath Management Guidance patterns Line management buttons Existing guidance lines Guidance type buttons ee T 3 Select the appropriate pattern from the drop down list on the right of the screen Creating a new line The type of line that you can create depends on the swath pattern that you selected Creating a straight line There are two ways to create a straight line e AB Line
188. e implement for leveling page 404 Step 2 Preparing the FM 1000 integrated display and antenna connections If not already installed on the FM 1000 integrated display install the FieldLevel II plugin followed by the Tandem Dual plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 56 When both plugins are installed the Configuration screen will show both the FieldLevel II plugin with its associated GPS receiver and the Tandem Dual plugin with its associated GPS receiver Configuration 5 r System FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 447 20 The Tandem Dual Plugin Connect the FieldLevel II plugin primary antenna to the GPS1 connector on the rear of the display and connect the Tandem Dual plugin secondary antenna to the GPS2 connector on the rear of the display The correct configuration for the antennas on the implement s is as follows FM 1000 Receiver position Receiver position Dual integrated Tandem set up set up display port GPS1 0 FieidevelT lt PS2 __ Tandem Dual 448 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tandem Dual Plugin 20 Step 3 Configuring the primary receiver The primary receiver is controlled by the FieldLevel II plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS receiver listed below the Field Level plugin and then tap Setup Field Level GPS Receiver Settings 2 From the Receiver drop down list select Internal Primary 3 From the Co
189. e overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channels current planting rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the spreader to spread at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 329 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 379 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button AR is available Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Sensor Information tab A spreader can be fitted with a hopper or an RPM sensor The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which is under the guidance screen Hena T Reseaptionie a T a 1 Row Information tab selector Additional sensor readings Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the main guidance screen 380 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide T
190. e paid by you for any such Nonconforming Product excluding costs of installation upon your return of the Nonconforming Product to Trimble in accordance with Trimble s product return procedures than in effect Such remedy may include reimbursement of the cost of repairs for damage to third party equipment onto which the Product is installed if such damage is found to be directly caused by the Product as reasonably determined by Trimble following a root cause analysis Warranty Exclusions and Disclaimer These warranties shall be applied only in the event and to the extent that a the Products and Software are properly and correctly installed configured interfaced maintained stored and operated in accordance with Trimble s relevant operator s manual and specifications and b the Products and 2 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Software are not modified or misused The preceding warranties shall not apply to and Trimble shall not be responsible for defects or performance problems resulting from i the combination or utilization of the Product or Software with hardware or software products information data systems interfaces or devices not made supplied or specified by Trimble ii the operation of the Product or Software under any specification other than or in addition to Trimble s standard specifications for its products iii the unauthorized installation modification or use of the Product or Software iv damage caus
191. e still available for other applications In this mode you must use the special adaptor cable P N 76442 with the standard FM 1000 to NavController II cable P N 75741 or P N 65522 to connect the display to the P4 display port on the NavController II Note You must install the Autopilot plugin to use the display only functionality of the FM 1000 integrated display 200 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Connecting the FM 1000 integrated display for display only mode a N fA W P3 GPS connector o FM 1000 integrated display 93100 01 FM 1000 power cable 66694 FM 1000 power cable with relay and switch power 67259 bus Psi power Epon ce EE 1000 to e a Il cable with port ee replicator o pin DTM to 2 pin DT power PEED peT pone P B E a sree II a 00 O Cable assembly 8 pin to 12 pin adaptor 76442 oO Cable AgGPS 252 252 to NavController II 54608 Oo Main NavController II cable 54601 oo AgGPS 252 262 receiver 55500 32 To configure the display only mode do the following 1 Tap The Configuration screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 201 11 The Autopilot Plugin 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup Vehicle Controller Setup Vehicle Controller Port OK Vehicle Controller Settings Current Selection CASE STX500Q AG Autopilot Settings Settings TAP AP S
192. e times for a total of three test runs Use Table 12 on page 242 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run 12 Average the results of the three runs Total the offset distances from the three passes and divide by three Use the following table for recording the roll correction results Test run Offset distance Offset direction 1 2 3 Total Total 3 Average offset value Entering the roll offset 1 Enter the average offset value in the Roll Offset field See Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction page 239 2 Select one of the offline direction options depending on whether the roll offset distance is to the left or right 242 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 1 Select Line Acquisition from the calibration list Autopilot Line Acquisition Adjust the line acquisition aggressiveness slider The slider controls how aggressively the implement approaches the guidance line using a scale from 50 to 150 The optimal value for each profile is not necessarily 100 it varies for different implement profiles FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 243 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Using the TrueTracker system When you have configured the TrueTracker plugin you can begin driving in the field with implement steering Main guidance screen The FM 1000 integrated dis
193. ea covered by the prescription file no target rate is available There are three options for controlling the output rate e Continue to use the last rate being output when the vehicle moves off the prescription Use a default rate e Use a zero rate Specify the required option in the Select Prescription screen Varying the active boom sections Some variable rate controllers report to the FM 1000 ntegrated display which boom sections are active at any given time For these controllers the width of the coverage polygons displayed on the Run screen vary according to the currently active boom sections The coverage polygons that are logged to the coverage Shape file are identical to those shown on screen that is the logged coverage width is also varied according to the active boom sections Note When you use a variable rate controller and you are logging the FM 1000 ntegrated display shows the active boom width This may result in nothing being shown if all boom sections are off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 261 15 262 The EZ Boom Plugin Limitations Since not all controllers can provide information on the active boom sections the width and placement of the coverage depends on what information is available e Ifthe controller provides no information on the active boom sections then the coverage width is the Application Width as defined in the Implement Setup screen e Ifthe controller provides information
194. ea i DJ467981100S1 WB A nem Hamess Output Seed Monitor __ 3 L Order and install Module Each WSMB module module harness oe DJ467981201 supports up to an additional 18 rows if using Seed Manager SE DJ467982000S1 for seed monitoring Add up to 8 ac style harness additional WSMB harnesses module T T A Connect to next module harness bundles to support up to 148 rows 1 or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus Each Tru Count Harness Planter Output Module will support up to 8 rows sections Add up to 3 additional harness planter output module bundles to support up to 24 rows sections H DJ458411080 16 ROW DJ467751312S1 Seed Manager STANDARD HARNESS FD C SE HARNESS 16 Row Harness comes in many different variations Cn Stania D PSN Existing Harness if SeedManager SE is being utilized s n b anda le K including 2 4 6 8 12 16 row versions includin Planter Manesa by customer Trimble does not offer this harness for sale several models for specific planters 1 Laythe implement harness along the frame of the implement to each of the seed sensors You are unlikely to require extensions 2 Route the sensor wires to where they will not be damaged by parts of the implement FM 1000 Int
195. eared record the weight of the nurse tank and proceed to apply nitrogen on at least ten acres at normal operating speeds and conditions Verify that the control is stable during the calibration Once the area is covered record the tank weight Calculate the amount of nitrogen used and compare that to the controller s accumulated values Determine the percent of error and adjust the K Factor accordingly A typical DICKEY john anhydrous flowmeter K Factor starting point is 2 15 P in 3 Fine tuning the calibration If the actual application is 5 above the Target Application rate the K Factor needs to be decreased by 5 Therefore if the K Factor is 2 250 a 5 decrease would be 2 250 x 0 95 2 1375 The opposite applies for under application FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 341 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Configure the appropriate Rows Sections settings Channel Configuration nyt Channel 1 NH3 Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Anhydrous Channel Settings Channel Width 30 0 Number Sections Channel Sections Rem Beserption OOS Channel Width The combined width assigned to this channel Number Sections Enables entry of a specific number of sections to the control channel Section assignment is given priority based on the section and is assigned sequentially thereafter Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped sta
196. earest pressure shown below Nurse tank Nurse tank Pounds per cubic Pounds per cubic F PSI foot ee foot in es C E A E w w o p p p a w ope o e m m For example if the nurse tank pressure gauge reads 49 psi use the 40 psi listing in the table If the tank pressure gauge is inoperative you can use the tank temperature to determine the approximate density values 3 Enter the appropriate density Running the system in Monitor only mode Note To use Monitor only mode the vehicle must have an implement switch installed To receive rate information the system must have the appropriate sensors such as population sensors If the system has block sensors which do not report rate they only report blockages the display is unable to determine the current rate or calculate whether the rate needs to increase or decrease However you can still run the system without rate information in Monitor only mode FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 387 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin After you configure the modules and enter the materials but before you assign the materials to channels do the following l a From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Kionitor con Select the channel to monitor and then select Monitor Only from the Control Mode drop down list A warning message appears Read the warning and then tap OK Ifnecessary adjus
197. ears Note The FieldLevel II plugin searches for a survey on the field If there is a survey a Cut Fill map appears on the new design plane Defining a plane using multiple benchmarks You can use multiple benchmarks to define a plane based on your specific requirements If multiple benchmarks are created you can design a plane of best fit through those points If you use three benchmarks to design the plane then the cut and fill values will be 0 0 through those points as the plugin can create a perfect plane If you use more than three benchmarks to design the plane the cut fill values will be the residual difference between the plane of best fit and the benchmark elevations FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 439 19 The FieldLevel II Plugin To define a plane using multiple points do the following 1 From the Run screen select the Survey Design plugin and then create two or more benchmarks to help define the plane If a primary heading definition is required you only need two benchmarks If all the slopes of a field are to be defined then you need at least three benchmarks Select the FieldLevel II plugin and tap the Design button The Plane Editor screen appears Tap New Plane Design Benchmarks Benchmark 2 From the Benchmarks list select the benchmark to be used as the primary pivot and then tap Add The benchmark is be copied to the Design Benchmarks list Repeat Step 4 until all the required benchm
198. ears in the data list on the Data Dictionary Setup screen For more information on editing data dictionary entries see Data dictionaries page 502 For more information on accessing data dictionary entries see Accessing data dictionary entries page 124 Configuring the lightbar settings The display has two lightbar options e the virtual lightbar that appears at the top of the displays Run screen e an external lightbar Configuring the virtual lightbar The FM 1000 integrated display has default settings for the virtuall lightbar that should suit most drivers If the settings are not appropriate configure the lightbar as follows 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administrator password See Password access page 62 The Display Setup screen appears 3 From the list of devices select Lightbar and then tap Setup The Light Bars Configuration screen appears The virtual lightbar from the FM 1000 integrated display is shown along with any detected external lightbars Light Bars Configuration 90 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 4 Select the Virtual Lightbar and then tap Setup Lightbar Settings Look ahead time LED spacing Display Mode Cancel Configure the following settings Default This setting determines setting Look ahead AgGPS 0 seconds the distance ahead of the vehicle that the
199. ease 478 Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware 479 Unlocking additional devices 54 40 eeet ene ested eteaueee etd Paou ee 42454 480 Data Management 2 0 2 2 eee nnn 481 Transferring data to an office computer 2 2 20 0 0 cee ee 482 Dn Gs EREE EEEE geek EEEE EEEE EE E E es 482 EA G e a a a es eee a e a 483 Generating files in the office a hee a HDS AO EP ee DRESSES ee SESS 483 Folders on the USB memory stick 2 2 0 00 ee ee 484 The AQGPS folder 2 ee 486 CHCUCIOING gt eetae pas behorenes obese heeneeee estas be eee eee oa ess 487 Fat 1OlGCl gueataaw ee see Gos we ee ee eee oe ee pe eee eee oe eee 488 PiClQi ldGls st acegenere spadkeGas cee bes peseucgugetteuuen anaes 488 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 15 Contents 26 16 Eyan Uo 26435 44 5u 6426 S2 GRA See OR SE Hehe EEG EAR h eee 490 Fileson the USB memorystick lt s eesi 4448224 F or ede onde uiian Pee oenaeed es 490 Field boundary and AB Line TIES gt s 2 224 43 O sabe edd ped SHS bee e AO He 490 COVelace logone dalies tae sete be eRe eee eee Re Ree Sees ee ee heee es 491 Trac OSG WES sere pg trepa a eee E ee sean sees ee eege tears 491 PVCUEIISUOMy Wen 6a chant ae nde E E AE eee Re Eo hee eo 493 POS O ep eho ote hehe hens ooh aes eae ee hee ee ee a ae Y 493 Program Log message file 4 ance es 286 oo Ree ee eet he Re eee ee A 494 Importing AB Lines or boundaries i 0 225404654 e8 64 4 0058 ed
200. ecrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When Feedback you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is shown Monitor only The system monitors seed population or row blockage and or allows Tru Count row shut off control when the system detects that auto rate control is being used 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 346 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts opera
201. ect Feature screen tap OK The new feature appears in the Point list Select the new feature from the list and then tap OK The new feature appears on the button you selected To exit tap OK Creating a line feature I 2 3 In the Name field enter a name for the feature To select the feature appearance color tap Color To return to the Select Feature screen tap OK The new line feature appears in the Line list Select the new feature in the list and then tap OK The new feature appears on the button you selected Tap OK Creating an area feature You can use area features to define areas of land as Productive or Unproductive If the sprayer passes into an area that is defined as unproductive the boom sections turns off This can be useful for setting exclusion zones that you do not want to spray for example waterways 2 In the Name field enter the name of the feature Ifthe area feature will be a section of land that can be included in area calculations set the Productive Area button to Yes If it is unproductive land set the button to No To select the feature appearance color tap Color If a signal pin is attached to the system set the Remote Output button to Enabled This enables you to trigger a pulse to an external device when you enter or exit this area From the Trigger Warning list select one of the following settings Rem Description No warning appears Entering Area A warning appe
202. ed Configuration Configuring remote coverage logging You can configure the FM 1000 integrated display to control coverage mapping by using a switch on the implement instead of the button on the Run screen Installing the logging option To connect an implement switch to the FM 1000 integrated display and configure the display to use the switch to control the logging do the following 1 Install a switch on the implement to allow for correct switch activation when the implement is raised or lowered For example a switch similar to the Trimble P N 60477S shown below can be used to activate the coverage logging SIGNAL The switch must make and break the connection on pins 10 and 11 on the FM 1000 port connector For example to use the 604778 switch a Connect pin A of the switch to pin 10 of the 12 pin Deutsch connector on Port A or Port B of the display b Connect pin B of the switch to pin 11 of the 12 pin Deutsch connector on Port A or Port B of the display Doing this results in the connection being made between pins 10 and 11 of Port A or B of the display when the implement is raised or lowered Notes If Ports A or B are used by other cabling you can use the port replicator on the cable to connect the remote logging switch If you use a different switch the connections may be different than described in this example 474 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 24
203. ed TCOM modules or BOM modules for liquid CSM switch box BSM for liquid distribution In the example above the system detected 16 outputs on the TCOM modules and 6 switches on the available CSM On the CSM configuration screen those 16 outputs are assigned to the 6 switches The first and last switches control two outputs while the middle switches control three outputs Where possible the system assigns fewer outputs to the first and last switch so that the left and right sections that are most likely to turn on or off during overlap affect less of the width Switch box and module configuration is completed automatically You cannot adjust it Checking the module setup To send the current settings to the controller to check if they are correct tap Check Setup If necessary you can reset the master module from the Tru Application Control Setup screen For more information see Resetting the master module page 390 288 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring the row sensors on Planter drill and air seeder modules 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Row Sensors Row Sensor Setup This screen enables you to configure the sensors on the planter drill or air seeder rows You can enable up to 148 rows The information at the top of the screen shows The row width The implement width The row count based on the number of rows set in the implement setup The n
204. ed by accident lightning or other electrical discharge fresh or salt water immersion or spray outside of Product specifications or v normal wear and tear on consumable parts e g batteries Trimble does not warrant or guarantee the results obtained through the use of the Product or that software components will operate error free THE WARRANTIES ABOVE STATE TRIMBLE S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN THE PRODUCTS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND BY EITHER TRIMBLE NAVIGATION LIMITED OR ANYONE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN ITS CREATION PRODUCTION INSTALLATION OR DISTRIBUTION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT THE STATED EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF TRIMBLE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCTS OR SOFTWARE BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON DURATION OR THE EXCLUSION OF AN IMPLIED WARRANTY THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU NOTICE REGARDING PRODUCTS EQUIPPED WITH TECHNOLOGY CAPABLE OF TRACKING SATELLITE SIGNALS FROM SATELLITE BASED AUGMENTATION SYSTEMS SBAS WAAS EGNOS AND MSAS OMNISTAR GPS MODERNIZED GPS OR GLONASS SATEL
205. ed the Administration password 1 From the Run screen tap the Swath button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the list on the left select the swath to delete 3 Tap Delete If prompted enter the password The swath is marked as deleted The next time that you close the field the swath is removed from the list Note You cannot delete a swath that is currently active Renaming a swath To be able to rename swaths you must have entered the Administration password 1 From the Run screen tap the Swath button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the list on the left select the swath to rename 3 Tap Rename If prompted enter the password The Enter new swath name screen appears 4 Enter the new name for the swath and then tap OK The swath is renamed 142 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Shifting a swath L 2 3 4 5 From the Swath Management screen select the swath to shift from the list on the left Tap Shift The Enter the Shift Distance screen appears Select the correct units for the shift metric feet and inches or rows Enter the distance to move the swath Select the direction for the shift Note The swath shifts relative to the AB Line Therefore if you are facing from point B to point A on the swath the line will appear to shift in the wrong direction Note If you shift a line it will shift the original version of the line and re
206. eder can support up to four channels of material at once enabling you to plant combinations of seed or to plant the seeds with liquid granular fertilizer or anhydrous ammonia The anhydrous unit is used to inject anhydrous ammonia NH3 into the soil Anhydrous ammonia is stored as a liquid in a cooler tank towed behind the vehicle but because it has a boiling point of 34 C 29 F it becomes a gas as soon as it is released It is injected into the ground as a gas where it enriches the soil with nitrogen With the Tru Application Control plugin an anhydrous unit can control up to two channels of product at once Sprayer You can use a sprayer for liquids such as liquid fertilizer and pesticides When controlled with the Tru Application Control plugin the sprayer can control up to four products at once FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 279 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Spreader A spreader spreads granular product over the ground With the Tru Application Control plugin a spreader can control up to four channels of product at once Channel A channel is a product that is controlled by a valve with feedback for example an application rate sensor or flow meter You can use a seed granular seed granular fertilizer liquid or anhydrous product type which have different set up parameters Section A section is any number of spray nozzles or rows that are controlled by either a boom section valve or by
207. eds to ensure that they match the systems count 354 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 1 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen select Seed Channel Test Tru Application Control Calibration Channel 1 liquid Control Valve Calibration Liquid Flow Calibration Channel 2 corn Control Valve Calibration lt E Channel 3 com Control Valve Calibration Seed Channel Test wae The Seed Channel Test screen appears Tru Application Control Diagnostics WSMT Type 4 Channel Planter Drill WSMT 3 80 TECU 3 00 Channels Sensors amp Voltages Connected owe pom forre rw row rma 1 0 00 0 0 8795 0 00 k ia 0 00 k3ia Disabled Disabled Disabled View Fault Log cn s0 2 Select the number of revolutions that you want the disk to turn through The default is 5 3 Select the ground speed that the system will simulate 4 Select the row to monitor You can select from the rows that are assigned to this channel so the first row may not be 1 5 Select the target planting rate 6 Make sure that the hopper contains seed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 355 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 7 Place a container under the planter tube to catch the output material 8 Tap Start and then tap the test switch The disk turns and dispenses seed for the specified number of revolutions and then stops The Seed Count value increases
208. eel 170 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Autopilot Plugin In this chapter Configuring the Autopilot plugin Introduction to Autopilot calibration Calibrating the Autopilot plugin Saving a vehicle profile Configuring the GPS receiver Display only mode This chapter describes how to configure and use the Autopilot plugin which controls an attached AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system You must install the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the FieldLevel plugin There are two stages to configuring the Autopilot plugin 1 Configure the vehicle Select the vehicle make and model that the system is installed on 2 Calibrate the Autopilot system for your vehicle Adjust the settings specifically for your vehicle FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 171 11 The Autopilot Plugin Configuring the Autopilot plugin Note This is usually done when the system is professionally installed To configure the system for your vehicle 1 Tap D The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup Vehicle Controller Setup Ce Connector C 3 In the Port list select the port on the FM 1000 integrated display that the Autopilot controller is connected to 172 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Selecting the vehicle 1 Inthe Vehicle Controller Settings group tap Edit Edit Vehicle There are a number
209. egin GGA Note 24 is the ASCII code for To log to the end of the line keep the default Suffix field OD 0A 6 Enter the log interval This determines how regularly the data is written to the file The system is now configured to receive remote data m FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 467 22 The Serial Data Input Plugin 468 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Productivity Monitoring Plugin In this chapter The Productivity Monitoring plugin enables the FM 1000 integrated display to interface with an Enalta CDA 1000 display for sugar cane m Configuring the Productivity harvesting Monitoring plugin E Installation This chapter explains how to combine the two m Operation systems so that the information from both displays appears on the FM 1000 integrated display Note To use this plugin you must have an Enalta CCT system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 469 23 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin Installation 1 Install the FM 1000 integrated display harness and GPS receiver See Installing the display page 32 2 Connect the Enalta sensors to a serial port on the FM 1000 integrated display harness Configuring the Productivity Monitoring plugin 1 Install the Productivity Monitoring plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 56 2 On the Configuration screen select the Productivity Monitoring plugin and then t
210. egin to turn Hydraulically steered tracked tractors Page 196 Tracked tractor Page 196 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 177 11 The Autopilot Plugin Calibrating the Autopilot plugin l Tap ER The Configuration screen appears 2 Select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Calibrate Vehicle Controller Setup 3 Select an item to configure and then tap OK 4 Configure the selected item Controller orientation page 179 178 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Configuring the controller orientation 1 Select the Controller Orientation option from the list Autopilot Controller Orientation Rotate the image to match the orientation of the controller in the cab or enter the orientation angles directly by choosing the Direct Entry tab The image represents the position of the controller looking down from the top with the nose of the tractor pointing to the top of the screen An image represents the current mounting orientation of the controller The image is shown as though You are looking down on the vehicle from above The top of the screen points to the nose of the vehicle 2 Use the buttons to select the orientation of the controller Ifthe controller is set at a sloped angle the vehicle profile will set the NavController orientation Note Install the NavController as described in the vehicle install instructions If custom angles are used the on
211. egrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Event History file The EventHistory dbf file contains information on every event carried out in the field Time the field was opened Date the field was closed Number of the primary AB Line foine covering Features files When features are recorded in the field each type of feature is saved in three feature shapefiles in the Field folder as follows One row of data is stored in the lt type gt dbf file for each feature of that feature type recorded in the field The following information is stored in the lt type gt dbf file for each feature Column Field description NOR Verion ___ Featuresatibuteflevewion Name featrename FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 493 25 Data Management Column ried description NOROS a a C a peme oo Only recorded in point features Latitude Antenna latitude decimal degrees Longitude Antenna longitude decimal degrees Height Ground mean sea level height at antenna position meters If you are mapping on a slope the height may be wrong WarningRad Warning radius Status_Txt GPS status Program Log message file The FM 1000 integrated display performs checks e when the display is turned on or off e periodically while running This information is saved to the ProgramLog txt file which is in the AgGPS Diagnostics folder When this file becomes larger than 1024 KB it is backed up to a file called Prog
212. egrated Display User Guide 45 3 Getting Started 3 Connect the implement CAN breakaway extension to the mating connector of the cab harness 4 Secure the implement harness to the toolbar with tie straps 5 Coil and secure any unused sensor connections 6 Route the implement harness along the implement hitch to the master module harness if additional length is required use an implement extension harness 7 Secure the implement harness as needed 8 Connect the master module harness to the mating connectors of the implement CAN harness and then connect the module to the implement harness The member module uses a 48 pin connector with a jackscrew to secure the connector to the module The WSMB uses a pair of 12 pin connectors 9 Secure the module harness as needed CAN terminators For the system to communicate correctly you must install CAN terminators on cable ends 1 Install one terminator on the cab harness P N 64909 2 Install one terminator plug into the implement harness of the last module connected to the CAN bus 46 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Installing additional equipment Additional equipment is available to enable specific row section control For more information on installing a Tru Count Air Clutch or boom section valves contact the specific manufacturer Switch boxes You can install switch boxes to control sprayer BSM boom switching module and planting
213. ehicle Any adjustment to this setting should only be made by an experienced user WARNING During the Deadzone calibration the system moves the vehicle s steering wheels To avoid injury be prepared for sudden vehicle movement WARNING When you tap the liquid flow calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When you tap the control valve calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 5 Safety A N WARNING The display contains a single use Lithium sulfide LiSO2 battery Do not expose the battery to temperatures greater than 71 C 160 F as the battery may explode 6 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Contents SMC Shee ERA SAGE SESD ETHER CHEESES OEE HSS ESS 5 YN 624 og oS eee oe ee ee ee hee ie ee eee ee ee 5
214. eiver must be connected and outputting positions before the software can run the calibration procedure Error No Steering During the calibration cycle insufficient movement was sensed Response Detected for the calibration to complete If the problem persists the hydraulic installation could be faulty Error Unable To Determine A problem occurred when trying to compute dead zone Retry DZ Try Again and if the problem persists contact Technical Support Error Software Problem The software was unable to complete the calibration due to Detected insufficient movement of the vehicle If the problem persists contact Technical Support Calibrating the proportional steering gain Note Complete the steering sensor calibration before you perform the proportional gain calibration Perform the proportional steering gain calibration only when the Autopilot system performance is less than satisfactory The proportional steering gain PGain setting enables you to reach a compromise between rapid steering response and stability Modifications to the PGain setting affect two steering characteristics Slew Time The amount of time that the front wheels take to move from the far left to the far right position and vice versa e Overshoot The percentage by which the front wheels exceed the commanded angle before they settle on the correct value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 187 11 The Autopilot Plugin To correct slight
215. el a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 321 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled If you do not have population sensors to supply rate information you only have block sensors you can run the system in Monitor only mode For more information see page 387 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel 1 MUSTARD SEED aten MUSTARD SE Note The material being controlled must match the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 322 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list The Control Channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Feedback Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Co
216. en appears Valve Calibration Channel 1 liquid q Frequency Filter Start Current Flow Rate MAIR PARTS DUR THS OPERA TION STAY CULAR OF PLETE Instructions Ensure implement is raised With brakes locke and transmission in PARK position start engine gt Engage hydrwbcs and run engine at namia speed until hydric fluid is at operating temperature gt Press Siart bution WARMING Damage io equipment may occur im an uniinited Pii cadibrviion due to high APH To mii APH during this test first press Limit Output bution and follow instrocteans Parameters 350 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 0 00 gal min D x A The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Note The Limit Output button does not appear for planters 2 Raise the implement Apply the tractor brakes and lock them in the applied position 3 4 Put the transmission in park or in a locked neutral position 5 Start the tractor and engage PTO if used to drive the hydraulic system 6 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature CAUTION Do not adjust the calibration parameters unless instructed to do so by Technical Support 7 Turn on the master switch 8 Ifthe material is granular seed granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer and you want to limit the range of the PWM valve a Tap Limit Output and buttons appear on the screen Valve Calibration
217. ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 10 11 12 Make sure that the tank contains liquid Place a container under the spray nozzles to catch the liquid output by the channel Tap Start and then turn on the master switch Allow the system to run for a while and then tap Stop The longer that you run the system the more accurate the result will be Calculate the volume of liquid collected and then enter it into the Amount Dispensed window Tap Continue The system calculates the New K Factor value Tap Save The new K Factor is saved Tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 349 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Control channel valve calibration Planter granular seed granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer The control channel valve calibration sets the vehicle hydraulic system parameters Perform this calibration for each control channel that you set up The hoppers can be empty for this calibration If they contain material it will fall on the ground To calibrate the valve 1 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen tap the appropriate Control Valve Calibration entry Tru Application Control Calibration Channel 1 liquid Control Valve Calibration Liquid Flow Calibration Channel 2 com Contra Valve Calibration Seed Channel Test Channel 3 com Control Valve Calibration Seed Channel Test aE The Valve Calibration scre
218. entation of offline distance Heading The current vehicle heading calculated by the system Seeed The current vehicle speed calculated by the system O 1PPS Shows whether the 1PPS signal from a GPS receiver is detected a pee A slider for adjusting the Aggressiveness of the steering system Engage button Engages disengages the system and shows the current engage state When this button is red tap it to see the fault that is preventing automatic mode 510 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 Vehicle Diagnostics Steering screen Vehicle Controller Setup Steering Guidance Steering Details No Steering i i i i i i i i i i i i i 0 0 i i i i i L i 0 0 Steering Command Override 2 View Fait Log View Warning Steering command override Bypasses the normal steering command to the wheels With this feature you can force a certain angle of turn and make sure that the system responds as expected Steering angle Shows the required and actual steering angles The required angle is that which the system is trying to attain and the actual is where the system calculates the wheels are pointing PWM status Shows the current PWM signals being sent to the electro hydraulic valve This is an indication of whether the system is attempting to turn left or right Engage button Engages Disengages the system and shows current engage status FM 1000 Integrated Displ
219. ently to one side of the guidance line but the vehicle is correctly online you can apply Trim to the implement to correct it When turned on Zero Steering commands the steering to zero degrees left right centering the steering device on the implement This option can be turned on in the field keeping the coulters pointed straight or just at the ends of the field to center the steering Note Disengaging the TrueTracker system automatically turns off Zero Steering Note Ifthe implement is consistently offline there may be a roll calibration issue Recheck the roll calibration Configuring the Engage button You can configure the Engage button to work in two different ways Single press The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehicle steering The second tap disengages automated steering Two stage press The Engage button requires two taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages automated steering To configure how the Engage button works see Configuring the implement controller page 228 246 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The EZ Boom Plugin In this chapter AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system EZ Boom tab m Additional information about the EZ Boom system EZ Boom system implement diagnostics Controlling an application device wi
220. er e eed stimen Aenm he ea5 oo 8 oe Bae 8G 34 Installing key Tru Application Control components 0000 eee eee 35 Installing an implement master SWwitChs ude hte eee eh ee wee ee Ae 35 Instalhine atest Swt oeer sue g ote eee ee eet eh eee seen et ae este d 35 Installing the working set master module 2 00020 ee eee 35 Installing working set member WSMB modules 0000 0 eee 36 Installing output mod les ange ee ete eoewne cd eike keda iken ean oe 6 x 37 Ingres tetr Or ECW s aa case ae ee eee eh gees ee hee oes ee ee 38 Installing a master module harness 0 0 00 eee eee 38 lastalino SCUSOIS gnu bg 244aa pease ce bbe hap ete eS hene oboe eh Bee eB 39 Installing the cab harness nananana peer bee ee EShu doe heehee peed Ss 43 Installing the implement harness 24 4s ees bat Sota he ee ES See Se Re YS 44 Installing additional equipment 0 eee ee ee 47 Inserting a memory stick into the USB socket 2 2 20 0 00 00 eee 48 TINS ON Tie D eane ee bead ote eee Cpte ee be ee eae aE eee eas 48 HOME SCICCNL p cee bee swat aedee eta geet es Pee She hate Ca eases ees 49 COmmeutallon Selec 42ccgnee ee eee eae eee use tae ee Geos Gees es 50 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 7 Contents 8 INS CICCIs 4 ok og GE ee kee eR ee AEE OREO SSE ERE RT SS GEES GES 51 T rnmeonihedi Play rees eea a e a a a a a E a E a aE a 51 Overview of Plugins 1 1 53 troduction to PINGING
221. er switch that turns on or off operation required e an implement lift switch that turns on or off operation depending on implement position FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 291 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 2 Ifa hopper sensor is connected set the following Other Sensor Setup Hopper Sensor 1 Logic Level A hopper sensor outputs either a low condition when active or a high condition when active Select the appropriate setting for your sensor e ACTIVE LO An alarm is triggered when the sensor s output is in a low state Use this setting if the connected sensor outputs a low condition when active e ACTIVE HIGH An alarm is triggered when the sensor s output is in a high state Use this setting if the connected sensor outputs a high condition when active Note If the sensor is a DICKEY john Hopper Level sensor set the logic level to ACTIVE LO Alarm Delay When a hopper alarm is triggered the system waits for this length of time before reporting it This can be useful for filtering out occasions when the alarm is briefly triggered The value is entered in seconds 292 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 3 Ifan RPM sensor is connected set the following settings Other Sensor Setup O RPM Sensor Settings High Alarm Low Alarm High Alarm Delay RPM Sensor 1 Low Alarm Delay RPM Constant RPM Filter Disable on Low Alarm High Alarm If th
222. er than this a warning appears High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning does not appear until the High Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning does not appear until the Low Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Pressure Filter The Pressure Filter value applies a filter to the signal from the pressure sensor Typically no filtering is required so the standard value is set at 0 If the pressure readout on the Run screen oscillates in excess of 10 increase the filter value to filter the signal to reduce the oscillation For a true pressure value this number should be set to 0 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 295 17 296 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Ifa ground speed sensor is connected set the following settings for the Speed Source Ground Speed Sensor 1 Primary Source Backup Source FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The primary source of ground speed information CAN ground A radar digital 3 wire sensor is connected to the cab harness or a radar forward ground speed sensor is connected to the CAN bus Digital Freq A radar digital 3 wire sensor provides ground speed data through the 4 Channel Control actuator harness Reluct Freq A reluctance 2 wire sensor pr
223. es and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change to show this Master switch Logging On Off button Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 The Anhydrous product channel tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to 2 products on an anhydrous unit at once In overview mode the anhydrous tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all of the configured channels and their current status Channel rate indicators Figure 17 1 The anhydrous tab Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the detailed channel information button D next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel Target rate with raise lower buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 343 Tank pressure button en 1 Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level SG 5 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 385 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Rem Bescon oo Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 336 Note This button is available only if you entered more t
224. essure sensor Secondary Pressure The current pressure as reported by the secondary pressure sensor Impl CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the implement GPS receiver Impl Correction Age The age of the corrections used by the implement receiver Impl Correction Type The correction type used by the implement receiver Impl East The distance that the implement is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point Impl Engaged Time The time that the implement has been engaged Impl GPS Status The status of the GPS correction used for the implement Impl H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the implement GPS position in 2 dimensions Impl HDOP The Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the implement receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better Impl Latitude The implement s current latitude Impl Longitude The implement s current longitude Impl Network ID The RTK network ID of the implement receiver s corrections Impl North The distance that the implement is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 73
225. external speaker Sonalert through an optional Sonalert alarm 2 To enable a sound select the option from the drop down list and then tap OK Configuring the CAN bus Note These settings are very advanced Use them only under the direct advice of Trimble Technical Support If the CAN bus does not have a physical terminator enable the CAN Termination options To control the strength of the edges on the CAN bus use the CAN Driver Strength setting CNH recommends that you set the CAN driver Strength to Full FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 95 5 The System Plugin Power management The FM 1000 integrated display features advanced power management features to dim the backlight or turn off the display after a pre set period of inactivity 1 From the Display Settings screen select Power Management and then tap Setup Power Management Setup 2 From the Turn Off Backlight drop down list select the required period of inactivity until the backlight dims 3 From the Turn Off System drop down list select the required period of inactivity until the display shuts down 4 Tap OK 96 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Configuring the system time Note Configuring the time zone can cause multiple warning messages to appear Do not be concerned by this To synchronize the system time to the GPS signals 1 From the Display Setup screen select Timezone and then tap Setup Setup Tim
226. f error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver FieldLevel Blade Height The current height of the blade Survey Design Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is shown the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is shown the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height Design Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark aa Y The Relative Position Y offset from the master Points The number of survey points that have been chai VDOP The current VDOP The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver the FieldLevel GPS receiver e Error Estimate The current estimate oa error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver To set the status text items l Tap EI 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password The Configuration screen appears 3 Select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 77 5 The System Plugin
227. f the Tru Application Control plugin settings Multiple backup files are supported so that you can save different configurations to support different modes and user preferences FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 283 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring the modules The implement is controlled by a master module that is usually mounted on the implement The master module comes in five different configurations depending on the required application e Planter drill e Air seeder e Sprayer e Spreader The master module stores all of the system settings and can control the following with the addition of member modules Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors 1 air pressure or 1 RPM sensor 1 implement lift switch modules harnessing and 4 switch boxes Up to 148 seed sensors with the addition of member modules Support for up to 24 sections for row boom control poseen Up to 3 RPM sensors GPS or radar based Ce ee sensors output modules harnessing and 4 switch boxes Spreader Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors Up to 3 RPM sensors GPS or radar based speed sources 284 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 To control more than 16 seed sensors you can add additional modules called member modules You can have up to 8 member modules and each member modul
228. field entry data for example Client Farm Field and Event from a list of predefined values which saves you from having to re enter commonly used items You can create a data dictionary either through the display or on an office computer For more information on editing data dictionary entries on the FM 1000 integrated display see Editing the data dictionary page 89 To create a data dictionary on an office computer 1 Onan office computer create a text file The text file can have any name but the file extension must be txt 2 Enter the body text 3 Copy the txt file to the AgGPS Data Dictionary folder on the displays USB memory stick On screen for example in the Client screen the file entries appear as shown below Feature mapping Tillage To access the entries in the dictionary 502 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 1 Inthe Field Setup screen tap New 2 To view the available items tap the down arrow 3 Select the appropriate item from the list 4 Tap OK You can still enter new information as before but these entries are not added to the data dictionary To add items to the data dictionary edit the txt file on an office computer FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 503 25 Data Management 504 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting In this chapter Advanced diagnostics Viewing raw serial data Restoring default settings Viewi
229. fields that appear on the screen depend on which controller you selected 2 Select the controller make from the Controller drop down list 3 Select the display port the controller is connected to from the Port drop down list 4 Ifthe Active Channel field appears enter the active channel name FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 267 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 5 Inthe Rates tab enter the default rate and step size for the controller in the Default Rate and Step Size text fields Edit Variable Rate Controller settings 6 Tap OK Configuring the variable rate controller If you specified a variable rate controller type the FM 1000 integrated display initiates communications with the controller each time that you open a field Communications are terminated when you close the field If the FM 1000 integrated display cannot communicate with the controller e A message appears identifying the problem Ifthe specified controller type has a configurable baud rate the error message includes details of the baud rate that the FM 1000 integrated display requires the controller to use e The Applied rate disappears from the Run screen e Variable rate logging is suspended while the controller is disconnected Mid Tech The FM 1000 integrated display can control all TASC 6X00 series controllers that use the Mid Tech protocol version 4 released in June 1998 If your controller does not support the new protocol contac
230. file When you save the current display settings they overwrite any configuration that you previously saved 80 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 From the Display Setup screen select Save Restore Settings You can apply the following settings to the display a The settings are saved to the AgGPS Diagnostics Preferences folder To apply the same settings to another FM 1000 integrated display 1 Save the settings to the USB memory stick 2 Insert the USB memory stick into the second display 3 Restore the settings on the second display see above For any additional displays repeat Steps 2 and 3 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 81 5 The System Plugin Configuring feature mapping 1 From the Display Setup screen select Feature Mapping and then tap Setup Feature Mapping The four large buttons represent the field feature buttons that appear on the Mapping tab on the Run screen see page 122 2 Inthe Mapping Location group select Boom Left Boom Center or Boom Right as the point on the vehicle where the feature will be created Fora Point feature select from the Point Features drop down list Fora Line or Area feature select from the Line Area Features drop down list 82 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 3 Select one of the four feature buttons to assign a feature to Select Feature 4 Doone of the following To
231. fill occurs when the existing field is lower than the proposed field surface A neutral is a point on the field where the existing and proposed elevations are the same No dirt needs to be moved at this location FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 18 Benefits of the AgGPS FieldLevel Il system The AgGPS FieldLevel II system enables you to Conserve precious water resources Reduce erosion and conserve topsoil Perform touch up leveling each year to avoid expensive land leveling services Use RTK GPS technology which has a significantly larger operating range than a laser and no vertical limit Work with your existing AgGPS guidance products to manage your fields with one collective system For example you can connect the AgGPS Autopilot system to the FM 1000 integrated display at the same time as the FieldLevel implement Requirements of the AgGPS FieldLevel Il system The FieldLevel II system requires Installation An FM 1000 integrated display firmware version 4 00 or later with or without the Autopilot system An unlock code for the FM 1000 integrated display field leveling functionality A leveling implement For installation instructions refer to the AgGPS FieldLevel II System Installation Instructions that are specific to your vehicle FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 401 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Configuration Install the FieldLevel Survey Desig
232. following options appear Description Minimum speed Minimum speed at which the system can engage If the system is engaged and the speed drops below this limit the system disengages Maximum speed Maximum speed at which the system can engage If the system is engaged and the speed increases above this limit the system disengages FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 167 10 The EZ Steer Plugin Obey Deteetony Tey Maximum angle Maximum angle at which the system can engage If the vehicle approaches the swath at an angle greater than this limit it cannot be engaged Engage offline Maximum distance from the swath at which the system can engage If the vehicle approaches the swath at a distance greater than this limit it cannot be engaged Disengage offline Maximum distance from the swath at which the system can remain engaged If the vehicle drives offline greater than this limit the system disengages Engage on A B Configure whether the system can be engaged on the master A B line Override sensitivity Amount the steering wheel must be turned manually before the system disengages EZ Steer external switch Configure the behavior of a seat foot switch 3 Configure the Engage Options as required and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears Engaging the system To engage the EZ Steer system you must have an open field in the Run screen and have an A B line defined The vehicle must be within the engage
233. g During the calibration cycle insufficient movement was sensed Response Detected in order for the calibration to complete If the problem persists the hydraulic installation could be faulty Error Unable To Determine A problem occurred when trying to compute dead zone Retry DZ Try Again and if the problem persists contact Technical Support Proportional steering gain calibration Note Complete the steering sensor calibration before you perform the proportional gain calibration Perform the proportional steering gain calibration only when the TrueTracker system performance is less than satisfactory The proportional steering gain PGain setting enables you to reach a compromise between rapid steering response and stability Modifications to the PGain setting affect two steering characteristics e Slew Time The amount of time the steering coulters take to move from the far left to the far right position and vice versa e Overshoot The percentage by which the steering coulters exceed the commanded angle before they settle on the correct value To correct slight variations caused by valve current response friction and hydraulic fluid viscosity alter these settings High PGain values Low PGain values Decrease the slew time and increase the Increase the slew time and decrease the overshoot This provides rapid responses overshoot This improves the stability but can but can cause the steering to exhibit signs in
234. g Manual FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 257 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Setting up the EZ Boom system for automatic section control only To disable the variable rate control of the EZ Boom system and just use the automatic boom switching function 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Valve Calibration The EZ Boom Valve Calibration screen appears 3 From the Valve Type drop down list select None Additional information about the EZ Boom system Prescriptions You can define variable rate controller setup data and load prescription files that define the rates to be applied in different areas of the field This information is used to send target rates to the variable rate controller Applied rates are received from the controller and both target and applied rates appear on the screen In addition you can log data relating to the variable rate application to the card The FM 1000 integrated display can load prescription files created by a Geographic Information System GIS The method you use to create the prescription depends on which GIS package you use Once you create the prescription store either the three prescription files in ESRI shape file format or the single gdx file in the AgGPS Prescriptions folder Then when you are within the proximity criteria the prescription is available to load When you map a new f
235. g plane the design is saved in the field folder The design files are associated with the field so if you close the field and then open it again the design reloads with the field With RTK GPS the position of the RTK base station is important to the heights used when the field was previously open If the base station is not accurately positioned in the same physical location you must reestablish the design over an existing benchmark to reestablish the height 412 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The FieldLevel Il Plugin In this chapter Once you complete a field survey and design with the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin you can use m Introduction to field leveling the FieldLevel II plugin to either level the field to m Configuring the FieldLevel II that design or install subsurface drainage or to plugin surface ditches m Operating the FieldLevel Il plugin This chapter describes how to configure and use the FieldLevel II plugin to be effective and accurate with your water management FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 413 19 The FieldLevel Il Plugin Introduction to field leveling 414 MultiPlane designs The FieldLevel II system supports external leveling designs from MultiPlane design software MultiPlane software can run a wide range of what if scenarios enabling you to create complex designs with multiple field sections You can export these design control files and then load them into th
236. ge Ez Steernot calibrated FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 Adjust the Aggressiveness setting to get the vehicle as close to the line as possible without going into S turns 165 10 The EZ Steer Plugin Add a Freeplay Offset if the steering has greater freeplay in one direction than the other causing it to drive consistently to one side of the guidance line 6 Engage the system on the A B line Vehicle is offline Do the following Increase the freeplay offset to the right To the right Increase the freeplay offset to the left Note If you are calibrating a 4WD articulated vehicle you may need to set the Motor Speed setting to Auto Low Note The Advanced Calibration tab is currently not available To access these options select the EZ Steer plugin Diagnostics from the main Configuration screen 7 Enter the parameters and then tap OK The EZ Steer Steering Calibration screen appears 8 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears EZ Steer plugin diagnostics The EZ Steer Diagnostics screen displays the SCM statistics and inertial information 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Diagnostics The EZ Steer Diagnostics screen appears This screen displays the roll and heading of the vehicle and the temperature of the steering control module E7 Steer Diagnostics Serial Number 4750192113 Version Roll Angle Roll Rate 0 1 deg s R er Le Calibration Offset
237. get rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Density The weight per volume of the material to dispense If you do not know the density enter 1 Seeds per Pound The number of seeds per pound This is used to convert the current application rate to kS ha kS a Low Shaft RPM The lowest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate High Shaft RPM The highest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate Spreader Constant Each material has its own constant that is the number of application rate sensor pulses per liter cubic ft of material Note Ensure that this is as accurate as possible Using the Spreader Constant Calibration wizard is recommended See Spreader constant page 353 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 319 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 8 Toadd a target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kS ha or kS a as appropriate c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate oe d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You c
238. gging files but cannot be read by the FM 1000 integrated display For more information go to the ESRI website www esri com Editing files ESRI shape shp and attribute dbf files can be used in many other software packages that can import or use shp and dbf formats CNH recommends the EZ Office software For more information go to www EZ OfficeSoftware com Data collected by the FM 1000 integrated display can be opened directly into the EZ Office software You can make changes to the files and save them on an office computer Do not save changes back to the USB memory stick as this could mean that you cannot select the field with the FM 1000 integrated display The Microsoft Excel spreadsheet software and most database software also let you open and view the data in the attribute dbf file Generating files in the office The FM 1000 integrated display can load files that you created in office software Save Shapefile or Agfile gdx prescriptions to the AgGPS Prescriptions folder on the card to send rates to a variable rate controller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 483 25 Data Management Folders on the USB memory stick The names and types of files containing mapping and logging information and the folder where the FM 1000 integrated display saves these files on the USB memory stick are as follows Date Description Field AB Line Boundary and or Swaths shp Field AB Lines polylines Swath
239. grated display has three main screens e Home screen e Configuration screen 48 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Run screen To access each of these screens tap the appropriate button on the right of the display See page 21 Home screen The Home screen lists the following information about the system e The display build date firmware and hardware version e The AgGPS Autopilot controller version date and serial number e The GPS receiver version correction source and subscription information e The selected vehicle make and model Note If you connect two AgGPS Autopilot NavController II controllers the Home screen shows a summary of both controllers If you connect a single controller the Home screen appears as shown below E FM 1000 altele Display Support System Information Version 2 00 12876 Aug 12 2009 16 32 Cannecting to Autopiat matal gening abs eer GF S_ooay HW Ver F j Pa Serial ber ag2s217 Part Humber 9110 90 OF GPS Receiver Internal internal temperature 78 8 Version 1 10 007 4 hun FW Build date Mon May 18 2008 Storage 1941MB available 2RR hours Caormections Unknown USE 855MB available Omni ID 120 0005948 f GPS Receiver Intermal GPSz e Powered by Trimble i SEAL N EAE lee AO EERI We Laaa Noles hee ine E DOAN FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 49 3 Getting Started Configuration screen The Configuration
240. guration or the left side cylinder of a single implement e The Tandem Dual plugin valve calibration relates to the rear implement cylinder in a tandem configuration or the right side cylinder of a single implement e Depending on the make and manufacturer of your vehicle the tractor computer may need to be put into a special mode Please refer to the FieldLevel II Installation Guide for your vehicle type FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tandem Dual Plugin 20 To calibrate the valve module do the following 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tandem Dual plugin and then tap Calibrate Tandem Dual Calibration 2 Set the vehicle throttle to 100 3 Tap Start The system performs its calibration sequence to test the speed at which the blade raises and lowers This process takes approximately 8 10 minutes To manually calibrate the valve enter values in the three Manual Calibration fields and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 453 20 The Tandem Dual Plugin Operating the Tandem Dual plugin Blade height indicators Once you install and configure tandem mode two implements each with a GPS receiver or dual mode a single implement with a GPS receiver at each end a second blade height indicator appears on the Run screen Item Description S oO Primary left side implement height indicator Secondary right side implement height indicator These operate in the same way as
241. gure the appropriate Valve Settings Channel Configuration Rem Beseipton oO Drive Type Select the granular seeder drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Simulates operation to clear the system of unwanted product 324 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Ground Speed Calibration cy 7 Configure the appropriate settings for the Constants Description Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 Gear Ratio The ratio of the number of turns of application rate sensor to each turn of the seed meter FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 325 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Configure the appropriate Row Sections settings Channel Configuration Channel 1 MUSTARD SEED Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Chan
242. han one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Note For anhydrous application the actual channel rate and the target rate are shown in lbs acre of N nitrogen not NH anhydrous ammonia Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channel current application rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap lt Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the planter to plant at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 337 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button Hez is available Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Tank pressure button The tank pressure button enables you to enter the tank pressure from the nurse tank gauge The system then calculates the density of the nitrogen or anhydrous ammonia 386 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 To calculate the density 1 Read the nurse tank pressure gauge 2 Round the pressure down to the n
243. he Primary Heading Defining a plane using a single point 1 From the Run screen select the Survey Design plugin and then create a benchmark that will be used to define the direction of the slope and its heading Note It can be useful to create the benchmark at the critical point for example where the water will enter or exit the field This ensures that where the benchmark is the plane is on grade 438 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 2 Select the FieldLevel IT plugin and then tap Design Primary Primary Slope 0 100 jy ading 25 00 mea 0 100 Flip 115 00 l Slope New Plane Choose Pivot Height no Above Pivot 0 00 T 3 Ifmore than one benchmark is stored tap Choose Pivot and then select the benchmark that you want to be on grade 4 Tap OK The Plane Editor screen appears 5 Ifusing a known offset enter it into the Height Above Pivot field 6 Enter the values for Primary Slope Primary Heading and Cross Slope For water to run along the Primary and Cross axis the slope values must be keyed in as negative values Ifyou want to define the primary heading by measuring a second point see Defining a plane using multiple benchmarks page 439 7 To change the direction of the Cross Slope tap Flip This changes the Cross Heading between 90 and 270 from the Primary Heading 8 The plane is now defined Tap OK The Run screen app
244. he EventHistory dbf file record statistics for the active channel If you want to use these statistics start a new event before you change the active channel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 273 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 274 Application width You can individually configure the widths of the boom sections on the controller The FM 1000 integrated display draws coverage logging at the width of the sum of all the boom sections Ifyou turn boom sections off the FM 1000 integrated display varies the width of the coverage polygons according to which boom sections are on Setting any other features of the variable rate controller Coverage mapping The FM 1000 integrated display receives the applied rate and can also receive the number of active boom sections from a variable rate controller It does not receive any information about the swath or application width To accurately record coverage maps if your controller does not send the number of active boom sections make sure that you set the application width to match the agricultural equipment that you are using for example the width of the spray boom Target and applied rates The FM 1000 integrated display can control only a single channel at any one time This active channel is specified in the Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen The target and applied rates shown on the Run screen are specific to this active channel Units Most controllers can be
245. he Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring anhydrous Entering materials Enter the material to be applied 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the type of material to Anhydrous The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type a Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 336 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 6 Tap Application Rates Material NH3 Preset Rate s 25 00 Ibs a Default Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Description kg ha Kilograms of nitrogen per hectare US Imperial Pounds of nitrogen per acre 7 Enter the following values Description The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen planter tab you increase or decrease the planter target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The target rate is the rate at which the imp
246. he Tru Application Control Plugin 17 You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup A Channel 1 Disabled Materials A Channel 2 Disabled Channels A Channel 3 Disabled Row Sensors Other Sensors Modules A Channel 4 Disabled Backup Contig Restore Config To access the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 360 2 Tap the button Channel Product Level Channel 1 com Accumulated Level 0 00 kS Reset to 0 Current Level 0 00 kS Capacity 0 00 kS Reset Level 0 00 kS Partial Refill 0 00 kS To reset the material accumulator and the air cart level tap Reset to 0 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 381 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Operating an anhydrous unit N WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running an anhydrous unit with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen Rem psm Vo Anhydrous tab see page 385 _ Logging on off button Row Information tab o Additional sensor readings The BE
247. he USB memory stick this method of shutting down the system could corrupt the data on the card If possible use one of the other shutdown methods See Turning off the display page 51 Ifthe display stops responding hold down the Power button for 10 seconds to force the system to turn off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 515 26 Troubleshooting 516 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide
248. he channels with the same names are combined Channel Setup Channel 4 granular fert FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 345 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Calibrating sensors 346 To calibrate the sensors select the Tru Application Control plugin on the Configuration screen and then tap Calibrate Tru Application Control Calibration ah Do the following To calibrate a See ground speed constant page 346 control channel valve for a planter granular seed page 350 granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer control channel valve for anhydrous application page 352 planter seed count page 354 Once you calibrate the system see Continuing page 356 Ground speed constant If you set either the primary ground speed sensor or the backup ground speed sensor to CAN Ground Digital Sensor or Reluctance Sensor you must perform a calibration to determine the ground speed constant To determine the constant the system must count the number of pulses that the sensor produces while driving at a constant speed over e a400 ft distance when driving in US Imperial mode e a100 m distance when driving in metric mode FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 To configure the sensor 1 Position the vehicle where you can drive the required distance without stopping or changing speed 2 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen select Secondary
249. he configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow rA next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 327 Precharge button This button changes to the Flush button i when you turn on the master switch a See page 368 Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons 372 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Rem Description Ooo Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 318 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is When you return to the channel status tab the channel current application rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap 4 Adjusting the target rate manually The target rate is the rate that you want the air seeder to plant at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap
250. he cut fill values in the Benchmarks table will update automatically 11 The plane is now defined Tap OK The Run screen appears Note The FieldLevel II system will search for a survey on the field If there is a survey a cut fill map appears as the new design plane Driving in Contour mode When you drive in Contour mode the FieldLevel IJ tab appears as follows Description Up Hill Left Select whichever of these buttons is appropriate Up Hill Right e If you are driving around the contour with the uphill slope on your left and the downhill slope on your right select Up Hill Left If you are driving around the contour with the uphill slope on your right and the downhill slope on your left select Up Hill Right 442 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Rem Beseripton OOO Coarse When selected the Up and Down arrows change the blade height by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables you to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Increase the design height by the Blade Step amount Decrease the design height by the Blade Step amount Bench or Rebench Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 405 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Select Guide to get lightbar guidance at the current level Logging Logs the coverage so that you can see on your map where you have been dependent on your Implement Width A shape file is created with cut Till and heig
251. he system will not identify sensors that are incorrectly installed resulting in incorrect sensor numbering Seed sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john seed sensors You can connect seed sensors to the WSMT module and all WSMB planter monitor modules You can connect any number of sensors up to the maximum capacity of the module with a maximum of 148 seed sensors connected to the system When connecting seed sensors to the modules you must do the following e Connect all installed seed sensors to the seed sensor harness sequentially starting with the Row 1 input e If you will not use all of the row inputs on the module the unused inputs must be the last inputs on that module CORRECT Module seed sensor harness CORRECT Module seed sensor harness eee f Row iow Fach Ricky Pia 1 a 4 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 INCORRECT Module seed sensor harness Failure to correctly install seed sensors will result in incorrect row assignment on the planter monitor display functions Hopper level sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john hopper level sensors The system supports the following number of hopper level sensors areedng o G RPM Fan sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john RPM fan sensors The system supports the following number of RPM fan sensors Air pressure sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john air pressure
252. he vehicle throttle to 100 3 Tap Start The system performs its calibration sequence to test the speed at which the blade raises and lowers This process takes approximately 8 10 minutes To manually calibrate the valve enter values in the three Manual Calibration fields and then tap OK 420 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Step 4 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver The FieldLevel system uses its own GPS receiver to record the exact position of the leveling blade To configure this receiver l 3 4 D From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver plugin that is associated with the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Setup Field Level GPS Receiver Settings From the Receiver drop down list select which GPS receiver you will use for your FieldLevel system CNH recommends that you select Internal Primary when configuring the display as a stand alone FieldLevell II system but you can use an external GPS receiver If you are also using the Autopilot system CNH recommends that you use nternal Secondary as the Autopilot system will be occupying the Internal Primary receiver From the Corrections drop down list select RTK for all FieldLevel II applications Set the Network ID to the same network ID that is set in the base station receiver Tap OK The FieldLevel II plugin is now configured and ready to use FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 421 19 The FieldLevel I
253. her the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 11 1 on page 195 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right 11 I2 Figure 11 1 Right offset Measure the distance between the flags Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 11 1 on page 195 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Average the results of the three runs Total the offset distances from the three passes and divide by three FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Table 11 1 Table for recording the roll correction results Testun Offset distance Offset direction C a o r E a Total Total 3 Average offset value Entering the roll offset 1 Enter the average offset value in the Roll Offset field See Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction page 191 2 Select one of the offline direction options depending on whether the roll offset distance is to the left or right Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 1 Select Line Acquisition from the calibration list See page 176 Autopilot Line Acquisition 2 Adjust the line acquisition aggressiveness slider The slider controls how aggressively the vehicle approaches the guidance line using a scale from 50 to 150 The optimal value for each profile is not necessarily 100 it varie
254. ht information The FieldLevel II height indicators show you whether to raise or lower the blade so the contour remains at the same level 1 Inthe Run screen drive the vehicle to where you want to start the first levee and then set the master benchmark at this point 2 Set which side of the vehicle is uphill Tap Guide drive the vehicle forward following the lightbar to keep the vehicle on the same contour To move to the next levee turn the vehicle around and change the Up Hill direction To step the blade up or down use the and and v buttons to achieve the required offset and then follow the lightbar to keep the correct grade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 443 19 The FieldLevel Il Plugin 444 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Tandem Dual Plugin In this chapter E Introduction to tandem or dual leveling m Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin m Operating the Tandem Dual plugin The Tandem Dual plugin requires the FieldLevel II plugin to be already installed on the FM 1000 integrated display Once configured it allows you to control leveling with two GPS receivers in one of two possible scraper configurations This chapter describes how to configure and use the Tandem Dual plugin to modify fields FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 445 20 The Tandem Dual Plugin Introduction to tandem or dual leveling Tandem scraper configuration The tandem scraper configuration
255. iagnostics Configuration i Autopilot e Most of the plugins add additional features to the main guidance screen Entering the password to activate a plugin To activate some plugins you must enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local reseller You can activate a plugin through a text file see below or manually see page 58 Option 1 Activating automatically through a text file Note This method of activating the system is faster than the manual method When you purchase the TrueTracker system the FieldLevel II system or a variable rate system your local reseller provides you with a text file containing a password 1 Insert the USB memory stick from the FM 1000 integrated display into a card reader that is attached to an office computer FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 57 4 Overview of Plugins 2 Rename the text file delete the section of the name following the password number For example Password 4850576341 FM 1000 2DGPSto2GLONASS TXT becomes Password 4850576341 TXT 3 Copy the password text file from the office computer into the AgGPS Firmware folder on the memory stick When you next insert the USB memory stick in the display and turn on the display the plugin is automatically activated Option 2 Activating manually through the display 1 Turn on the display and then tap Unlocks in the Home screen Advanced Functionality Access Tr
256. ial is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material 302 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once To configure a channel for liquid or granular fertilizer see page 312 or page 331 respectively 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled Aateria None If you do not have population sensors to supply rate information you only have block sensors you can run the system in Monitor only mode For more information see page 387 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup s Channel 1 com Waterial 6 com Note The material being controlled must reflect the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 303 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list The control channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts them according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When Feedback you tap the Increase D
257. ibute file Field description Coverage attribute file version GPS_Status Numeric GPS status value Status_Txt GPS status description Swath The current swath number when coverage was recorded Height Height in meters DateClosed Date the polygon was closed TimeClosed Time the polygon was closed AppliedRate Applied rate reported by the variable rate controller Track logging files Track logging files are created whenever the event is opened See page 67 At each point a number of attributes are recorded The units stored in the track attribute file Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf are in metric units FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 491 25 Data Management The following information is stored for each point in the track logging attribute file column Field description S Unitsinotes TRACKID Dateandimestame pooo Veron fearone teven ooo Num stat Number of GPSsatelites Horizontal Dilution of Precision a HO measure of the quality of positions based on satellite geometry Direction of travel with respect to true decimal degrees North Swath Nom Corentawathheadlandnumber J ooo Field Name The name of the field The roll The yaw Note Not currently implemented Total_Qty Total volume of material as applied for the current field Only supported for the AgGPS Aerial Flow Controller Autocal Flow controller and Crophawk Flow Meter Relative_Height Height meters 492 FM 1000 Int
258. ield or select an existing field you can also select any shapefile shp or AgInfo GDX gdx prescription file created in AgInfo version 3 5 44 0 or later that is within the following limits For this type of field Prescriptions must If you load a shapefile prescription select the rate column If you use complex contoured prescriptions loading the prescriptions can take some time The FM 1000 integrated display shows progress bars while it loads and converts prescriptions 258 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 You can configure the status sliders on the main navigation screen the Run screen to show the target rate specified in the prescription file and the applied rates returned from the controller for the active channel When afield is open a prescription is loaded and a controller is connected the target rates read from the prescription and applied rates received from the controller can be shown in the status text items An example with as applied rates displayed is shown below dp Rate 1 19 0 gal a 4 Rate 12 0 gal a q Manual For more information see Configuring the status text items page 70 To load a prescription file 1 Map anew field or select an existing field The FM 1000 integrated display searches the card for prescription files within the specified limits If there are many prescriptions on the card this can take several seconds and a progress bar appe
259. ies to version 2 00 of the FM 1000 integrated display software Legal Notices The following limited warranties give you specific legal rights You may have others which vary from state jurisdiction to state jurisdiction Product Limited Warranty Trimble warrants that this Trimble product and its internal components the Product shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship and will substantially conform to Trimble s applicable published specifications for the Product for a period of one 1 year starting from the earlier of i the date of installation or ii six 6 months from the date of original Product shipment from Trimble This warranty applies only to the Product ifinstalled by Trimble or a dealer authorized by Trimble to perform Product installation services Software Components All Product software components sometimes hereinafter also referred to as Software are licensed solely for use as an integral part of the Product and are not sold Any software accompanied by a separate end user license agreement EULA shall be governed by the terms conditions restrictions and limited warranty terms of such EULA notwithstanding the preceding paragraph During the limited warranty period you will be entitled to receive such Fixes to the Product software that Trimble releases and makes commercially available and for which it does not charge separately subject to the procedures for delivery to purchaser
260. iguring granular fertilizer page 328 material Configuring anhydrous page 336 298 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring a planter Entering materials Enter the materials that the planter will apply This may include different types of seed liquid or granular fertilizer 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material Material Setup 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears with the new material in the list on the left of the screen amp Com 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen select the type of material The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type D ee E Granular seed Granular Seed Granular fertilizer Granular Fertilizer aiis Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 299 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 8 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup Seeds per revolution Disk RPM Low Limit Seed planting rates are measured in the following units oe Symbol Description Metric Thousand seeds per hectare US Imperial kS ha Thousand seeds per acre Enter the following values Minimum Rate The minimum preset rate that the sy
261. ill become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 8 Tap Output Shaft to rotate the shaft through one full rotation 9 Adjust the Target Meter RPM value This is the speed at which the seed meter shaft turns while the calibration is performed 10 Adjust the Number of Revs value This is the number of revolutions the meter will turn during the calibration This constitutes the length of the test The higher the number the more accurate the calibration 11 Tap Start 12 Tap Master or turn on the external master switch in the cab The calibration begins The system runs the dispensing unit meter conveyor at the specified RPM for the specified number of meter revolutions and then automatically shuts down Spreader Constant Calibration Channel 2 com Spreader Constant 2831 68 Pulse Count 1794 pul Amount Dispensed 0 00 Ibs STAY CULAR OF IMPLEMENT Instructions Fill Meter 13 Weigh the material dispensed and then enter the value into the Amount Dispensed field Remember to subtract the weight of the bucket or other receptacle 14 Tap Continue and then tap Save to save the new spreader constant Otherwise tap OK to exit Planter seed count This test uses the test switch It enables you to run the system without lowering it In this test you run the planter for a known number of disk rotations and then count the se
262. imulation 3 From the Connector drop down list select either A ext GPS or B ext GPS and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears 4 Select the Autopilot plugins GPS receiver and then tap Setup Autopilot GPS Receiver Settings Settings Advanced Radar Output Port A ext GPS Comrections autonomous T Cancel Vehicle 5 From the Corrections drop down list select the required correction option 6 Tap OK 202 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The GPS Receiver Plugin In this chapter m Configuring the GPS receiver m AgGPS Autoseed fast restart technology m Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software Enabling NMEA message output Enabling radar output You must install either the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the FieldLevel plugin When you do so the FM 1000 system automatically adds a GPS Receiver plugin that controls the internal GPS receiver In addition the system may have another GPS receiver For example the AgGPS TrueTracker system uses a second receiver that is configured with a separate GPS Receiver plugin This chapter describes how to configure the four versions of the GPS receiver plugin FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 203 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin Configuring the GPS receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup Autopilot GPS Receiver Se
263. in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel 6 Tap Configuration Configure the appropriate Valve Settings Channel Configuration Ch Channel 1 Urea Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Drive Type Drive Frequency Input Filter Flush Drive Type Select the granular fertilizer drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer 332 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Flush Input Filte
264. ing afield s s beacaebe nenna ka a ean eds eae Chee ope ea dha eee ee 412 The FieldLevel Il Plugin 2 2 n 413 Introduction to field leveling sid sea eee ee ee ee ee ee ee E d 414 MultiPla e CCCs mesa oe og See oe a ee eae ee oe a ee ee ee oe 414 Levene Model ot po ee eee ee AOR Eee eee ee ee ehh ee ne ee 414 T Oe 2 eee ee ea ee ee ae oe ae eo ae eae Ee eS eee eae 8S eo 415 Configuring the FieldLevel II plugin ee eee 415 Step 1 Configuring theimplement 0 0 00 416 Step 2 Configuring the leveling model 2 2 0 0000 eeee 416 Step 3 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module 02 004 420 Step 4 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver 2 0000000 421 Operating the FieldLevel II plugin 20 ete80 od 9e4 ee baeedodeoee tededs eete 422 Maim puidance SCrCEl s a5 si 46 ooe Gm boat et Goa ed ee eek Poe ee Ea 422 INPUUSCICCILY 5 15 eee ener G Ph Oe eG ee eee ee ee Pee ee ee eee ee 422 Blade position indicators hee Guy ke babe Cah ae eee oe Ee eG Ges 424 FeldLevelstatus text CNIS 4 444 64604uen Sooo SES SPREE a 425 Reloading afield sace ea gae sad eesesepereeeees nag eeeeae sa ae gee a 427 Re establishinga benchmark 2 0 00 ee eee 427 Importing control files from the Multiplane software 00 00 ee 428 Working with MultiPlane designs aaa aaa eee 429 Leveling model specific information lt 4 466645 4eeeGe sense ued Eee e yun ee 430 Dri
265. ing in Autoslope mode The AutoSlope leveling model can be used for both tile and ditching applications For tile applications the system runs on both self propelled tile machines and pull type plows towed behind a tractor For ditching applications the AutoSlope system works with any type of scraper supported by the FieldLevel II system When driving in Autoslope mode the FieldLevel IJ tab appears as follows Design Set the Autoslope constraints for your tile or ditch design Finalize the design before installing the tile or cleaning the ditch Up arrow Raise the tile boot or blade by the Blade Step amount Lower the tile boot or blade by the Blade Step amount Coarse When selected pressing the Up or Down arrows will move the blade by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables the operator to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Auto Set Automatics to the hydraulic valve The blade or tile boot will be driven to the design depth depending on where you are relative to the section line Logging Log the coverage so that you can see on your map where you have been dependent on your Implement Width A shape file will also be created with cut fill and height information Surveying your alignment for tile or ditch Before you begin using Autoslope you must set the Survey Height Offset This offset will be applied to the heights of your surveyed alignment preventing the need to rebench before installing tile
266. ing the Automated Deadzone calibration the system moves the wheels that steer the vehicle To avoid injury be prepared for sudden vehicle movement In this test the system independently opens and closes each side of the steering system while determining the point at which wheel movement occurs Notes on calibrating the automated steering dead zone You must complete the Steering Angle procedure before you run this procedure To ensure optimal system performance the hydraulic fluid must be at normal operating temperature when you run this procedure On some vehicles with large reservoirs it may take several hours for the fluid to reach operating level especially if the implement circuit is lightly loaded Consult the vehicle documentation to determine if the hydraulic fluid temperature can be shown on a vehicle console If you perform the calibration while the system is still cold repeat both the Deadzone and the Proportional gain calibration procedures once the system is at operating temperature To configure the automated steering deadzone l Place the vehicle in a large field that is free of hazards To minimize the effect of the ground conditions the field should have smooth soil that is loose but firm Select the Automated Steering Deadzone procedure from the calibration list See page 178 Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration Instructions Only proceed if the steering sensor calibration has been
267. ings page 90 Plugin tabs Most of the plugins have features that appear on a tab on the Run screen To select a tab tap the top of it GPS receiver information The button in the top right of the Run screen provides information about GPS item Description pna NTS Satellite Information button CE Current number of satellites Type and age of correction If the GPS signal is lost completely the No GPS message appears Tap the satellite information button to view the information on it There can be more than one row depending on the plugin Attitude at Za i that is installed If the plugin requires a second GPS receiver Satellites 2 42 for example the second GPS receiver mounted on the ON implement for the TrueTracker system then the upper information row relates to the vehicle GPS receiver and the lower information row relates to the second GPS receiver FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 127 8 The Mapping Plugin Engage button When you create a guidance line you can use the Engage button to engage or disengage the AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system The button has three states A The system cannot be engaged The system can be engaged but currently is not engaged The system is engaged To engage the vehicle tap Engage The system engages and the button turns green To disengage the vehicle do one of the following e Turn the steering wheel to trigger the manual overri
268. is set at a sloped angle tap Direct Entry and then enter the yaw pitch and roll angles of the controller Note If you use the Direct Entry method to set custom angles the on screen image of the controller does not appear 3 Tap OK to accept the new orientation or tap Cancel to exit Calibrating the Implement Steering Sensor Perform steering sensor calibration to convert the voltage output of the steering sensor into an equivalent steering angle measurement Note Complete this calibration before you attempt to calibrate the steering deadzone or roll correction procedures Ensure that you e Perform this procedure on a level surface that is free of obstructions e Follow the instructions on each page e Run the engine at full throttle 232 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 e Raise the implement To run the steering sensor calibration 1 Select the Steering Angle procedure from the calibration list Implement Steering Sensor Calibration 2 Tap Start 3 Perform the calibration The value in the Volts field is updated as the wheels are steered Calibrating the Implement Automatic Deadzone The Implement Automatic Deadzone calibration procedure runs a series of tests on the valve and steering hydraulics to determine the point at which steering movement occurs WARNING During the Implement Automatic Deadzone calibration the system moves the wheels that steer the implement
269. it needs to Max Depth The maximum depth for the tile or ditch installation The system will not allow the design profile to be any deeper than the maximum depth The maximum depth is shown on the profile as a blue line FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 435 19 The FieldLevel Il Plugin Gens trate Ta Desc eee Min Slope The minimum slope for the tile or ditch installation The system will not allow the design slope to be any less than the minimum slope Outlet Depth The depth at which the design profile will be at the outlet The Outlet Depth can either be entered or measured To measure the Outlet Depth you can drop the tile plow into the ground so that the boot is at the same height as the main or outlet Tap Measure the outlet Depth is entered automatically When you do this another point is added onto the section line providing that you are within 20m 65 ft of the end of the surveyed section line The height of the outlet is displayed on the profile in a yellow tag Note For ditching applications the Min Depth and Optimal Depth are set close to the surface 5 Tap OK 6 Inthe Run screen you can install the tile or clean the ditch from either the outlet or the top end of the profile The section line that you install to appears as red on the screen where other section lines are white The virtual lightbar at the top of the FM 1000 integrated display s screen guides you onto the design profile QVVQV00000000
270. ker system and how to configure it to steer implements more m Using the TrueTracker system accurately m Configuration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 223 14 The TrueTracker Plugin About the AgGPS TrueTracker system 224 The AgGPS TrueTracker implement steering system is an upgrade for the Autopilot automated steering system With the Autopilot system the vehicle receives guidance and pulls the implement When the TrueTracker system is added to the Autopilot system the implement receives separate guidance and steering to increase accuracy The system comprises two parts e Additional hardware installed on the implement e Additional FM 1000 integrated display software provided by the TrueTracker plugin The TrueTracker system extends the sub inch year to year repeatable accuracy of the Autopilot automated steering system to the implement Terminology The term implement steering refers to the ability to actively steer the implement that a vehicle is towing Normally it is not possible to tell the exact location of the implement When you use the FM 1000 integrated display with the Autopilot automated steering system for sub inch accuracy the GPS antenna and receiver are mounted on the vehicle and it is the vehicle that is guided On flat ground the implement will probably be directly behind the vehicle but in the following conditions the implement can pull draft to one side e On side slopes In variable
271. l type When Enabled this setting sets the second channel to be in parallel or be stacked in relation to the first The system lists the rows currently used with these settings in the Channel Rows field 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 307 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 10 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the planter volume in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 11 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that the planter holds when full 12 Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that the planter can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 13 Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that you will add to the planter if you do a partial refill 14 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 15 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary After you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 345 308 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring liquid flow Entering materials Enter the solution material that the implement o
272. l Configure a non Trimble variable rate Chapter 16 The Controller controller Serial Rate Control Plugin Tru Application Optional Configure a planter drill air seeder Chapter 17 The Control spreader sprayer or anhydrous Tru Application ammonia applicator for flow and Control Plugin application purposes FleldLevel Survey Optional Survey a field and then create a design Chapter 18 The Design for it that can later be completed with FieldLevel the FieldLevel II plugin Survey Design Plugin FieldLevell II Optional Level the field to a design install Chapter 19 The subsurface drainage or surface ditches FieldLevel II Plugin Tandem Dual Optional Control leveling with two GPS receivers Chapter 20 The in one of two possible scraper Tandem Dual configurations Plugin Remote Output Optional Enable and configure remote data Chapter 21 output to an external device Remote Output Serial Data Input Optional Enable and configure data input from Chapter 22 The an external serial device Serial Data Input Plugin 54 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 Rem Status Description Productivity Optional Enable and configure the display to Chapter 23 The monitoring work with an Enalta display to record Productivity workflow Monitoring Plugin Camera Optional Enable to configure the four external video inputs Most of these plugins require additional hardware to work correctly For example to
273. l sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Anhydrous ammonia control of up to 2 products Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 2 products at once 278 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Rem Desripton OO Sprayer Liquid control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors pressure or RPM Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Automatic boom section control for turning sections on or off automatically Spreader Granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper or RPM Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Definition of terms Planter and drill Traditionally a planter is used for planting corn soybeans or other crops that require a specific row spacing Traditionally a drill is used for sowing wheat barley grass or other crops that do not require row spacing When controlled with the Tru Application Control plugin the planter or drill can support up to four channels of material at once enabling you to plant combinations of seed or to plant the seeds with liquid or granular fertilizer Air seeder An air seeder also plant seeds but it uses pressurized air to push seeds from an external seed cart to the planter When controlled with the Tru Application Control plugin the air se
274. lay 167 Pudadc OPOS e vad 4 ea ooo POS DERE Oe EME SES eee eo ee eee 167 Engaging the Syst ni ave aseagenee heeds neue ee hae des oe oe eee ok eS 168 Diseneaeime the sSystei no Sta veueadieee 6H e48G SER God Dene eee oe ee 168 FZ Obeer PIMC ILGCree mada on noose Pee ok Go Ree ee a ee eee ae a 169 Engage status MdicalOrS nGh ak cce ee aeud s ri nnti Ger ebeeee se hehe 169 Vehicle specific performance 1 ce ee eens 170 After using the EZ Steer system 4 lt 444 46 oe 844465 HA a4 ee OS O Od em FO 170 The Autopilot Plugin 2 171 Configuring the Autopilot plugin 4 425 4604635680 28 ee es4 bo Rowe Hera ee ee eo 172 Selecling ENC VCONICG 44446 cetardewe she eee eeeae eee eae eaee ges es 173 Adjusting the basic Autopilot settings 2 2 ee ee 175 Introduction to Autopilot calibration 0 0 0 ee ee 176 INGLES Of CONDIANON a4 uA ae ew te EAH ORR EA OO oe RE oe ee Ee 176 Common calibration items 6544265 bb 9 6 doe eH a GHD ESOS ere H ede 176 Calibrating the Autopilot plugin sasaaa saaa ee 178 Configuring the controller orientation 1 ee 179 Configuring the manual override sensitivity 0 000000 eee 179 Calibrating the AutoSense device 0 eee ee ee 181 Calibrating the steering angle sensor 0 eee eee ee eee 182 Calibrating the automated steering deadzone 00 eee eee 185 Calibrating the proportional steering gain 2 2
275. le Planter Harness DJ467980850 WSMT Module WSMT Hamess Module mT i Order and install DJ467980835S1 Planter Drin l 4 DJ467980851 Control if using Seed Manager SE Style Hai c m TIS mess Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus From Previous TRU COUNT HARNESS DJ467983505 M aa Harness a JY 6 Pin WP 1st 4 Rows Connects to Tru Count Implement Clutch system CAN DJ467980 14X Trenin Optional lengths 5 10 20 25 or 40 Customize depending on specific planter Planter Output Module DJ467982000S1 Each Tru Count Harness Planter Output Module will support Each WSMB module module harness up to 8 rows sections Add up to 3 additional harness planter supports up to an additional 18 rows output module bundles to support up to 24 rows sections for seed monitoring Add up to 8 C oy additional WSMB harnesses module p bundles to support up to 148 rows DJ467981200 WSMB AN WSMB B Module Hamess DJ467981100S1 modue NT s Seed Monitor LES Hh Order and
276. lect System and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 3 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears 4 Tap Data Storage The Delete Data Storage screen appears 5 Select Internal Memory from the Select Storage drop down list and then select the Fields tab 6 Select the item to delete from the Client Farm Field or Event drop down lists and then tap Delete FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 499 25 Data Management 7 When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted Deleting all of the data from the internal memory A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 3 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears 4 Tap Data Storage The Delete Data Storage screen appears 5 Select Internal Memory from the Select Storage drop down list and then select the Advanced tab 6 Tap Delete All Fields Delete All Events or Delete Diagnostics 7 When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted Deleting selected data from the USB memory stick A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap
277. lect the vdb file that you want to open and then tap OK Selecting a saved vehicle make and model from the display a From the drop down list select From Saved File existing and then tap Browse b Select the required file and then tap OK c Select Change Vehicle to save the new settings The following message appears The specified vehicle model will now be selected on the Autopilot controller This will cause the Autopilot controller to be reset Do you want to continue Note If you select a vehicle make and model but do not upload that configuration to the AgGPS Autopilot controller that make and model will not be loaded 3 Tap OK to load the new configuration The following message appears The Autopilot controller will now be reinitialized in order to complete the vehicle selection 4 Tap OK The file is now loaded 174 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Adjusting the basic Autopilot settings L From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears Tap Settings Vehicle Settings Nudge Tnm Increment End of Row Waming Dist Coverage Log Operator Alert Timeout Valve On Speed Legacy Sensors Enter a value in the Nudge Trim Increment field Use this increment to set the amount by which the Nudge buttons move the line back to the correct path or by which the Trim buttons move the vehicle positio
278. lement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 8 To adda target rate a Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kg ha or Ibs a as appropriate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 337 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate Range 0 0 kSva 150 0 kof d Enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 11 Enter the Product Level Alarm weight When the amount of product drops to this level a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material 338 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels With anhydrous application the FM 1000 integrated display can control up to two channels of material at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap
279. lication Control Plugin The planter channel product tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on a planter at once enabling you to plant seed while spreading granular fertilizer and or spraying liquid The planter tab on the right of the Run screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow rA next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel 1 Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far e Tank level eS 360 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Rem Description Ooo Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 299 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is When you return to the channel status tab the channels current planting rate appears as Off See Figure 17 1 To return to the overview tap lt Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the planter to plant 5 at To manually incre
280. lightbars Light Bars Configuration 92 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 4 Select an external lightbar and then tap Setup Light Bar Settings 5 Enter the required settings and then tap OK The Light Bars Configuration screen appears 6 Tap OK The external lightbar is now configured FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 93 5 The System Plugin Configuring the guidance options Selecting Guidance enables you to configure advanced guidance settings If you are setting up the system for the first time you should not need to adjust these settings Enabling the Limit Field Selection filter 1 From Display Setup screen select Guidance and then tap Setup Guidance Setup 2 From the Limit Field Selection drop down list select the preferred option 3 Ifyou selected Yes at Step 2 the Selection Radius dialog appears Enter the required radius value and then tap OK 4 Inthe Display Setup screen tap OK To review the settings or if you have any guidance lines originally generated with an AgGPS 170 Field Computer or an AgGPS FieldManager display see Advanced diagnostics page 506 94 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Configuring sounds 1 From the Display Setup screen select Sounds and then tap Setup Sounds Setup External Speaker There are two ways that the display can produce sounds FM 1000 through an optional
281. limits configured in EZ Steer systems Engage Options To manually engage the EZ Steer system do one of the following e Tap the engage button on the main guidance screen or press the engage button on the optional remote control e Press the optional remote engage foot pedal Disengaging the system Turning the steering wheel manually disengages the EZ Steer system CNH recommends that you check this setting before you start using the system in a new installation by engaging on a line and then turning the wheel until EZ Steer disengages To adjust the amount of force required to disengage the system change the Override Sensitivity in the EZ Steer Setup screen The EZ Steer system automatically disengages when e The vehicle is outside the engage limits configured in the Engage Options screen e The system is paused e GPS positions are lost e The Minimum Fix Quality setting is set to a high accuracy correction method and the system receives low accuracy positions for example no corrections e To manually disengage the system do one of the following 168 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Steer Plugin 10 Tap the engage button on the main guidance screen or press the engage button on the optional remote control Turn the steering wheel to override the electric motor Press the optional remote engage foot pedal When the system is not in use hinge the motor away from the steering wheel and then secure it
282. local reseller Configuration To configure the TrueTracker system complete the following steps 1 Activate the system See page 226 2 Enable the implement controller See page 226 3 Configure the implement controller See page 228 4 Configure the implement See page 230 5 Calibrate the implement See page 231 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 225 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Activating the TrueTracker system Before you can use the TrueTracker system you must activate it on the FM 1000 integrated display For step by step instructions see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 57 Note This process requires you to enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local reseller Enabling the implement controller l Tap amp The Configuration screen appears 2 Ensure that the Autopilot plugin and the TrueTracker plugin are both installed See Adding or removing a plugin page 56 3 On the Configuration screen select the TrueTracker plugin and then tap Setup Configuration Gr system 226 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 The Implement Controller Setup screen appears Implement Controller Setup Ce Connector D Secon 4 Inthe Port list select the connector on the FM 1000 harness that the TrueTracker implement controller is connected to and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 227 14 The TrueTr
283. ltiple curved guidance lines for irregular shaped fields Tip With FreeForm curves remember that your next guidance line will appear only if you record your vehicle s path along the current guidance line Record each pass to generate your next guidance line Creating a FreeForm section 1 From the Run screen tap Swaths The Swaths Management screen appears 2 Select the Freeform tab in the upper left of the screen The New FreeForm button becomes available toward the lower right of the screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 137 8 The Mapping Plugin 138 3 If necessary select the Record FreeForm when logging button See Recording FreeForm guidance simultaneously with coverage page 140 4 Tap New FreeForm The Run screen reappears with the Define FF Next Path and Pause buttons on the Mapping tab Creating a curved FreeForm section 1 Tap Define FF The FreeForm buttons change 2 Tap FreeForm to begin drawing a FreeForm line The line follows the path of the vehicle 3 To complete the FreeForm pattern do one of the following gt De select the FreeForm button Perform a U turn Note If you are driving an inward spiral leave the FreeForm button selected The segments will continue to be defined Creating a straight FreeForm section 1 Tap Define FF The FreeForm buttons change se a Ey 2 Drive to the start point of the line and then tap Set A 3 Drive to the other
284. make and model USB memory stick information To view information about the USB memory stick that is in the display select the System plugin and then tap Diagnostics on the Configuration screen The card information tab appears on the System Diagnostics screen Viewing vehicle diagnostic information From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Diagnostics The Vehicle Controller Setup Guidance screen appears There are five parts to the Vehicle Diagnostics menu e Guidance screen e Steering screen e Details screen e Fault log screen e View warning screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 509 26 Troubleshooting Vehicle Diagnostics Guidance screen Guidance Steering cadence Steering Dette ay 4 3 7 Fod 2 DGPS 8 1l Smooth 100 Fast View Fault Log View Waring Description Offline distance graph A graph of offline distance over time It is useful for diagnosing problems with the vehicle coming online and staying online GPS status The current GPS position fix quality and number of satellites Heading error Shows the difference between vehicle heading and path heading s ac Shows the current roll value calculated Shows the current roll value calculated by the system the system Direction The current vehicle direction forward backward or stopped Cross Track Error A numeric value of the offline distance oO Virtual lightbar Visual repres
285. mation blade position indicators appear on the Run screen pm Beseription o Green bar in center The blade is at the correct target height it is within the On Grade Limit Small red arrow pointing The blade is beyond the up On Grade Limit value below the target height Large red arrow pointing The blade is considerably below up the target height more than double the On Grade Limit value Small red arrow pointing The blade is beyond the down On Grade Limit value above the target height Large red arrow pointing The blade is considerably above down the target height more than double the On Grade Limit value The arrow points in the direction that the blade needs to move for the blade to be on grade The size of the up or down arrow indicates the amount of movement required 424 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 FieldLevel status text items Status text items describe factors in leveling models Note The FieldLevel status items all begin with P which denotes the Primary GPS receiver If you have the Tandem Dual plugin installed you will also have S status items available which denotes Secondary P Altitude The current GPS altitude of the blade P Blade Height The current height of the blade shown as a relative height or a GPS height depending on settings selected P Boot Depth The depth of the boot when installing tiles or the depth of the blade when cleaning surface
286. ment is outside the engage limits e GPS positions are lost on the implement or on the vehicle Minimum Fix Quality is not maintained and the system receives low accuracy positions for example no corrections Engage status indicators Engage status Button color Vehicle icon color Ready to engage Cannot engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 219 13 The TrueGuide Plugin Operating the TrueGuide system 1 Inthe Run screen with the 7rueGuide tab showing tap AUTO 9990000000009099090999990090000000 LH a MATERIAL Ei The TrueGuide system status is shown as Disengaged 2 Tap Engage to start guidance The Auto button changes to ON and the TrueGuide system status is shown as Waiting 9990000000000909999990900900000000 LH a MATERIAL T a The Autopilot system acquires the line before transistioning to the TrueGuide system 220 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 The TrueGuide system status remains at Waiting while the Autopilot system acquires the line Once the TrueGuide system has taken control the TrueGuide System status changes to ON and the TrueGuide system Engage button changes to Auto 3 To disengage the TrueGuide system at any time tap Off Note To force the TrueGuide system to turn on when the status is Waiting tap ON again Note As soon as the TrueGuide system is disengaged the Autopilot system immediately begins providing all guidance
287. ment screen tap Access Paths Path width swaths in first group ABs place in the first group left to right Provide Guidance to Cancel 2 Enter a value in the Swaths between access paths field This value must be equal to or higher than the Swaths in first group setting The next access path will appear this number of swaths beyond the first access path and will continue to repeat after this number of swaths Note You must fill in both of these fields FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 141 8 The Mapping Plugin 3 Enter a value in the Path width field This is the width of the access paths 4 Enter a value in the Swaths between access paths field The access path will appear after this number of swaths including the master line 5 Enter a value in the ABs place in the first group left to right field This setting enables you to specify where the master line appears in the first group from left to right 6 Select whether the guidance will be based on swaths or access paths from the Provide Guidance to drop down list and then tap OK Swath management Several options are available on the Swath Management screen You can delete swaths rename swaths or shift them to the left or right To access these features select the Swaths tab You cannot delete rename or shift line features or FreeForm curves Line Features FreeFonmn Deleting a swath To be able to delete swaths you must have enter
288. module at the label end of the enclosure for additional support 3 Connect a WSMB harness to the module Insert both connectors until the connector locking tabs engage The WSMB module harness can accept a standard DICKEY john style planter harness Harnesses are available for a number of row configurations 4 Repeat these steps for any additional member modules Note For correct system operation you must install a CAN terminator on the last module harness Installing output modules To mount the output modules on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the module If you must install the module in a remote or hard to reach area on the implement you can use an extension The acceptable mounting orientations are the same as those for a master module See Installing the working set master module page 35 Mount the module with the label facing out 2 Do one of the following e To bolt the module to the implement a Use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes A N CAUTION Do not use the output module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure b Remove the module and then drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Attach the module to the frame with two x 20 bolts or a threaded U bolt FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 37 3 Getting Started e To tie strap the module
289. move any skip that you have applied 6 Tap OK The Swath Management screen appears The new shifted swath appears in the swath list on the left of the screen Using the Guide to tabs The Guide to tabs allow automated steering along a swath line feature or FreeForm curve Swaths Line Features FreeForm To use the Guide to tabs 1 Tap the Swaths button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the Guide to tabs select one of the following Swaths for guidance along a swath Line Features for guidance along a line feature Freeform for FreeForm curves 3 Ifyou selected Swaths select the appropriate swath from the list on the left and then tap Load Line Features guidance automatically occurs on the nearest feature Tap Load The list shows the types and numbers of line features in the current field FreeForm select the appropriate FreeForm curve and then tap Load The Run screen appears The next time that you engage automated steering you are guided along the swath line feature or FreeForm curve FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 143 8 144 The Mapping Plugin Using Skip to fine tune navigation The software uses the original swath that you drove to automatically generate the position of the other swaths Occasionally these new onscreen swaths do not perfectly reflect where your swaths are For example you may need to skip to the other side of a road To correct the s
290. n The guidance line can move off target requiring Nudge as a result of GPS position drift when you return to the field for guidance for example after you pause or turn off the system GPS satellite constellation changes as you drive in the field The vehicle can steer offline requiring Trim as a result of Uneven drag on a vehicle from an unbalanced implement Uneven drag on a vehicle from soil conditions Note The Nudge buttons become Trim buttons in RTK mode 4 If necessary adjust the distance associated with the End of Row warning Longer vehicles that take longer to turn needs an earlier warning and so a greater distance If necessary adjust the Operator Alert Timeout value The alert appears if the operator does not respond within the defined period of time If the operator still fails to respond the vehicle begins to drive in a tight loop If necessary adjust the Smoothing Turn Radius value This smooths out tight turns on curves and headlands Any changes are not applied until you open the next field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 175 11 The Autopilot Plugin Set Valve On Speed For vehicles that operate at normal speeds select Normal Additional settings are supported only with NavController I firmware versions 5 10 and later For vehicles operating at very slow speeds select Low or Ultra low Speed thresholds that you can select from the display are Normal gt 0 4
291. n WAAS 4 Select the Radar Frequency Rate field Enter Radar Frequency Rate Range 27 3599 Hemp 96 56 Hz mph ow we e a 4 4 K ae 5 Enter the required rate and then tap OK The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 6 Tap OK 212 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The TrueGuide Plugin In this chapter This chapter describes how to configure the ae TrueGuide implement guidance plugin to work m AgGPS TrueGuide implement with the FM 1000 integrated display guidance system Note TrueGuide implement guidance requires the FM 1000 integrated display version 2 0 and NavController II firmware version 5 10 m Connecting the TrueGuide implement guidance system m Configuring the TrueGuide implement guidance system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 213 13 The TrueGuide Plugin AgGPS TrueGuide implement guidance system TrueGuide implement guidance is a new feature for use with an AgGPS Autopilot automated steering system and the FM 1000 integrated display The TrueGuide plugin supports a second GPS receiver an FM 1000 internal or external AgGPS receiver on the implement that is used to measure the position of the implement so that the Autopilot system can adjust the position of the tractor to pull the implement on line In firmware version 2 0 the TrueGuide system supports towed implements for front steered and tracked tractors 4x4 articulated tractors are n
292. n 24 To overwrite a previous configuration file select the previous file from the Configuration list 3 To save the file tap OK When the configuration file is saved the following message appears File Download Complete Saving an HTML version of the current field When you close a field the system automatically creates an HTML summary file The file index html is saved in the AgGPS Summaries lt client_farm_field_event gt folder Trimble Event Summary Man Awg I4 170i 5a 2006 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 477 24 Advanced Configuration The Event Summary file can show the following images of the field Overlap the coverage and any overlaps Height the vertical height of the GPS position Applied rate the volume at which the spray boom applied solution GPS quality the quality of the GPS signal The file also shows information about The event The vehicle setup Tap the appropriate buttons to show or hide coverage area and or area features If any Prescriptions are available a prescriptions button is also available To view a summary report on an office computer l 2 oF Remove the CompactFlash card from the display and then insert it into an office computer Select the folder AgGPS Summaries and then open the file Index html Select the appropriate field from the list Note If you use the Microsoft Internet Explorer internet browser
293. n appears 2 Select System and then tap Setup 3 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 498 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 4 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears Copying data To copy data from the USB memory stick to the internal memory or from the internal memory to the USB memory stick 1 From the list select the item to copy Ifthe item is in the USB list the lt Copy button becomes available Ifthe item is in the Storage list the Copy gt button becomes available 2 Tap Copy The data is copied to the other column To copy data from the current USB memory stick the source to another USB memory stick the destination 1 Copy all of the data from the source to the internal memory 2 When copying is complete remove the source from the USB slot and then insert the destination 3 Copy all of the data from the internal memory to the destination Deleting data If you need to create more space you can use the FM 1000 integrated display to e Delete any unused clients farms fields events or all of the data in the internal memory e Delete any unused clients farms fields events or all of the data on the USB memory stick Deleting selected data from the internal memory A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Configuration screen se
294. n for 100 m 300 ft around the master benchmark flag QV9VVO9OC0000000 0RF 20 0000000000000 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 407 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin This indicates that you need to rebench over the master benchmark location to ensure that the design is aligned with the previous position You must be within this circle before you can re establish the master benchmark To ensure that the design is properly aligned 1 Return exactly to the master benchmark location that you marked on the ground for example with flags see Creating a benchmark page 406 regardless of where your current onscreen position appears to be 2 Re establish the benchmark This process accommodates RTK base station setup differences from the last time the field was open Collecting field data After you create the benchmark s collect field layout data You can define three types of data Description The outside of the field Points on the inside of the boundary Can be used to divide the field into smaller sections To define an item select it from the list on the tab and then tap Record To stop recording tap Record again Defining the boundary Define a boundary to establish the confines of your field Drive around the boundary while you record the shape Defining interior points The boundary is defined on the screen by a single red line The current position is strung back to the start point of the
295. n plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 56 To configure the plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin and then tap Setup Survey Setup Settings Relative Heights Survey Height Offset 0 00 survey Point Density Fine CutiFill Color Range 1 00 2 Set the Survey Height Offset This value represents the difference between the height of the blade when surveying and the height of the blade when moving dirt To measure this value park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the blade up to it s highest limit and then measure the distance from the bottom of the blade to the surface of the ground The Survey Height Offset will be applied to all surveys to avoid the need to re bench between Survey mode and moving dirt 3 Set the survey point density from the Survey Point Density drop down menu When you create a survey of a field this setting determines the distance between the collected survey mapping points The approximate distances between points are Core 78m OST Medium femton 4 Set the Cut fill Color Range 402 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 18 5 Select the Relative Heights tab 6 Select Enable from the Relative Heights drop down list By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark Setting the relative positions establishes the coordinates of the master
296. n with the Hole feature button Area feature drawn with the Pond feature button Note For more information on setting up the Feature buttons see Configuring feature mapping page 82 122 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Starting a field This is the screen where you either re open an existing field or create a new field You must select a Client Farm Field and Event in that order Note The first time that you use the Field Selection screen there are no existing fields so you must create one l wO e 8 Tap O Field Selection Do one of the following Create a new client See Creating a client page 124 Select an existing client from the Client list The Farm list now contains only the farms associated with that client Select the appropriate farm or create a new one Select the appropriate field or create a new one Select the appropriate event or create a new one To add more information for record keeping tap Event Attributes The Event Attributes screen appears See Adding record keeping information page 125 To add and edit information on the variety of products that can be distributed from the implement tap Variety Setup See Logging varieties page 147 Tap OK to enter the Run screen Once you create the field select a swath pattern to use while you drive the field See Selecting a swath pattern page 132 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 123 8 The
297. nage Dine 0 00 0 0 meh 5 6 48 5 3 65 Step 1 ottp 2 Step 3 Online Aggresshveness Angie Per Tum must be optimized priorte changing Online Agqgressrecness With the vehich online nudge keH ar right then engage EZ Stecr Minimize offline distance by 100 adjusting the seting on this tab Optiinize syste prito mance using Online Aggressiveness then change to the nest tab One yesen wilt Status Connected Caiment Waning Lat engage Ez Steernot calibrated The Aggressiveness setting fine tunes how aggressively the system holds the line If the setting is too low the vehicle will not hold the line if the setting is too high the vehicle may over correct and make S turns To make Do the following More aggressive turns Increase the Aggressiveness value Decrease the Aggressiveness value To adjust the Freeplay Offset settings select the Step 3 tab E Steer Steering Performance ims Irark Fer Hish Aa 99090000909099099090909090090900 lesing Speed OMe Brelerice forenage Dine 0 007 0 0 meh 56 117 5 6 28 Step 1 Step 2 Step J Freeplay Offset Online AQgressreness must be optimized prior to changing Freeplay Offs ct With the vehiche online nudge keH ar right then engage EZ Stecr Minimize offline distance by adjusting the seting on this tab Optiinize syste prito mance using Freeplay Ofset then OF to shore he settings Status Connected cunnt Waning Lat enga
298. nd then tap OK The field or AB Line is imported Swath Management CE Ifthe AB Line file contains more than one AB Line all AB Lines in the file are imported 8 Select the AB Line that you want to use and then tap Load A warning message appears 9 Tap OK The imported field or AB Line is ready to use 10 For best results close the field and then reopen it The Prescriptions folder For each prescription that you generate the AgGPS Prescriptions folder stores three prescription files in ESRI shapefile format or a single gdx file The shapefiles required are the dbf shp and shx files Some GIS software packages generate other files and include different contents in the files if they are on the USB memory stick they are ignored The names and types of files that are used to supply input information to the FM 1000 integrated display and the folder where these files must be located on the card are as follows Description Files folder Prescription files Polygons lt prescriptionname gt shp AgGP S Prescriptions ESRI shapefiles lt prescriptionname gt dbf For more information see lt prescriptionname gt shx _ Prescriptions page 258 Aglnfo GDX lt prescriptionname gt gdx 496 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The following figure shows the contents of a Prescriptions folder Er E AgGPS Prescriptions File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q O
299. nel Width 00 0 Number of Rows Channel Rows 000s Channels as Sections bisabied 0 004 Rem Beseription oS Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel Number of Rows The specific number of seed rows for the channel Channel 1 will always be assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area Channels as Sections When enabled the TAC system will turn the control channel on and off automatically based on event coverage logging data 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 326 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the drill seeder volume in the field Note
300. ng sensor into an equivalent steering angle measurement Note Complete this calibration before you attempt to calibrate the steering deadzone or roll correction procedures Note Perform the steering sensor calibration only if a rotary potentiometer is installed on the vehicle Ifan AgGPS AutoSense device is selected as the steering angle sensor the Steering Sensor screen does not appear This calibration requires the vehicle to be in motion Ensure that you e Perform this procedure on a hard level surface that is free of obstructions e Follow the instructions on each page e Maintain a tractor speed above 1 6 kph 1 mph e Watch the Sensor Angle field for a symmetrical angle reading at the steering extremes while you manually steer the wheels to full right and full left e Watch the Sensor Angle field to ensure that the angle reading is near zero while you manually steer the wheels straight ahead To run the steering sensor calibration 1 Select the Steering Angle procedure from the calibration list See Introduction to Autopilot calibration page 176 Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions steering Angle Sensor Calibration Press Next to proceed 2 Move the tractor forward slowly 182 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 The Autopilot Plugin 11 Center the steering wheel and then tap Next Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions Move Tractor
301. ng the FM 1000 integrated display diagnostic information GPS Status screen Screen snaps m Forcing the system to turn off CHAPTER This chapter describes how to analyze problems that may occur with the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 505 506 26 Troubleshooting Advanced diagnostics The System plugins Diagnostics mode enables you to configure advanced guidance settings Most users will not need to adjust these settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the System and then tap Diagnostics System Diagnostics Serial Port system Information Advanced Settings Power Levels Connector A Connector C seral Sent 0 Serial Sent 2472 View View Received 0 Received 6029 CAN Devices 1 Connector B Connector D Sent 0 Sent View Received o Received CAN Devices 0 error 105 2 Tap Advanced System Diagnostics Serial Port System Information Advanced Settings Power Levels Diagnostics Level Swath Control Points FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 3 Select the diagnostics level This determines how much debugging information is logged in the program files 1 Minimal level of information 6 default Medium level of information SL Highest level of information 4 Select whether or not to show swath control points When the guidance line is a curve it appears on screen as a series of short straight secti
302. nhydrous control channel valve calibration sets the vehicle hydraulic system parameters for anhydrous application 1 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen tap the anhydrous entry The Valve Calibration screen appears Note The Limit Output button that was present for the other control channels does not appear for anhydrous 2 Inthe Max Speed window enter the upper speed limit 3 Inthe Max App Rate window enter the maximum application rate CAUTION Only adjust the calibration parameters if instructed to do so by Technical Support 352 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 4 Ifnecessary adjust the calibration parameters a Tap Parameters The Edit calibration parameters screen appears b Adjust any settings and then tap OK The Valve Calibration screen reappears WARNING The anhydrous valve calibration requires the vehicle and implement to be moving and the implement must be in the ground the implement lift switch must be down Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 5 Begin to drive the vehicle 6 Tap Start and then turn on the master switch The calibration begins If the vehicle speed drops too low or the vehicle stops moving the calibration will abort The value increases and then decreases The calibration proceeds through several steps When the calibration is complete the messag
303. nt on screen position appears to be 2 Re establish the benchmark FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 427 19 The FieldLevel Il Plugin This process is designed to accommodate RTK base station setup differences from the last time the field was open Importing control files from the Multiplane software Once you finish manipulating a topographic survey ES agrs file in MultiPlane you can export a control file GPS AB Lines for use with the FieldLevel II system Copy the design a G Autopikt control file into the AgGPS Designs folder on a USB eg memory stick D Data Dictionary Ifthe USB memory stick has not yet been used with the FM 1000 integrated display the AgGPS Designs folder will not exist To create the directory on the USB memory stick do the following 1 Insert the USB memory stick into the back of the FM 1000 integrated display 2 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup The System Setup screen appears 3 From the list of system settings on the left select Data Files and then tap Manage The Data Files management screen appears 4 From the list on the right directories that already exist in the display select the Designs directory and then tap Copy The directory is copied to the USB memory stick 5 When the Copy completed message appears tap OK The copied directory appears in the list of directories on the left side of the Data Files screen 428 FM 1000 Integr
304. ntrol Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Feedback Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 346 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 323 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Configuration Confi
305. ntrol channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 334 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 10 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the fertilizer weight in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 11 12 l3 14 15 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that the planter spreader holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that the planter spreader can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the planter spreader if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears If necessary repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 Once you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 345 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 335 17 T
306. o EZ Steer cable 75742 Oo EZ Steer motor cable 62257 1 Use the FM 1000 to EZ Steer cable to connect the EZ Steer system to the display Note The CAN cable connects to either the C or D port on the rear of the FM 1000 integrated display 2 Attach the EZ Steer controller to the dash Use the provided bracket 158 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Steer Plugin 10 Calibrating and configuring the EZ Steer system The calibration configures the T2 roll calibration and the EZ Steer system Angle per Turn Aggressiveness and Freeplay settings Before you calibrate the vehicle do the following Ensure that the vehicles hydraulic oil is up to operating temperature Refer to the vehicle documentation Ensure that the tire pressure is correct Perform initial calibration without an implement or with the booms folded in on a high clearance sprayer After initial calibration is completed you can fine tune the settings with the implement or booms folded out Choose a field with the smoothest possible surface and perform calibration at the normal operating speed for the vehicle The EZ Steer calibration process requires a straight A B line If you do not create an A B line before you begin the calibration the system prompts you to open a field and create one Calibrating the EZ Steer system To calibrate the EZ Steer system to work with the FM 1000 integrated display you must complete the following i 2
307. o a design plane The plane can be configured in the software using benchmarks and slopes or by creating a plane of best fit over a surveyed surface Autoslope It uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the leveling implement See Configuring settings for all leveling models page 418 Multiplane Uses more complex surface designs imported from the MultiPlane design software See Working with MultiPlane designs page 429 Contour Uses the FM 1000 integrated display virtual lightbar or an LB25 external ligthbar to guide the vehicle along contours to keep the vehicle at the same elevation This can be used for levee marking and applications that require guidance to elevations See Configuring settings for all leveling models page 418 The FieldLevel II plugin Setup screen has four tabs Relative Heights tab Valve Setup and two Settings tabs The first Settings tab is the same for all leveling models except for Point and Slope which includes an extra field for Slope Adjust The other three tabs are the same regardless of which leveling model you choose and are described in the following sections Slope adjust for Point and Slope leveling When you select Point and Slope leveling the Slope Adjust setting appears in the first settings tab of the FieldLevel II Setup screen Description Slope Adjust The Slope Adjust field controls the amount that the gradient changes each time you tap the up arrow amp or the down arrow
308. o three sections Guidance The basic information required for guidance with the AgGPS EZ Steer assisted steering system and the Autopilot system Application The specific information for application width and section assignments Geometry More detailed implement dimensions required for better implement modeling both with and without a GPS receiver on the implement Tips for implement configuration Each of the tabs in the Implement Setup screen has a Tips button Tap this button to view information about the settings that you can enter in each tab Tap OK to return to the Implement Setup screen Guidance Setup Tips re on this tab are used to setup the basic information required for Guidance Note For more accurate implement modeling select the implement type and enter Hitch to Ground Point distance under the Geometry tab A Swath Width sets the distance between guidance passes ication osat is measured from the fixed ade of the vehicle to the i art on the aera ras coverage logging will be mapped The fed ade varies depending on vehicle type Rear ade on front steering tractor and self propelled sprayer Front akle on a harvester and 404 Tractor Center of tracks on a tracked tractor jat is measured from the center of the vehicle to the center of implement or header This measurement adjusts the tractor path so that an ofset implement is centered on the guidance line 108 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guid
309. o use from the Language drop down list Ifyou change the language a message warns that the display will turn off so that the change can take effect The default language is English FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 79 5 The System Plugin 2 To select the unit of measure for the display select the preferred option from the Display Units drop down list There are three options Metric Feet and Inches Decimal Feet The default option is Feet and Inches 3 Set the keyboard layout The FM 1000 integrated display uses a virtual keyboard on the touch screen for you to enter characters see Some FM 1000 integrated display buttons have a direct action while others change to show that a feature is enabled or disabled page 26 The virtual keyboard can be laid out in two ways Description ABCDEF The letters appear in alphabetical order QWERTY The keyboard is laid out like the Qwerty keyboard on a computer Select your preferred option from the Keyboard Layout drop down list The default option is ABCDEF Using the save restore settings files The display configuration is different from the vehicle configuration The vehicle configuration saves the Autopilot vehicle settings that you created The display configuration saves the display appearance features that you selected For more information see Saving the vehicle configuration page 476 N CAUTION The FM 1000 integrated display saves only one settings
310. of the messages and how to correct the situations are as follows Alarm 200 201 202 203 205 206 Alarm Master Switch Timeout toggle Master to clear Invalid Master Switch Assignment Ground Speed Failure Continuous Test Failure Control Channel Failure Control Channel Unable to Control Probable cause 1 Master switch ON at power up 2 Master switch ON after leaving a setup screen 3 Shorted or damaged tractor harness 4 Defective master switch External master switch is not assigned to the Auxiliary Input Active only in planter monitor mode Seeds are detected when there is no ground speed 1 Incorrect speed source setting or calibration 2 Defective speed sensor or harness 3 Defective module or display Control conditions exceed the disk RPM limits 1 Test Speed setting is set too high or low 2 Disk High Limit and or Disk Low Limit settings are incorrect 1 Defective control valve 2 Defective feedback sensor 3 Defective module harness or module harness fuse 4 Defective module 1 Incorrect control channel settings 2 Incorrect feedback sensor installation 3 Defective feedback sensor The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Solution 1 Move master switch to the OFF position 2 Move master switch to the OFF position 3 Check for damage on the tractor harness at the master switch connector 4 Inspect master switch for d
311. oint is where the tile line is to be connected to a main or outlet Tap Record again to stop the recording You have now successfully surveyed the line where the tile is to be installed or the ditch is to be cleaned 434 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Creating the design 1 From the Run screen tap Design in the Fie dLevel II tab AutoSlope Section sey Direction IER eS cl 2 From the Section drop down list select the section line that you want to design Note The section lines are labeled from S1 in the order that they surveyed in 3 The design screen works from the outlet at the left side of the screen and runs the design uphill to the right The direction of the profile is defined by the direction that it was surveyed If your survey profile is displayed the wrong way around change the setting in the Direction drop down list from Outlet at Survey Start to Outlet at Survey End or from Outlet as Survey End to Outlet at Survey Start 4 Edit the constraint fields to your requirements Description Min Depth The minimum depth for the tile or ditch installation The system will not allow the design profile to be any shallower than the minimum depth The minimum depth is shown on the profile as a red line Optimal Depth The depth to install the tile or ditch The design will keep to this depth where it can It will move off the optimal depth to be within the other constraints where
312. oller See page page 268 7 Set any other features of the variable rate controller See page page 274 Installing a non Trimble variable rate controller Use the hardware provided with your variable rate controller to mount it in the vehicle cab To use a variable rate controller you must connect it to port D of the FM 1000 integrated display using the connection cable P N 67091 and the associated cable for the supported controller Your controller may need a special adaptor cable to work correctly If so contact your local reseller Most controllers also need to be configured to accept input data from the FM 1000 integrated display For additional instructions see the following section for your controller Note Always make sure that the serial port connector is in place with screws firmly tightened if available 266 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 Enabling the Serial Rate Control plugin For instructions on installing the Serial Rate Control plugin see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 57 Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display Configure the spray boom as described in Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Enabling and configuring the variable rate controller in the FM 1000 integrated display 1 From the Configuration screen select the Serial Rate Control plugin and then tap Setup Edit Variable Rate Controller settings Note The
313. on Case IH STX tractors with Accusteer For optimal performance disable Accusteer using the switch in the cab if possible Sprayer It is common for these vehicles to have slow steering To compensate for this use high aggressiveness If you experience large slow oscillations increase the aggressiveness When you configure the system on a sprayer the Sprayer steering delay setting is available on the Vehicle Setup screen Some sprayers have steering that is slow to react after you turn the steering wheel The system uses the steering delay setting to compensate for this slowness and ensure that steering corrections occur at the correct point Swather When you configure the system on a swather the Swather steering delay setting is available on the Vehicle Setup screen Some swathers have steering that is slow to react after the steering wheel is turned The system uses the steering delay setting to compensate for this slowness and ensure that steering corrections occur at the correct point To improve the performance of your swather adjust the Swather steering delay setting by a small amount 0 1 seconds at a time Test the result between each adjustment After using the EZ Steer system After you finish using the EZ Steer system do the following e Before you leave the vehicle turn off the EZ Steer system power switch or remove the power plug e Ifthe EZ Steer system is not being used pivot the motor away from the steering wh
314. on screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Diagnostics The GPS Status screen appears 2 Tap AgRemote The virtual AgRemote interface appears For more information on the correct use of the AgRemote interface refer to the AgGPS AgRemote Software Guide for AgGPS Receivers on www trimble com Enabling NMEA message output The NMEA message formats are a standard format through which GPS receivers can communicate If you have an external device connected to the AgGPS Autopilot controller you can enable NMEA message output from the controller so that the device receives NMEA GPS positions The messages are output through the NavController harness laptop connector Some GPS receivers can output NMEA messages to an external device To do this 1 Onthe Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 2 Tap NMEA Output NMEA Message Output Settings Message Rate Messages Enabled 3 Select the appropriate Message Rate and then the Baud Rate 4 Inthe Messages Enabled group select the appropriate NMEA message types to output Do not just enable all formats 5 Tap OK to continue FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 209 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin Note To enable NMEA output from another receiver for example the GPS receiver connected to an AgGPS TrueTracker system controller select the plugin for that receive
315. ond inches second mph x 17 6 To calculate the Lead Time setting divide the distance between the points in inches from Step 5 by the vehicle speed in inches second Half the distance between points inches Lead Time seconds Speed inches second FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 8 Remote Output 21 Enter the lead time on the Remote Output screen Remote Output Remote Output For example if a4 mph pass creates a 14 distance between each set of points a e Divide the distance between the points by 2 In this example 14 2 7 Convert the speed from mph to inches second 4 mph 4 x 17 6 70 4 inches second Divide the halved distance between the points by the speed 7 inches S 0 099 Lead Time in seconds 70 4 inches second Drive along the AB line and then back at your application speed while you create trigger points Ensure that the trigger points are sufficiently close to one another If the gap between the points is unacceptable repeat the calibrations FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 463 21 Remote Output 464 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Serial Data Input Plugin In this chapter m Connecting serial data input m Configuring serial data input When serial data input is activated the FM 1000 integrated display can receive and log NMEA messages from an external device for example an infra red sensor
316. onfigure the controller to 19200 baud 1 Make sure the controller is turned off 2 Make sure that all switches and signals are turned off master switch channel switches tach and ground speed 3 Set the OPERATE SETUP switch to SETUP 4 Using the rotary switch select SCAN 5 While holding the INC DEC switch in the DEC position turn the unit on At this stage the controller may emit a continuous audible tone FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 269 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 270 Once the controller has gone through the power up sequence the display shows either 9600 or 19200 baud Every time that you tap the DEC switch the rate toggles to the other baud rate 6 Before you turn off the display set the rate to 19200 baud This is the rate that is saved and used in future sessions Application width When the FM 1000 integrated display is connected to a Mid Tech controller the display uses the boom section widths boom_cals that you set on the controller to determine the application width The Application Width setting in the Implement Boom Setup screen is ignored Note Make sure that boom sections are used sequentially starting with boom section 1 and make sure that any unused boom section widths are set to zero Otherwise the display may not show the logging correctly The controller may not immediately recognize configuration changes for example if the switch position of the DataLink interfa
317. onfiguring the antenna position and roll offset correction 239 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 000s 243 Usine the Irie lracker syste auc hee es ree eet eeted aR ERE RES EGER CERES 244 Mainestidance SCrech 4 cee eek th seach ee eed bo vee eee eee eS 4 244 IMplement hontDar g4224 46ac0 Sead Cea ae enn ew a ee hae ea ee a 244 Implement GPS information button 0 0 0 0 ee 245 Implement status textitems 2 ee 245 Map plemen taD i ea ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee er ee ee ee 245 The EZ Boom Plugin 1 2 eee ee ee 247 AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system 00 248 Installing the EZ Boom controller ee eee 248 Connecting the EZ Boom system 00 eee ee ee ees 248 Configuring the EZ Boom system eee eee eee 249 KADON e tes teen cou eh eon beter eed ee bee Oe eee eee ene ee eS 207 Setting up the EZ Boom system for automatic section controlonly 258 Additional information about the EZ Boom system 0 000 258 PICsCDUONG oes aeaee het eat Behe eos be eee eae eee eee a eee 258 Varying the active boom sections 0 00 ee 261 Logging variable rate data 2c eeeeaeeayeeesae sere pts geee eee rene s 262 EZ Boom system implement diagnostics a naaa ee 263 Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller 263 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 11 Contents
318. onfiguring thechannels sess oe 446 e HE eee eho baa EA a eee Ee 312 Configuring granular seed 2 04 5265h 28 5 eb 00444 bah e EERE EERE e eee Gee oS 318 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 18 Contents Pntenno materndl ge sseeg ee ee ee ee 318 Configuring thechannels a saami seame ea 8a e Ue a ees oe Ce a ee eX O22 Configuring granular fertilizer bd oe ed oe ER EDS Ee EE GAEDE KES 328 Patenne maternidad 6 4 2hoewe gees hard see eee oe eee eae tae eae Ee 328 Configuring the CHANNEls 2 cccee earn et ageee Guan e obese tee eeTe sx 331 Configuring anhydrous enna 4444884 ewes he ek ORES 4 ee eR a ee SE SO 336 BiGerine materials 258s age ence ehneese ecu cape eane eee tae eee ae 336 Configuring the Channels 42 0040 446 4eo4 oo FGa Rae as A Hees eaeewe OHeS 339 Combine Channe S264 ages Ge eee bbe a a ge bee eee a A oes ey oo A 345 Calibrating CUO kaa ost eens ee ee eee oe heh oe eo oe eee hee Gee 346 Operating a planter Or drills t 44 eee teen d dete eeoe se hat SG ee Pease ee ee RGee ee 357 Turning the planter on or off 4 i6 cie dag Coben ee haha eh aoe hee ghee ss 357 The planter channel product tab overview mode 0000 eee eee 360 Detailed channel information button 2 0 0 0 ee ee eee 360 Row Information tab 4 4 25245 6e4 Oe hoe oO RE ERR EEE Bee he ee oe 362 Materalaccumilato sess esnie eee e e eee Bb be eee ee ee chee ee ee tas 363 Operating a sprayer liquid flow 2 0 eee 365 T
319. ons joined together The Swath Control Points appear where these line segments meet Description Hidden default Normal guidance lines Guidance lines show the control points You can also use the System Diagnostics screen to view raw port data For more information see Viewing raw serial data page 507 Viewing raw serial data You can view raw serial data as the display receives it This can be useful for analyzing the GPS signal To view the raw serial data 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Diagnostics System Diagnostics Serial Port System information Advanced Settings Power Levels Connector A Connector C serial Sent E Serial Sent 2472 Received o Received 6029 CAN Devices Connector B Connector D Sent 0 Sent View Received 0 Received 14 CAN Devices 0 error 105 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 507 26 Troubleshooting This screen shows each of the connectors ports on the FM 1000 harness and the number of data packets that have been sent and received 2 To view the raw data from a port tap the appropriate View button The port diagnostics screen for that port appears Connector C Port Diagnostics The screen shows either ASCII text or Hex code depending on which button you select Tap ASCII to view incoming data from the NMEA data string The Hex code is for engineering use only The data appears only when tap Capt
320. ore Implement The following message appears The specified implement model will now be selected on the Autopilot controller This will cause the Autopilot controller to be reset Do you want to continue 4 Tap OK to load the new configuration or tap Cancel to abort The Autopilot Controller will now be reinitialized message appears 5 Tap OK After the Trained and qualified warnings have appeared the file is loaded Engage button When implement steering is enabled the Run screen Engage button changes state It has two status indicators e The main button color which represents vehicle steering e The small inner color which represents implement steering Implement steering 4 Vehicle steering Is engaged Is engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 229 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Configuring the Engage button You can set the Engage button to work in two different ways In the Two stage engage list select the appropriate option Implement Setup item Description The Engage button requires multiple taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehicle steering The second tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering Configuring the implement Configure an implement so that the system c
321. orth of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point P Offset A separate plane that is parallel to the design plane The offset is defined by a single measurement which is the height that the offset plane is from the design plane P Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark P Offset Y The Relative Position Y offset from the master benchmark P Satellites The number of satellites currently being received by the FieldLevel GPS receiver P Speed The speed of the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver P Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green P Up The height of the blade receiver relative to the field origin point a negative number means the blade is below the field origin point P VDOP The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver P Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver FieldLevel II S Altitude The current height of the vehicle as reported by Tandem Dual the blade GPS receiver S Blade Height The current height of the blade S CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the blade GPS receiver S Correction Age The time since the GPS corrections were last received from the FieldLevel
322. ot supported in version 2 0 To achieve the highest performance from TrueGuide implement guidance the Autopilot system on the tractor must have a good calibration An Autopilot system that is calibrated very aggressively may need to be set up with a more neutral calibration when used with TrueGuide implement guidance Connecting the TrueGuide implement guidance system Once the AgGPS TrueGuide implement guidance system has been professionally installed add the FM 1000 integrated display as shown Rem Description Partnumber CE LMR400 65 extension cable I a ON o i S 214 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 Rem Description Parmar 7 Basic power cable 67258 8 Main power bus cable 67259 Oo Power adaptor cable 67095 10 NMO to TNC 20 antenna cable and base 62120 Main NavController II cable 54601 12 NavController Il 55563 00 FM 1000 integrated display 93100 02 FM 1000 to NavController II cable with port replicator 75741 Configuring the TrueGuide implement guidance system TrueGuide implement guidance must have e The Autopilot automated steering system installed on the tractor For instructions on how to install the Autopilot system see the AgGPS Autopilot Automated Steering System Installation Instructions relevant to your vehicle e Both the Autopilot plugin and the TrueGuide plugin activated on the FM 1000 integrated display For more
323. ovides ground speed data through the 4 Channel Control actuator harness User Manual Sets the system to operate using an internally generated ground speed No ground speed sensor is required when using the User Manual setting GPS Speed information is provided by the GPS system Only available when the Primary Source is set to GPS This is the secondary source of ground speed information CAN ground Used when ground speed is provided by a radar digital 3 wire type sensor connected to the cab harness or if radar forward ground speed is available on the CAN bus Digital Freq Used when ground speed is provided by a radar digital 3 wire type sensor connected to the 4 Channel Control actuator harness Reluct Freq Used when ground speed is provided by a reluctance 2 wire type sensor connected to the 4 Channel Control actuator harness User Manual Sets the system to operate using an internally generated ground speed No ground speed sensor is required when using the User Manual setting The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 pesma Deseel 8S a a Speed Constant Only available when the Primary or Backup Source is set to CAN Ground Digital Freq or Reluct Freq The constant required to convert the sensor data to the correct value This is the number of pulses the sensor makes over a 400 ft distance To calibrate this see Ground speed constant page 346 Manual Speed Only available when the
324. p The Configuration screen appears 2 Select Implement and then tap Setup 3 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 62 The Edit Implement screen appears Any previously configured implements appear in the Current Implement list at the top of the screen To select an item tap the list to open it and then select the appropriate implement If there is only one available implement it is selected by default Importing an implement from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager Display The FM 1000 integrated display can import and use implements that were created in the AgGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager display To import an implement 1 Copy the implement file into the AgGPS folder on the USB memory stick 2 Insert the memory stick into the FM 1000 integrated display and then turn on the display E The Configuration screen appears If necessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 62 Select System and then tap Setup Select Data Files and then tap Manage gt gk pl g Select Implement from the list on the left of the screen and then tap Copy The implements from your AgGPS 170 Field Computer or FieldManager display now appear in the drop down list FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 107 7 Implement Configuration Adjusting the implement settings On the FM 1000 integrated display the implement setup screens are divided int
325. pacing of the automatically generated swaths in a field use the Skip function After the swaths are generated 1 From the Run screen tap Enter the Skip Distance default is To Here 2 Enter the Skip distance and then tap OK The guidance line moves the required amount The default is your current position Note The Skip position is temporary it is not saved to the line permanently To save a line adjustment use the Shift feature See Shifting a swath page 143 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Placing field features on screen For a description of field features and how to configure the field feature buttons see Configuring feature mapping page 82 For instructions on how to create a separate boundary file that can be used to calculate area and control automatic section switching at the edge of the field see Activating field boundaries page 85 To add a field feature to the map 1 Select the Mapping tab on the Run screen The features that you defined appear on the tab 2 Begin to drive the field 3 When you reach the point where you want to add a feature tap the appropriate feature button Ifthe feature is a Point Feature such as the Rock button in the example above the feature is added Ifthe feature is a Line Feature such as the 2in Tile button in the example above or an Area Feature such as the Water button the feature will begin Area and Line feature
326. particular phase of the Automated Deadzone calibration stop the vehicle to abort the phase and turn the steering wheel to disengage the system Reposition the vehicle and continue from the current test phase 186 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Automated Deadzone error messages If a calibration cycle is unable to complete successfully one of the following error messages appears Message Error Manual Override Manual override was detected before the calibration cycle could Detected be completed Retry Error Vehicle Moving Too The vehicle was moving too slowly for the calibration cycle to Slow successfully finish Make sure the vehicle is moving at least 0 8 kph 0 5 mph during each calibration cycle Error Steering Close To Before the calibration cycle could be completed the measured End Stops steering angle approached the end stops Retry and if the problem persists instead of centering the steering at the start of each cycle try turning the steering in the opposite direction to that which is being tested so that the calibration procedure has a greater range to test over Error Valve Connectors The calibration test sensed the steering turning in the opposite Could Be Swapped direction to what was expected Retry and if the problem persists either the valve connectors have been accidentally swapped or the steering sensor calibration was performed incorrectly Error No GPS A GPS rec
327. plays main guidance screen changes when implement steering is enabled Rem Description CSO AGE o poea o a C Implement lightbar When implement steering is enabled a second smaller lightbar appears below the main lightbar Secondary lightbar This lightbar shows the implement guidance relative to the guidance line Each LED on the second lightbar represents 1 inch 244 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Implement GPS information button A displays extra implement receiver status information Tap OK to return to the Run screen Implement status text items A number of status text items provide information about the implement For more information see page 70 You can set these status text items to appear permanently at the top of the screen or on a slide out tab To view the following items tap the corrections status button at the top right of the screen e Implement GPS Status e Implement Correction Type e Implement Correction Age e Latitude e Longitude e Altitude e Satellites e HDOP e VDOP Network ID Implement tab When the TrueTracker plugin is installed the TrueTracker tab becomes available on the main Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 245 14 The TrueTracker Plugin The TrueTracker tab enables you to adjust the implement steering independently of the vehicle steering For example if you can see that the implement is consist
328. pon Drive Type Select the liquid drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Servo Return A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the tank return line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Flush Enable is a manual override mode that opens the valve and dispenses granular fertilizer granular seed or liquid material for a period of time in relation to a user defined flush speed The Flush Enable feature can only be activated when the tractor is stopped You should have already configured the rate at which Flush dispenses when you configured the ground sensor See Other sensors page 291 Valve Locking Valve locking locks the valves in their last position when the booms are turned off Use this mode to maintain pressure when doing turns and for tank agitation If valve locking is not required set the Valve Locking setting to Not Installed 314 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide
329. r The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Description The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive 7 Configure the appropriate Constants settings Channel Configuration Sensor Constant Description The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 The ratio of the number of turns of application rate sensor to each turn of the granular fertilizer metering shaft FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 333 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Configure the appropriate Rows Sections settings Channel Configuration Channel 1 Urea Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 30 0 Number Sections Channel Sections Rem Deseiption O Channel Width The width of fertilizer applied for this channel Number Sections Enables entry of a specific number of sections to the control channel Section assignment is given priority based on the section and is assigned sequentially thereafter Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the co
330. r If any offset is greater than this the tractor image may pass the edge of the screen 110 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 4 Ifthe implement is offset to one side set the left right offset a Tap the L R Offset field Enter Left Right Implement Offset b Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the offset is measured in Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to select the units that the offset is measured in Enter the offset distance d Tap either Left or Right to select the direction of the offset An offset to the left indicates that the implement extends to the left of the driver when seated in the vehicle e Tap OK The Implement Boom Setup screen appears The image of the vehicle shows the offset you have just set 5 Tap the Rows field and then enter the number of rows that span across the swath width this is used for navigation When you tap Skip to adjust the guidance line the guidance line moves across by this number of rows FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 111 7 112 Implement Configuration Configuring the Application settings 1 From the Implement Setup screen select the Application tab Implement Setup Guidance Application Geometry o o O 2 Select the Application Width field Enter Application Width Range 0 3 8370 1000 00 der Ts a a Metric Ey Feet Inches
331. r in the plugin list Enabling radar output The FM 1000 integrated display can convert GPS speed into an analog frequency that is identical to output from a radar speed sensor Radar pulses are available from port C or port D of the display Orem Desenpticn aes oF FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 power cable FM 1000 power cable with relay and switch power bus oO Basic power cable FM 1000 to NavController Il cable with port 75741 replicator 2 pin DTM to 2 pin DT power adaptor 67095 Q NavController Il 55563 00 8m GPS TNC TNC RT angle cable 50449 oO Ag25 GNSS antenna 68040 00S 210 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver Plugin 12 em Desciption Par number D Main NavController II cable 54601 oo FM 1000 universal radar adaptor 68461 Radar speed output cable 64274 Configuring radar output 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS receiver for any plugin using an internal GPS receiver and then tap Setup E Steer GPS Receiver Settings 2 Select the Radar Output tab FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 211 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin 3 From the Connector drop down list select Connector D to enable radar output Autopilot GPS Receiver Settings Advanced Radar Output Connector Connector D T Radar Frequency Rate 27 60 Hzimph Cancel Vehicle Unknow
332. r create guidance lines Since there is no Autopilot system to control steering you must steer the vehicle manually while you watch the virtual lightbar for guidance FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 155 9 The Manual Guidance Plugin 156 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The EZ Steer Plugin In this chapter This chapter describes how to calibrate configure and operate the EZ Steer assisted steering system with the FM 1000 integrated display m AgGPS EZ Steer assisted steering system Installing the EZ Steer controller m Connecting the EZ Steer system m Calibrating and configuring the EZ Steer system m Operating the EZ Steer system with the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 157 10 The EZ Steer Plugin AgGPS EZ Steer assisted steering system The AgGPS EZ Steer assisted steering system works with the FM 1000 integrated displays internal GPS receiver to provide vehicle guidance Installing the EZ Steer controller For information on installing the EZ Steer controller in your vehicle refer to the AgGPS EZ Steer Assisted Steering System Getting Started Guide and the AgGPS EZ Steer Assisted Steering System Installation Instructions Connecting the EZ Steer system FM 1000 integrated display EZ Steer Description Part number Antenna cable 50449 FM 1000 basic power cable 67258 FM 1000 power cable 66694 FM 1000 power bus 67259 FM 1000 t
333. r in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better S Heading The current heading of the blade in degrees from direct north S Latitude The blade s current latitude S S Longitude The blade s current The blade s current longitude o S E ID The RTK network ID Msi the blade receiver s corrections S North The distance that the blade receiver is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point S Offset A separate plane that is parallel to the design plane The offset is defined by a single measurement which is the height that the offset plane is from the design plane S Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark S Offset Y The Relative Position Y offset from the master benchmark 76 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 S Satellites The number of satellites currently being received by the FieldLevel GPS receiver S Speed The speed of the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver S Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green The height of the blade receiver relative to the field origin point a negative number means the blade is below the field origin point SSVDOP VDOP The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver S a Error Estimate The current estimate o
334. r is connected Hopper sensors The hopper level sensor is installed low in the seed tank or hopper and reports when the seed level drops to that point RPM Sensors The sensor is a fan or shaft RPM sensor If you select this option RPM Sensor 1 is enabled in the Other Sensor Setup screen You must manually configure the sensor there yourself Pressure Sensors The sensor is an air pressure sensor If you select this option Pressure Sensor 1 is enabled and automatically configured in the Other Sensor Setup screen Liquid pressure sensors The number of connected liquid pressure sensors is shown You cannot adjust this setting Note For a planter or drill you can have only an RPM or an air pressure sensor You cannot have both Note The FM 1000 integrated display can show a maximum of six accessory sensors on the screen at once 7 Tap OK The 4 Channel Setup screen reappears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 287 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring the switch box es Switch boxes enable you to use clutches to switch sections on and off The system uses TCOM modules or BOM modules for liquid to control the switch boxes The system automatically detects the number of outputs on the attached TCOM modules and then assigns those outputs to the switches available on the attached switch box es Tru Application Control Setup Rows Accessory Sensor Rem Description oOo o Automatically detect
335. r sprayer will distribute 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears Material Setup with the new material in the list on the left Of ce the screen r Chencal 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the product type to Liquid Flow The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 309 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Application Rates Material liquid Preset Rate s 10 00 gala Default Low Flow Limit Set Default Liquid rates are measured in the following units unit Symbol Description L min Liters per minute gal a Gallons per acre gal min Gallons per minute 7 Enter the following values Description The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen tab you increase or decrease the sprayer target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Low Flow Limit The lowest flow at which the sys
336. ramLog old The ProgramLog txt file may be useful for troubleshooting The file can be read with a text editor such as Notepad Importing AB Lines or boundaries The FM 1000 integrated display can load field boundaries and AB Lines created by an AgGPS 170 Field Computer Remote Data Logger RDL or a Geographic Information System GIS To load GIS boundaries files must be in WGS 84 latitudes longitudes and heights in decimal degrees 494 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Use the following method to import an AB Line or a boundary into the FM 1000 integrated display 1 Attach the USB memory stick to an office computer CAUTION The three files that define a line or field shp shx and dbf must have identical names Otherwise they are not recognized If you put multiple sets of files in the folder ensure that you do not have more than one set of files with each name or your files will be overwritten 2 Copy the following files to the AgGPS AB Lines folder on the USB memory stick lt field name gt shp lt field name gt shx lt field name gt dbf 3 Start the FM 1000 integrated display and then tap Run 4 Do one of the following Open an existing field Start a new field 5 Tap Swaths 6 Tap Import Import Swaths FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 495 25 Data Management 7 Select the field or AB Line to import from the list of available swaths a
337. raren tee See ha eee Eee Sees Cb eee ee T 142 SMES SN e ceaun ce eaus See eh eee ee eee ees oe a A ee ee 143 sine tie Guide to apo heehee ohn ae aha here eee Ghee ce ee ee EEan 143 Using Skip to fine tune navigation 2 aaaea ee 144 Placing field features on screen 2464044085 eee dee ae wee ee kao hin aw ne ded 145 Posie amdan Oa b2 Go c 2 35 68 ae Pee eee ee eh eee ee bee e bee oo a de 146 Adjusting the status text size o o4 44a GS ene be beh EGE e TREE EH HE SERRE EH EES 146 Introduction to coverage logging 2 ee 147 Logom vanel OS 24 a45 65Gs eee bee Gee ed eo eee ae oo oe ee yey 147 Closing afield s ss nee hee tga oes Re ERG eG he Eee eRe Gs oe he 151 The Manual Guidance Plugin 2 2 eee ee ee ee es 153 COnN 63 225 844 c ec5 oe ee bee ese hoes Re eee ee oe ee 154 Configuring the GPS receiver a24044 524244 hnp RG Geers 2S ese eae ee gah e 154 GUIGANCe gt A teanistueweueee E oh eek es Eee hee eee oe eae eos we 154 The EZ Steer Plugin 0 ee annann 157 AgGPS EZ Steer assisted steering system 2 20 22 eee ee 158 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 9 Contents 11 12 10 Installing the EZ Steer controllers 26454624 644 4 S64 S44 408 Fe LEER e RO RED EEE 158 Connecting the EZ Steer Sysiem sses i s 6 6 e4 549 be O46 ta 6b SoHE ES Eo wee eis 158 Calibrating and configuring the EZ Steer system 0 0 0 0 0 ee 159 Operating the EZ Steer system with the FM 1000 integrated disp
338. rated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Four calibration options appear for all types of vehicle Note You must perform the Controller Orientation and the Roll Correction calibrations Description Controller Orientation Correctly associate the outputs of the Autopilot controller sensors with the direction of the vehicle Manual Override Required for platforms that employ a pressure transducer for the manual override function Change the default only if the operation of the manual override function is unacceptable Roll Antenna Compensates for antenna height and static roll caused by minor Compensation variations in the Autopilot controller and the GPS receiver mounting Line Acquisition How aggressively the vehicle approaches the guidance line For articulated and front wheel steered vehicles three additional calibration options appear Note The steering sensor and automated steering dead zone procedures are required The steering sensor calibration must be performed first A ee ee Steering Sensor Converts the sensor output into commands for steering full left full right and any position in between Automated Steering Deadzone__ Required to learn the vehicle s steering dead zones Steering Gain proportional Required only if system steering performance is steering gain unsatisfactory The steering deadzone is the amount of pressure that the system must apply to the hydraulics before the wheels b
339. re sensors are connected to the system RPM sensors are connected to the system Switch boxes BSM Boom Switch Modules or CSM Clutch Switch Modules are connected to the system The master module prefix changes to describe which sort you have implementtype Pref Fertilizer soreader 2CG or 4CG xxxxx Anhydrous ammonia NH3 xxxxx Multi granular liquid MGL xXxxxx Where xxxxx represents the module serial number 286 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 In the following example the master module is for an planter my BSM 10028 OK oe ee 4 Ensure that the modules in the list appear in the order that they are connected to the harness The master module is not necessarily the first module For example you may have rows 1 8 connected to a member module while rows 9 16 are connected to the master The module with rows 1 8 connected would come first in the list due to the row arrangement X Tip CNH recommends that you arrange the modules both physically and in the software in order of their serial numbers To reorder the list of modules select a module and then tap al or A to move it up or down 5 Select each module and then ensure that the number of sensors in the Row Sensors field is correct If necessary edit the number 6 Select the master module and then select the connected accessory sensor in the Accessory Sensor list Disabled No accessory senso
340. re that tractor is in Park and Press the Next button Engine RPM Cancel Next gt gt OK If the Engine RPM value is not close to the actual engine RPM follow the onscreen instructions to adjust the sensor output Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Integral Gain Calibration screen The Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Integral Gain Calibration screen verifies and optimizes the response of the hydraulic steering pumps Follow the onscreen instructions to perform this procedure Autopilot Hydraulic Pump Response Time Calibration Instructions Make certain that the tractor is moving forward slowly Use lowest gear with high engine RPM Press Next Right Pump FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 197 11 The Autopilot Plugin Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees Calibration screen This calibration procedure determines the compensation required for dead band in the steering pumps N CAUTION The vehicle needs to move during the Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees calibration procedure To avoid injury be prepared for vehicle movement The instructions for this calibration test span several pages onscreen Follow the instructions on each page Saving a vehicle profile Once you configure and calibrate the Autopilot system for your vehicle you can save that information for later use This can be useful if you want to adjust the settings or if you move the display from one vehicle to another l Tap The Configuration screen appe
341. ressure sensor set the Enabled option in the Primary Sensor group to Yes and the Enabled option in the Secondary Sensor group to No Ifyour system has two pressure sensors set both Enabled options to Yes If you selected Yes for the Enabled option in the Primary Sensor group the Recalibrate button becomes available 4 Tap the Pressure Slope field in the Primary Sensor group to enter the value The pressure slope is the relationship between pressure and the output of the sensor CNH recommends the default of 16mV psi for a Raven pressure sensor 5 Ifyou enabled the secondary sensor tap the Pressure Slope field in the Secondary Sensor group to enter the value CNH recommends the default of l6mV psi for a Raven pressure sensor 6 Tap Recalibrate in either group to run the pressure calibration sequence The EZ Boom Pressure Calibration screen appears See below Pressure calibration sequence 1 Read the pressure off the pressure gauge 2 Enter the pressure value in the Actual Pressure field 3 Tap Send Calibration The screen updates to show the current pressure 4 Tap OK EZ Boom tab The EZ Boom tab on the Run screen shows your Rate 1 Rate 2 and Manual rates The rate that is currently active is animated 4 Rate 1 19 0 gala The and buttons enable you to manually increase or decrease the flow These function the same way as the a Fiste2 12 0 gala Rate Adjustment Inc Dec switch on the EZ Boom controller
342. riety and then tap Assign The Set row range for variety screen appears Tap the Start Row field and then enter the row that variety will start at The default is the first row that is now currently assigned Row 1 is on the left side of the implement Tap the End Row field and then enter the row that variety will end at Enter End Row Number Tap OK The Variety Setup screen reappears Select the next variety and then tap Assign Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for any additional varieties X Tip For quick access to the Variety Setup screen from the Run screen set the Mapping information tab drop down list to Variety and then tap Attributes If you select a different implement or change the settings of the current implement the variety assignments are removed 150 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin Closing a field Once you finish using a field 1 Tap the Home button A to close it The following dialog appears 2 Have you finished working with this field ETS VOU access anotnel fiel p olds this field in memory sa 2 Tap Yes to close the field The system closes the field and saves an HTML summary of the field See Saving an HTML version of the current field page 477 8 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 151 8 The Mapping Plugin 152 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Manual Guidance Plugin In this chapter m Configuration m Configuring
343. ring the controller For a Raven controller to operate correctly with an FM 1000 integrated display the following Data Menu settings are required e BAUD 9600 e GPS Inac e DLOG ON e TRIG 1 e UNIT Sec Some Raven controllers may forget settings if power is disconnected You must then reconfigure the controller Application width When the FM 1000 integrated display is connected to a Raven controller the total boom section width must be set to match the Application Width setting in the Implement Boom Setup screen CAUTION The first boom section width set on the Raven controller must be greater than 0 If you set it to 0 the display will not communicate with the controller The FM 1000 integrated display varies the width of the coverage polygons according to the number of boom sections but it does not know the absolute width of each boom section it only knows the relative width of each boom section with respect to the total boom section width When recording coverage polygons each section is considered to be a percentage of the Application Width set in the FM 1000 integrated display Implement Boom Setup screen For example if you create an intentional overlap to avoid gaps in the application coverage by making the application width greater than the swath width This proportionally changes the recorded width of each boom section Using the controller To allow the rates being sent by the FM 1000 integrated display
344. ring the event called Coverage See Coverage logging data page 491 e track logging shapefiles that are recorded during the event called Track3D_ lt date time gt The following figure shows how an Event folder and its files are organized AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field Planting File Edit View Favorites Tools Help OQ O P A serh i rowers a gt X WE E Address j E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field Planting Name Size Type Desktop QB My Documents El y My Computer Local Disk C 42 DVD RW Drive D El H SanDisk ImageMate E El C AgGes fm AB Lines I Autopilot E i Data E C Smith Farms E 3 Meadowbrook E C South Field a Planting Spraying E C3 Diagnostics 3 Autopilot 3 Screenshots O Firmware _ Prescriptions C Summaries 3 upgrade Files on the USB memory stick Field boundary and AB Line files Ej Coverage dbf a Coverage shp Coverage shx Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 dbf Track3D_2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 shp Track30_2006 08 17 01 21 36 _557 shx Track3D_ 2006 08 17 0121 36 557 trx isl Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 dbf a Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 shp Track3D_ 2006 08 17 0127 20 199 shx Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01_22_20_ 199 trx Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 dbf W Track3D_ 2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 shp 3 Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 shx E Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49 00_786 trx 1KB 2 KE 1KB 2 KB
345. rning th sprayeron or OU sessen eresse demi eae Bee ea ee Bea RES 366 The Sprayer tab overview mode naaa ee eee 366 Detailed channel information button 0 00002 367 Section Information tab ee heed Gee eRe eee bee eee es eee a 368 Operating an air seeder granular seed 2 eee 368 T rning theair Seeder ON OF Olle 6s a hde Gee one eek airi e se eae bee oe oe 369 The air seeder product channel tab overview mode 0000 ee eee a2 Detailed channel information button 4 4 20 dma ete es CSR eG We see SES EA 372 ROW Imoran dU a s 00s bate eae eee ak ee ee a Re Oe 374 Maternal accumMiUlalok oaaxap oho ees ee ehed Co ae ene hes eee ene eee 375 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer 2 ee 377 Turning the spreader on or Ol gen dee che have eee Eh eae eee wae Ross 378 The Spreader product channel tab overview mode 000 ee eeee 378 Detailed channel information button 00 000 eee eee 379 Sensor INMfOTMaHNON GAD s sasse kikar erkein AAR SSS ERA GR ARERR EE ER AH 380 Material accumulator tenn eakeeeeeeeeseceaeeaneee neers tees oes 380 Operating an anhydrous unib 4 454 4258 4466455686552 tirnean Re ESR SS OER 382 Turning the anhydrous On or off 4 8s 24 ee08 4 eee a aes eRe eee dees 382 The Anhydrous product channel tab overview mode 000005 385 Detailed channel information button 20 000 eee 385 Running the system in Monitor only mode
346. rol 2 Raise the implement and stop forward speed to clear alarm Press the Control Start key to activate control 1 Inspect planter harness or module harness for damage Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect seed or hopper sensors connected to the identified module for damage Replace sensors if necessary 3 Replace identified module 1 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup screen list Inspect CAN module harness of the missing module for damage Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect module harness fuse replace if necessary 3 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup screen list Inspect missing module for damage or replace 1 Inspect CAN module harness of the identified module for damage 2 Inspect identified module for damage or replace FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 397 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Alarm Alarm Probable cause 605 Solenoid Voltage The solenoid voltage is below 11 V Out of Range or higher than 16 V 1 Damaged CAN or module harness 2 Blown module harness fuse 3 Defective module 606 Ground Offset 1 Damaged shorted Actuator Voltage Out of Harness Range 2 Defective PWM valve driver or Servo valve driver 3 Defective module 398 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Solution 1 Inspect CAN module harness of the identified module for damage Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect module harness fuse or replace
347. rrections drop down list select RTK 4 Set the Network ID to the same network ID that is set in the base receiver FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 449 20 The Tandem Dual Plugin Step 4 Configuring the secondary receiver The secondary receiver is controlled by the Tandem Dual plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS receiver listed below the Tandem Dual plugin and then tap Setup Tandem Dual GPS Receiver Settings 2 From the Receiver drop down list select Internal Secondary 450 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tandem Dual Plugin 20 Step 5 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin The FM 1000 integrated display must be configured to control the Tandem Dual plugin in either a tandem configuration or a dual configuration depending upon the implement s being used l From the Configuration screen select the Tandem Dual plugin and then tap Setup Tandem Dual Setup Type Tandem Back Antenna Height 8 202 Disengage Raise 0 000 s Cancel 2 By default the Type field is set to Tandem Back and can control two implements one towed behind the other If a single implement is to be used in a dual configuration select Dual Right from the Type drop down list Tandem Dual Setup Type puai Right Antenna Height 8 202 Disengage Raise 0 000 s Cancel OK 3 Enter the appropriate value in the Antenna Height field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 451
348. rueGuide Ensure that implement settings are accurate implement setup gt geometry meng x 2 Enter the required global settings Seting pesei OO Roll compensation e On Applies roll corrections from the tractor e Off Applies no roll corrections Curveguide e Off The system does not anticipate curves e TrueGuide only Enables the system to anticipate curves to make corrections for TrueGuide guidance only e Always On Keeps CurveGuide on at all times 216 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 pena Ts Basen ent TrueGuide Sets the default aggressiveness the recommended Aggressiveness aggressiveness is 100 For more information see TrueGuide system aggressiveness settings page 221 Rear axle to hitch point Enter the distance between the fixed axle of the tractor and the draw bar 3 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears TrueGuide Calibration To calibrate the TrueGuide system you must have a field open in the Run screen with an A B line configured For more information on opening a field and creating an A B line see The Mapping Plugin page 121 From the Run screen do the following 1 Tap CA Without closing the field the Configuration screen appears Configuration fa TrueGuide FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 217 13 The TrueGuide Plugin 2 Select the TrueGuide plugin and then tap Calibrate TrueGuide Calibration Drive at 7 16 mph Run the
349. ry or death 6 Tap Start The planter disks rotate and fill with seed Repeat this process for any uncombined channels Row Information tab A planter can have up to 148 rows Each row on the planter can have a sensor that reports the rows planting state The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which appears under the guidance screen Rem Besciption O 2 Rowinformation abaeletor The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the rows and any additional screens show the output of the rows in detail To view the next screen tap Row details 362 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 The row status is represented by its color Description The row is operating within bounds The row is outside the acceptable bounds The row is disabled The onscreen width of the rows varies depending on how many of them there are In this example the planter only has 9 rows off by channel gt Moyan 4a operating slightly below the target rate line 5 passive masterswitchigoM 5 operating but above the acceptable bounds Separating Biockserso O Note Coverage is drawn even if an individual row is not operating unless Tru Count Air Clutches are installed and switching is used Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value
350. s Rem Desens Flow Control Delay s How long it takes the system to change rates Min Flow gpm The lowest flow rate that the system will allow If this point is reached a warning message appears and the flow control valve will not close any further Allowable Error The level of allowable Rate 1 or Rate 2 error before the control valve adjusts Flowmeter Calibration For a Raven flowmeter enter the number printed on the flowmeter For other makes of flowmeter multiply the number printed on the flowmeter by 10 and then enter it for example if the number on the flowmeter is 75 pulses gallon enter 750 If you are unsatisfied with the performance using the number printed on the flowmeter run the flowmeter calibration process To run the flowmeter calibration 1 Tap Recalibrate Flow Calibration Setup Target Rate 20 00 gala speed Total Nozzles 2 Set the Target Rate field to your normal operating rate 3 Set the Speed field to your normal operating speed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 255 15 The EZ Boom Plugin ve 8 In the Total Nozzles field enter the total number of nozzles on the spray boom Do not include any fence nozzles in the nozzle count Fence nozzles are nozzles at the far left or right of the boom that point out to the side Tap Next The Flow Calibration Test screen appears On the EZ Boom controller set the rate switch to Rate 1 The test requires using a
351. s and then tap Next The display records the roll offset in the first direction This takes approximately 20 seconds Do not move the vehicle while the offset is being read 162 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 5 The EZ Steer Plugin 10 Turn the vehicle around ensure the wheels are parked over the marks created in Step 4 and then tap Next E Steer Roll Calibration The display records the roll offset in the second direction This takes approximately 20 seconds Do not move the vehicle while the offset is being read The T2 calibration results will appear in the Roll Offset window The Roll Offset value should be between 0 and 4 Tap OK The Z Steer Steering Calibration screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 163 10 The EZ Steer Plugin Calibrating and setting the EZ Steer parameters To calibrate the EZ Steer system and set the correct steering performance parameters the following steps must be completed with the vehicle moving forward along the A B line 1 From the EZ Steer Steering Calibration screen select Steering Performance The EZ Steer Steering Performance screen appears 2 To configure the Angle per Turn settings select the Step J tab E Steer Steering Performance PIV eo9RGCRR0C00000000005 Lms lark Hinr Hish Aa lesing Speed OMine Brelerice forenage Dine 0 00 0 0 mph 4 9 62 43 82 tep Step 2 Step 3 Angle Per Turn Anke Per Turn Start by
352. s continue until you tap the button a second time Note You can add a Point feature while adding a Line or Area feature For example use a Line feature to draw an overhead telephone wire and simultaneously use a Point feature to add the telephone poles FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 145 8 The Mapping Plugin Pausing guidance You can pause guidance and return to your position later e To pause guidance tap Pause in the Run screen The pause icon appears at the point where your vehicle was when you pressed the button The status text shows the distance and angle required to return to that point Swath snapping occurs to the pause position it does not follow your vehicle When you return to your former position tap Resume When you pause your position it is saved to a file on the display You can close the field and turn off the FM 1000 integrated display When you next open that field you will be guided back to your former position Adjusting the status text size You can control the size of the status text items that are shown at the top of the Run screen You can show one of the status text items in a large size or both status text items in a smaller size Bese RHC OS enna Semele One large status text item Two smaller status text items To cycle through the status text item display modes tap the items at the top of the screen 146 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 Intro
353. s dbf For more information see Swaths shx Field folder page 488 Field boundary Polygon Boundary shp Boundary dbf Boundary shx Event history Event information EventHistory dbf Point features Attribute ID and PointFeature shp latitude PointFeature dbf longitude and PointFeature shx height Line features Line with LineFeature shp attribute ID LineFeature dbf LineFeature shx Area features Area polygons AreaFeature shp with attribute ID AreaFeature dbf AreaFeature shx Coverage Series of polygons Coverage shp Event Coverage dbf For more information see Coverage shx Event folder page 490 Track Series of 3D points Track3D_ lt date time gt shp with attributes Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf Track3D_ lt date time gt shx Summary lt eventname gt _Summary txt AgGPS Summaries lt Clien t_Farm_Field_Event gt For more information see Event folder page 490 484 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Pete Csscietenr ss a tele T nostic Folder files ProgramLog txt Diagnostics ProgramLog old FM 1000 integrated display logs FaultLog txt Autopilot faults EZ BoomFaultLog txt EZ Boom faults service messages messages_ gz messages_ gz 1 9 Operating system logs core gz Debug data lt Date gt Autopilot Autopilot config Vehicle cfg Diagnostics Autopilot oo System settings Diagnostics Preferences a e Screenshot_ lt num gt png Diagnostics screenshots
354. s events on the office computer you should still copy the Field folder so that the new EventHistory information is copied across CAUTION If you use the same farm field or event names on more than one display you could accidentally overwrite existing files when you copy data to the office computer To prevent this create a separate folder for each unit For example C AgGPSFMD_SN123456 C AgGPSFMD_SN123457 C AgGPSFMD_SN123458 Data formats The FM 1000 integrated display uses the Environmental Systems Research Institute ESRI 3D shape file format for storing the layers of graphical information collected in the field for example spray coverage track logging points and features The three files in a shapefile set are e The lt filename gt dbf file which contains the feature attributes e The lt filename gt shp file which contains position information e The lt filename gt shx file which is an index file that links the position information with its attributes In this manual the term shapefile is used to refer to the three files collectively FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The FM 1000 integrated display records all latitude longitude and height data in decimal degrees Note The FM 1000 integrated display reads and writes ESRI ArcView version 2 0 or 3 1 SD polylines polygons and points The M and Z entity types introduced in ArcView 3 1 can be generated in the track lo
355. s for different vehicle profiles Note When you adjust the slider check the vehicle stability at the speed shown 4 5 mph in the example above or at the maximum engage speed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 195 11 196 The Autopilot Plugin Calibrating a tracked tractor If you selected a tracked tractor as the make and model the Track Spacing option appears on the calibration list This option is not shown in the Vehicle Controller Setup screen shown on page 178 Track Spacing value Use this option to configure the width of the tracks on the vehicle The width of the vehicle tracks is the distance from halfway across the width of the left track to halfway across the width of the right track Autopilot Track Spacing Calibration Calibrating a hydraulically steered tracked tractor If you selected a hydraulically steered tracked tractor as the make and model Engine Speed appears on the calibration list Notes on hydraulically steered tracked vehicles This group of vehicles includes the CAT AGCO Challenger Tracked family No calibration is required if the system is installed on a CAT MT 700 800 series equipped with the ISO option FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 Autopilot Engine Speed Calibration screen The Autopilot Engine Speed Calibration screen enables you to verify that the RPM sensor output is correct Autopilot RPM Sensor Calibration Instructions Make su
356. s of Trimble products generally If you have purchased the Product from an authorized Trimble dealer rather than from Trimble directly Trimble may at its option forward the software Fix to the Trimble dealer for final distribution to you Minor Updates Major Upgrades new products or substantially new software releases as identified by Trimble are expressly excluded from this update process and limited warranty Receipt of software Fixes or other enhancements shall not serve to extend the limited warranty period For purposes of this warranty the following definitions shall apply 1 Fix es means an error correction or other update created to fix a previous software version that does not substantially conform to its Trimble specifications 2 Minor Update occurs when enhancements are made to current features in a software program and 3 Major Upgrade occurs when significant new features are added to software or when a new product containing new features replaces the further development of a current product line Trimble reserves the right to determine in its sole discretion what constitutes a Fix Minor Update or Major Upgrade Warranty Remedies Trimble sole liability and your exclusive remedy under the warranties set forth above shall be at Trimble s option to repair or replace any Product that fails to conform to such warranty Nonconforming Product and or issue a cash refund up to the purchase pric
357. s text item to be added c Tap lt Set Item 426 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Note From the Timeout menu select Never to prevent the Status tab from automatically retracting The Status tab will then only retract when tapped Reloading a field When you create a design for a field for example a target leveling plane the design is saved in the feld directory The design files are associated with the field so if you close the field and then open it again the design reloads with the field With RTK GPS the position of the RTK base station is important to the heights used when the field was previously open If the base station is not accurately positioned in the same physical location you must reestablish the design over an existing benchmark to reestablish the height Re establishing a benchmark If you open a field that has an existing master benchmark a large red circle is shown for 100 m 300 ft around the master benchmark flag This indicates that you need to rebench over the master benchmark location to ensure that the design is aligned with the previous position You must be within this circle before you are allowed to re establish the master benchmark To ensure that the design is properly aligned 1 Return exactly to the master benchmark location that you marked on the ground for example with flags see Benchmarks page 405 regardless of where your curre
358. screen enables you to access most of the system settings that you can change To access the Configuration screen tap eo Configuration system Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes 50 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Run screen The Run screen shows the steering navigation If you select the Run screen and you have a field open the display shows that field If you select the Run screen when there is no field open the Field Selection screen appears Turning off the display Note Close all fields before you turn off the system To close a field see Closing a field page 151 There are several ways to turn off the system e Tap the Home button From the Home screen tap Shutdown e Hold down the Power button on the reverse of the display for approximately half a second There is sometimes a short delay between the time when you tap the Power button and when the display turns off This is because the display is saving settings When the display turns off it plays a sound FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 51 3 Getting Started 52 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Overview of Plugins In this chapter Introduction to plugins Adding or removing a plugin Configuring a plugin
359. screen image of the controller does not appear 3 Tap OK to accept the new orientation or tap Cancel to exit Configuring the manual override sensitivity Manual Override sensitivity calibration is valid only for platforms that employ a pressure transducer for the manual override function The software automatically detects whether or not the vehicle configuration includes this type of sensor and provides this option if required One way to disengage the Autopilot system is to turn the steering wheel This is called the Manual Override When you turn the steering wheel there is a voltage spike that then tapers off This spike and decline occurs at different levels for different models of tractor FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 179 11 180 The Autopilot Plugin The manual override sensitivity is the level that the voltage must spike to before the override occurs and the system disengages The voltage must also taper below that level before automated steering can be engaged again e Ifyou set a high level of sensitivity the system will disengage more quickly and you will have to wait longer before you can re engage e Ifyou set a low level of sensitivity the system will take longer to disengage and you will be able to re engage more quickly WARNING Incorrect adjustment of the Manual Override Sensitivity calibration setting could cause this critical safety feature to fail resulting in personal injury or damage to the
360. screen in tap the main view The fifth level of zoom in the plan view is a summary view of all your coverage It adjusts depending on the size of the field It does not include grid lines X Tip If you close the field create a second field and then show the summary view the summary view may be zoomed to show the area of both fields To avoid this restart the display The view will be correct FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 29 2 Features and Functions 30 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Getting Started In this chapter This chapter explains how to complete the initial installation and then turn on the display m Installing the display m Connecting the display m Installing key Tru Application Control components m Inserting a memory stick into the USB socket m Turning on the display m Turning off the display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 31 3 Getting Started Installing the display Mount the FM 1000 integrated display in the vehicle cab in a position that is easily accessible 1 Use the included M6 x 1 screws to firmly screw the mounting plate to the back of the display 32 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 2 Attach the RAM mount to the ball on the mounting plate 3 Select a position in the cab for the display The FM 1000 integrated display is mounted in the cab with a bar style RAM mount 4 Use the provided bolts to attach the b
361. se receiver network ID P H Error The current estimate of the error in the horizontal component P HDOP The horizontal dilution of position P North The difference in the North component from the Local Tangent Plane LTP FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 425 19 The FieldLevel II Plugin ism cease eae P Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the design height the offset When the blade reaches the target height the arrows turn green The difference in the up component from the Local Tangent Plane LTP P VDOP The vertical dilution of precision P Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver These status text items can be set to appear permanently at the top of the screen or on a slide out tab The following items can also be viewed from the Run screen FieldLevel GPS status FieldLevel Number of satellites e FieldLevel correction age You can either choose the individual status text items that are on the slide out tab or you can use the default selections 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 2 Select Status Items and then tap Setup Select Status Items Timeout P CutFill 3 To manually add a status text item to the tab a From the list on the left select the position to fill b From the nfo Items list select the statu
362. sensors show the percentage of capacity Turning the anhydrous on or off Implement lift switch installed If an implement lift switch is not installed see page 371 To apply ammonia when an optional implement lift switch is installed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch 382 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes to show this Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is Off Implement switch is Off The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the anhydrous unit is not Master switch is On applying ammonia Implement switch is On The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not applying ammonia or Master switch is Off logging coverage Implement switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage Master switch is On FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 383 17 384 The Tru Application Control Plugin Implement lift switch not installed For the anhydrous unit to apply ammonia you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engag
363. ser Guide CHAPTER 7 The Tru Application Control Plugin In this chapter Introduction Introduction to flow and application functionality Definition of terms Benefits of the system Installation all implements Configuration All models Configuring the plugin Configuring a planter Configuring liquid flow Configuring granular seed Configuring granular fertilizer Configuring anhydrous Combining channels Calibrating sensors Operating a planter or drill Operating a sprayer liquid flow Operating an air seeder granular seed Operating a spreader granular fertilizer m Operating an anhydrous unit Running the system in Monitor only mode Obtaining diagnostics information about the Tru Application Control device Resetting the master module m Warning messages FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 277 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Introduction When the Tru Application Control plugin is installed the FM 1000 integrated display can control application devices such as a planter sprayer drill air seeder spreader or anhydrous ammonia applicator This chapter explains how to configure and use the Tru Application Control plugin Configuration and operation differs depending on which implement type you are using This chapter is in five sections see the relevant section for your implement N CAUTION In this chapter the value 0 represents disabled For example the Shut Off
364. session tap the Home button and then tap Lock Configuration On the Configuration screen tap Setup or Calibrate The Enter Administration Password screen appears Enter an incorrect password The Wrong Password screen appears Tap Enter Master Password Enter the Master password and then tap OK The Change Administration Password screen appears Enter your new Administration password in both fields The new Administration password is now active Locking the display to re enable the password To re enter the password if you have already entered the Administration Password i 2 From the Home screen tap Lock Configuration Tap 4 The Configuration screen appears Tap Setup or Calibrate The Enter Administration Password screen appears Saving the vehicle configuration Note The vehicle configuration is different from the display configuration The vehicle configuration saves the Autopilot vehicle settings that you created The display configuration saves the display appearance features that you selected See Using the save restore settings files page 80 476 iF From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot plugin and then tap Setup The Edit Vehicle screen appears Tap Save Vehicle to File The Save Vehicle Configuration screen appears The default file name contains the date and time To select a different file name tap the field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Advanced Configuratio
365. set distance on the Implement Boom Setup screen Calibrating the front back offset 1 Create a straight AB Line 2 Inthe Remote Output plugin set the Lead Time to 0 3 Drive as slowly as possible down the AB Line from point A to point B marking points on the ground where the remote output triggers 4 At the end of the line turn the vehicle around FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 461 21 462 Remote Output Drive back down the line from point B to point A marking another set of trigger points Measure the distance between the points from the first run and the points from the second run Divide the distance by two Adjust your Front Back Offset value by this amount Ifthe return points are nearer where you originally started than the first set of points increase the F B offset Ifthe return points are further from where you originally started than the first set of points lower the F B offset Setting the lead time k Drive at your intended application speed down the AB Line from point A to point B marking points on the ground where the remote output triggers Ensure that your speed remains constant At the end of the line turn the vehicle around Drive back down the line from point B to point A marking the trigger points Measure any offset distance between the points from the first run and the points from the second run Divide the distance by two Convert your speed from mph to inches sec
366. slider This applies to automatic section control The slider bar adjusts the allowable overlap of the field boundary headland and pivot patterns also apply or exclusion zone This setting is adjusted as a percentage of each sections width To ensure that no areas inside a boundary are left uncovered set the slider all the way to the right See the following Run screen example 118 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 To ensure that no area outside a boundary is covered set the slider all the way to the left See the following Run screen example FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 119 7 Implement Configuration 10 Set the End Overlap value In some cases you may want to stop applying material some distance after you reach covered ground to ensure that you cover all of the ground The End Overlap setting is the distance after covered ground that the implement stops applying A positive value causes overlap as shown in the following Run screen example and a negative value causes skip If your system does not provide automatic coverage control select a CAN bus connector for the floor mounted switch from the Remote Log Switch drop down list Tap OK Deleting an implement To delete an implement that you no longer require l From the Edit Implement screen select the appropriate implement from the Current Implement list Tap Delete When prompted tap Delete to confirm
367. soil conditions e On curved guidance patterns The stand alone Autopilot automated steering system has no way to detect or correct for implement draft FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 In these conditions the draft distance can be significant enough to lose repeatability for successive field operations despite the 25 mm 1 inch accuracy of the tractor equipped with the Autopilot system Benefits of the AgGPS TrueTracker system The TrueTracker implement steering system is an optional upgrade for the Autopilot system You must unlock and install the second FM 1000 integrated display s internal receiver on the implement Using the Trimble T3 inertial terrain compensation technology and the accuracy of the receiver the TrueTracker system can steer the implement ensuring it remains online behind the vehicle even on extremely sloped ground The TrueTracker system supports the following e Steering in reverse e Straight and curved guidance patterns e Independent implement offset e Independent aggressiveness control for the implement e Zero steering to center the coulters Requirements of the AgGPS TrueTracker system e An AgGPS Autopilot system with the FM 1000 integrated display e Anunlock code for the FM 1000 integrated display implement steering functionality Installing the TrueTracker system The TrueTracker system requires professional installation For more information contact your
368. stem will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen planter tab you increase or decrease the planter target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Seeds per revolution The number of seeds being planted per rotation of the seed disks Disk RPM Low Limit The lowest disk RPM at which control channel will operate The control will not allow the disk to rotate slower than this setting Disk RPM High Limit The highest disk RPM at which control channel will operate The control will not allow the disk to rotate faster than this setting The target rate is the rate at which the planter will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen To add a target rate 300 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kS ha or kS a as appropriate c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is
369. sy reach of the operator s seat 2 Attach the switch with one of the following Tie wraps Tape Velcro stripping Bond clamps 3 Plug the switch into the FM 1000 integrated display Application Control cab harness Installing a test switch You can install a test switch on the implement to set the number of revolutions so that you can review the seed count that the system calculates over a set number of cycles Connect the test switch to the 4 Channel Control harness N CAUTION Once you finish testing remove the test switch If it accidentally engages the implement could cause injury Installing the working set master module To mount the working set master module WSMT on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the WSMT that allows for easy hookup and access 2 Use the module enclosure as a template to mark the location of the mounting holes N CAUTION Do not use the master module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 35 3 Getting Started 3 Drill four 9 32 inch diameter holes where marked 4 Select one of the following orientations to mount the WSMT on the vehicle Facing down preferred Facing left acceptable Facing right acceptable Note Do not install the module in any other orientation The connection wires must not point upward or dust an
370. t Fill button is selected the image shows where dirt needs to be removed and where it needs to be added Areas that require dirt to be cut are shaded red Areas that require dirt to be filled are shaded blue Neutral areas that do not need adjusting are shaded green Creating a design To create a design for the optimum slope for your field that requires the minimum amount of dirt to be moved 1 Enter the Cut Fill Ratio 2 In the Section list do one of the following FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 411 18 The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin Select the section to level Select None to level the whole field 3 Tap Best Fit The system uses the interior points that you collected to calculate the optimum slope of the field The design information appears in the design slope options and the Stats table An arrow appears on the image of the field to show the direction of fall If necessary you can manually adjust the angle of the slope However this may require a greater amount of dirt to be moved because the original design was the optimum Saving the new design Tap OK to close the AutoPlane screen The new design is saved as the default plane for this field When the field is opened the design loads but the color theme is not saved To re establish the color theme tap AutoPlane and then select Height or Cut Fill Reloading a field When you create a design for a field for example a target levelin
371. t the Population Adjust and Population Filter settings ee et Population Adjust Scales the displayed population by a percentage 100 no scaling Population Filter Stabilizes the monitored population display 0 no filtering 99 maximum filtering Tap OK When you operate the plugin in the field the system does not show rate information it shows the text Monitor only The channel detail button Dl is not available To disable Monitor only mode l 2 3 4 5 Select the Channel Setup screen From the Channel list select Monitor Set the Material list to None A warning message appears Tap OK Re assign materials to the channels 388 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Obtaining diagnostics information about the Tru Application Control device To obtain diagnostics information regarding the current status of the Tru Application Control device and the sensors from the Configuration screen select the Tru Application Control plugin and then tap Diagnostics In the Tru Application Control Diagnostics screen the Channels tabs shows the following information Tru Application Control Diagnostics T Type 4 Channel Planter Drill Item Description WSMT and TECU firmware versions The pulse count The pulse accumulator which appears on the table as Pulse Count counts the number of pulses that the system makes You cannot reset the pulse accumulator value
372. t your local Mid Tech dealer for a firmware upgrade for your controller 268 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 The minimum software versions required for the various Mid Tech controllers are controller Minimum software version Configuring the controller To connect the FM 1000 integrated display to a Mid Tech controller you need a DataLink interface Mid Tech part number 78 05007 This DataLink enables communication with the FM 1000 integrated display at 19200 baud Note You can upgrade the firmware on data links with Mid Tech PN 406 0069 to enable communication at 19200 baud Check with your Mid Tech dealer to determine if an upgrade is necessary The interface has a switch marked External Enable and Local Control e When the switch is set to External Enable the FM 1000 integrated display can send and receive rates to and from the controller e When the switch is set to Local Control the FM 1000 integrated display can only log the rates received from the controller as the controller ignores any rates that get sent to it CAUTION If you switch the External Interface Local Control switch on the DataLink Interface box of a Mid Tech controller the changes do not take effect until the variable rate controller is turned off and turned back on again Communications The FM 1000 integrated display requires the Mid Tech controller to be set to 19200 baud for communications To c
373. tance Based the Lead Time See Calibrating the lead time for your Pulse implement page 461 the Distance in meters decimal feet feet and inches in the Distance field The pulse occurs at each increment of this distance Note The first pulse occurs at the A point Pulse remote output is not recommended for Headland patterns e the duration of the pulse in milliseconds ms in the Duration field the distance in the Within Distance field The pulse occurs only when the vehicle is within this distance of being online If the vehicle is more than this distance offline no pulse occurs When Within the Lead Time See Calibrating the lead time for your implement Area Feature page 461 Note The pulse occurs only when Remote Output is enabled You must also enable Remote Output for each area feature individually in the Mapping plugin setup See Creating an area feature page 107 When Engaged _ nothing There are no options to set Remote output occurs when the system is engaged 5 Tap OK Remote output is now configured If you are using Distance Based Pulse or When Within Area Feature calibrate the Lead Time setting to match your implement 460 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Remote Output 21 Calibrating the lead time for your implement There is usually a gap between the time when the system generates a pulse and the time when that pulse triggers an action on the implement To compensate for this system delay
374. tch turns on coverage which begins FreeForm logging However if an EZ Boom or Tru Application Control system is connected the master switch on the EZ Boom controller or the Tru Application Control harness now controls FreeForm logging and not coverage itself Note Coverage switching will not create large numbers of short FreeForm sections Loading a line To load a line that you previously created in this field 1 From the Run screen tap the Swaths button The Swath Management screen appears 2 Doone of the following Toloada straight section select the appropriate section from the list on the left of the screen To load aFreeForm curve select a curve from the list on the left of the screen The system loads the closest line to you FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 3 Tap Load The Run screen appears with the line loaded If you try to load a line that is over 100 km 63 miles away the following message appears Your current position is too far from the field to work in it Adding an access path An access path is a space between your guidance lines They can be useful if there is road or other field feature that breaks the consistent flow of swaths through the middle of your field You can add access paths on a straight or curved pattern but not headlands or pivots Specify the location and width of the access path when you create the line 1 From the Swath Manage
375. te Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on later using the off latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on later using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area 342 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 7 Configure the appropriate Anhydrous settings Channel Configuration mgt Channel 1 NH3 Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Anhydrous Measurement Unit I Maximum Flow Rate 7402 06 lbs hr Rem Bespin Measurement Unit How the product is measured for the Max Flow Rate setting N nitrogen or NH3 anhydrous ammonia Max Flow Rate When the nitrogen application reaches this flow rate a warning appears 8 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 9 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level Channel 1 NH3 Reset to 0 Capacity 0 00 lbs Reset Level 0 00 lbs Partial Refill 0 00 lbs On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the weight in the field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 343 17 344 The Tru Application Control Plugin Note
376. tem uses when you perform a pre charge while the vehicle is moving 0 Off Flush Speed For Flush mode to work the vehicle must not be moving However the system will flush solution as if the vehicle is traveling at this speed Configuring an external switch A master switch is a switch installed in the vehicle cab that enables you to turn the implement on or off A master switch is required for all applications To calibrate it 1 Onthe Other Sensor Setup screen select Master Switch from the Sensors list 2 From the Switch Status list select Installed 3 Set the Timeout value in seconds When the vehicle ground speed drops to 0 and the master switch remains on the system waits for this length of time and then stops operation You must turn the Master switch off and on again to restart operation The optional implement lift switch provides On Off control based on implement position To enable it 1 From the Sensors list select Implement Lift Switch 2 From the Switch Status list select Enabled 3 Tap OK and then tap OK again Continuing the configuration The rest of the configuration process differs depending on the type of implement that the plugin will control a planter seed Configuring a planter page 299 liquid flow flow Configuring liquid flow page 309 liquid flow Configuring liquid flow page 309 309 a ee or air seeder Configuring granular seed page 318 granular seed granular fertilizer Conf
377. tem will operate High Flow Limit The highest flow at which the system will operate The target rate is the rate at which the implement or sprayer will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 8 To adda target rate a Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kS ha or kS a as appropriate 310 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate Range 0 0 kava 150 0 kSfa d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears There is only one setting on the Alarms Setup screen for liquid flow 11 Enter the product level alarm When the solution in the tank drops to this level a warning appears 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 311 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring the
378. th the EZ Boom controller Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller This chapter describes how to configure the EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system to work with the FM 1000 integrated display to provide sprayer boom switching and rate control Note You can install only one variable rate control plug at once You cannot run the Serial Rate Control plugin or the Tru Application Control plugin at the same time as the EZ Boom plugin FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 247 15 The EZ Boom Plugin AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system The AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system is a variable rate and automated boom switch controller It enables you to control application rate sprayers on either self propelled vehicles or towed sprayers This figure shows the front panel of the EZ Boom controller Status light Rate SEN Rate adjustment switch Master wE 6 8 ae switch d a Boom section 2 amp a a aa o o o o activation oe i switches Installing the EZ Boom controller For information on installing the EZ Boom controller refer to the AgGPS EZ Boom 2010 Automated Application Control System Getting Started Guide Connecting the EZ Boom system To connect the EZ Boom system to the FM 1000 integrated display 1 Connect the FM 1000 integrated display 2 Attach the EZ Boom controller to the dash Use the provided bracket 3 Connect the EZ Boom
379. that has already been leveled you may not need to perform a survey and you can go straight to leveling with the FieldLevel II system Once you complete the survey you can use it to design the optimum drainage slope that can be graded with minimal dirt movement e After you create a survey of the field and a design for how to modify it you can use the FieldLevel II plugin to control a land leveling implement on your vehicle and to adjust the land to an optimal slope The FieldLevel II system uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the implement blade to measure and control its elevation The FieldLevel II design defines the three dimensional height for the field and controls how the implement reshapes the ground The FieldLevel II system automatically raises and lowers the blade on the implement to match the design height anywhere in the field The color cut fill map simple on screen adjustments and automatic blade control makes leveling easy e For improved productivity when leveling a field the FieldLevel II system supports tandem or dual scraper implements The second scraper is also controlled by GPS which means that you can work in areas requiring cuts and fill two scraper buckets before you have to empty the scrapers Terminology A cut is a point on the field where dirt needs to be removed A cut occurs when the existing field is higher than the proposed field surface A fillis a point on the field where dirt must be added A
380. the GPS receiver m Guidance You must install the Manual Guidance plugin the Autopilot plugin or the FieldLevel plugin The Manual Guidance plugin enables you to use the display for guidance from the virtual lightbar FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 153 9 The Manual Guidance Plugin Configuration The Manual Guidance plugin enables you to configure the onscreen vehicle appearance and color 1 From the Configuration screen select the Manual Guidance plugin and then tap Setup Edit Vehicle 2 To change the on screen vehicle color select a color from the drop down list 3 To change the vehicles on screen appearance select a vehicle type from the drop down list 4 Tap OK Note Any changes that you make to the vehicle color or appearance remain even if you remove the Manual Guidance plugin and replace it with the Autopilot plugin Configuring the GPS receiver When you install the Manual Guidance plugin the GPS Receiver plugin is also installed For instructions on configuring the GPS receiver see Chapter 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin Guidance When you use the Manual Guidance plugin the Run screen looks similar to when the Autopilot plugin is installed except that e there is no Autopilot tab on the right 154 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Manual Guidance Plugin 9 e there is no Engage button Jum2OO00000000000 You can still access the Mapping plugin to add field features o
381. the reseller will contact the local VRS Now provider for a SIM card and service plan as this varies from country to country 100 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Ag3000 Modem 6 Connecting the Ag3000 modem The following figure shows how to connect the FM 1000 integrated display to the AgGPS Autopilot Automated Steering System while using corrections from the Ag3000 modem FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 101 6 The Ag3000 Modem Activating the Ag3000 modem In the USA the Ag3000 is bundled with a Trimble installed AT amp T or Jasper Wireless SIM card which is tied to your Ag3000 unit and cannot be separated You cannot use any other SIM cards with this device Additionally this modem does not work in a CDMA network Outside of the USA you must contact your local VRS Now or third party cell provider for a SIM card Configuring the Ag3000 modem 1 Install the Ag3000 plugin For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 56 2 From the Configuration screen select the Ag3000 VRS plugin and then tap Setup Configuration a Ag3000 VRS 102 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Ag3000 Modem 6 The Ag3000 Configuration screen appears Ag3000 Configuration Setup Internet Base SIM 3 From the Port drop down list select the CAN port that the Ag3000 modem is connected to The default setting is Port
382. the single receiver FieldLevel height indicators See Blade position indicators page 424 Auto buttons With a tandem dual configuration the Autopilot Engage button is replaced with two FieldLevel Auto buttons e With a tandem configuration the P Auto button controls the automatics of the primary front implement and the S Auto button controls the automatics of the secondary rear implement e With a dual configuration the P Auto button controls the automatics on the primary left side of the implement and the S Auto button controls the automatics on the secondary right side of the implement Note To control both sides of the implement simultaneously when using a dual configuration you must tap both buttons 454 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tandem Dual Plugin 20 Note With the addition of an external GPS receiver you can use the Autopilot system with tandem and dual systems An Engage button appears next to the P Auto and S Auto buttons The FieldLevel Il tab dual mode The standard FieldLevel II tab in dual mode has a single set of up and down buttons These buttons control the height of the whole implement Use them to raise or lower both sides of the implement simultaneously For example if the blade is on an angle and you raise it with the up arrow on the standard FieldLevel II plugin the blade remains at the original angle The Tandem Dual tab The Tandem Dual tab in either tan
383. the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 316 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 10 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the sprayer volume in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 11 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that the implement sprayer holds when full 12 Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that the implement sprayer can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 13 Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that you will add to the implement sprayer if you do a partial refill 14 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 15 Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary After yo assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 345 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 317 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin
384. the vehicle is lower than the field origin point The model of vehicle that is configured FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 71 5 The System Plugin Mapping Dist to Feature The distance to the nearest feature Dist to Pause The distance to the pause position Heading to Feature Vehicle location relative to the nearest feature feature is directly ahead 0 feature is directly behind 180 Heading to Pause Direction vehicle is facing relative to the paused vehicle position directly ahead 0 directly behind 180 Nearest Point Name The name of the nearest point feature Swath Length The length of the current guidance line Note FreeFform curves are made up of line segments so the Swath Length value is not appropriate for FreeForm curves Swath Number The swath number L left R right Note Freeform curves are made up of line segments so the Swath Number value is not appropriate for counting FreeForm curves Swath Points The number of points that define the current line Tru Application Average Population The average rate across all rows Control Avg Seed Spacing The average spacing between the planted seeds across all of the rows Control Speed The speed reported to the multi application controller Available Memory The available internal memory in the display Coverage Percent The percentage of the field area that is covered area Event Coverage Area The area that has
385. time EZ Guide Plus lightbar will use for LED guidance and lightbar offline distance LED spacing Virtual lightbar 3 cm per the distance represented by each LED on and EZ Guide LED 1 per the lightbar Plus lightbar LED Display Mode Virtual lightbar show error how the LEDs respond to offline distances and EZ Guide chase mode When Show error is selected the display Plus lightbar shows the direction that you need to move in When Show correction is selected the display shows your current distance offline To set the look ahead time or the LED spacing do the following 1 Tap the appropriate number field 2 Inthe dialog that appears enter the required values To set the display mode do the following 1 From the drop down list select the required option 2 Enter the virtual lightbar settings and then tap OK The Lightbars Configuration screen appears 3 Tap OK The virtual lightbar is now configured FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 91 5 The System Plugin Configuring an external lightbar 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administrator password See Password access page 62 The Display Setup screen appears 3 From the list of devices select Lightbar and then tap Setup The Light Bars Configuration screen appears The virtual lightbar from the FM 1000 integrated display is shown along with any detected external
386. ting When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel 304 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 6 Tap Configuration On the Channel Configuration screen configure the Valve Settings as appropriate Drive Type Select the planter drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback Do not adjust this setting unless instructed to by Technical Support Otherwise you must calibrate the drive FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 305 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 7 Configure the Contants as appropriate Channel Configuration i oo J a Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 Gear Ratio Gear Ratio specifies the actual ratio from the application rate sensor to the seed meter shaft RPM This is the number of revolutions the application rate sensor turns for each revolution of the seed meter 306 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 8 Configure
387. tion to the right of the section line The design slope values show the angles and heading of the slope Description North gt South Slope The angle of the design slope from North to South East gt West East gt West Slope The The angle of the design slope from East to West of the design slope from East to West Composite Eri CE The true angle e E a E fall of the design This is the angle of the slope when the two angles above are combined Slope Heading The heading direction of the slope when the two slopes are combined The icon beside each slope option shows the direction of the slope East gt West Slope 1 6223 Because this is a negative slope it drops from East to West The Stats table at the top left of the screen shows field information eS Ai a ae Te ee rer The volume of dirt that must be cut for the current design The volume of dirt that must be added for the current design Note If the Cut and Fill values are the same you will only be moving dirt The volumes will balance out The system includes the Cut Fill Ratio when configuring these amounts See page 410 The area of the field inside the boundary 410 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel Survey Design Plugin 18 The image of the field on the left of the screen can show one of two things e When the Height button is selected the image shows the topographical height of the field y e When the Cu
388. to the implement a Ifmounting holes on the implement are required use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes b Drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Feed a long tie strap through the two mounting holes on the module and then through the holes on the implement d Securely tighten the tie strap e Install a second tie strap around the module at the label end of the enclosure for additional support 3 Connect a Tru Count or Boom Section harness to the module Insert both connectors until the connector locking tabs engage 4 Repeat these steps for any additional output modules Installing the tractor ECU To mount the tractor ECU in the cab 1l Select an area in the cab to mount the tractor ECU that allows for easy hookup and access 2 Use the ECU enclosure as a template to mark the location of the mounting holes N CAUTION Do not use the ECU enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure 3 Drill four 9 32 inch diameter holes where marked Installing a master module harness 1 Connect the module to the Working Set Master Module harness 2 Ifnecessary connect the WSMT valve sensor harness 38 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 3 Connect any additional adaptor harnesses to the module harness The WSMT module harness can accept the following adaptor harnesses
389. to use a slider bar e To move up by one increment tap on the slider bar in the direction that you want to move the pointer e To slide the pointer a Touch the screen where the pointer is located and hold your finger on the screen b Move your finger along the axis in the direction that you want to move the pointer c Remove your finger when you are satisfied with the position of the pointer Lists A list shows all the available options To select an item from a Available Prescriptions list tap the item 28 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 View modes The FM 1000 integrated display screen has two views for representing vehicle guidance on the Run screen e Plan view Shows a bird s eye view of the field with the vehicle in it e Perspective view Shows a three dimensional representation of the field from the driver s perspective On the Run screen both views appear at all times One is shown as the main view the other appears as the smaller auxiliary view in the top right corner oO Main view in this example Plan view Auxiliary view in this example Perspective view To change the view mode tap the small auxiliary view in the top right corner Zooming The FM 1000 integrated display has five levels of zoom A close up view of the vehicle enables you to navigate more accurately while a long view enables you to see more of the field To zoom the
390. troduce significant delays in the steering of instability for example a tendency to response and can cause the vehicle to oscillate excessively overshoot from side to side FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 235 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Notes on performing the proportional steering gain calibration e Perform the Automatic Deadzone calibration immediately before you run the PGain calibration even if the Automatic Deadzone calibration has been performed in the past Perform this calibration on a level surface free of obstructions e Run the engine at full throttle e Raise the implement Increase the proportional gain up to the point just before any one of the following occurs e Slew times no longer decrease a low value is required e Overshoot exceeds 10 depending on the Tracker unit e Steering coulters noticeably shake near end stops To calibrate the proportional steering gain 1 Select the Steering Gain procedure from the calibration list Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration 2 Tap Run Slew Test A warning message appears 236 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 3 Tap Next Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration CAUTION The steering coulters can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the AgGPS TrueTracker system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles
391. trol Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is shown Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 346 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 313 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Configuration On the Channel Configuration screen configure the Valve Settings as appropriate Channel Configuration p Channel 1 liquid Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Drive Type Drive Frequency Input Filter Flush Valve Locking Rem Beseri
392. ttern is complete tap Apply The pattern you entered is applied to all sensors To clear an existing pattern and start again tap Clear To adjust each sensor in the Rows group tap it To access additional sensors tap gt 4 Tap OK we 290 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Other sensors 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Other Sensors Other Sensor Setup l l Speed Source Speed Settings Ground Speed Sensor 1 A hopper sensor mounts inside a tank bin and reports when that tank bin is empty The hopper sensor does not report the current level of the tank bin it reports when the product level drops below where the sensor is mounted To monitor current tank levels see Material accumulator page 363 RPM Sensor An RPM sensor monitors the speed of a shaft in an implement It measures the number of shaft rotations per minute Pressure Sensor There are two types of pressure sensors that can be connected to the system e An air pressure sensor measures the air or vacuum pressure within a tank for implements that use air to move product e A liquid pressure sensor can be used in spraying applications to measure the liquid pressure at a given point within the system Ground Speed There are three different types of ground speed sensors Sensor e GPS e Radar e Manual input External switch The system can support two external switches e a mast
393. ttings 2 Inthe Corrections drop down list tap the appropriate corrections to use 3 IfRTK corrections are selected enter the appropriate base station network ID 4 IfHP XP type corrections are selected the AgGPS Autoseed technology options become available For more information see AGGPS Autoseed fast restart technology page 208 204 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver Plugin 12 Entering 450 MHz frequencies If your FM 1000 integrated display has a 450 MHz internal radio you can set the radio frequency and radio wireless modes 1 From the Configuration screen select the appropriate GPS Receiver plugin and then tap Setup Manual Guidance GPS Receiver Settings Settings Frequencies SecureRTK Logging Radar Output Receiver interna Primary T Corrections Net ID Cancel Vehicle No GPS Old radio fw 2 Select the Frequencies tab The list of current frequencies appears Manual Guidance GPS Receiver Settings Settings Frequencies Advanced Logging Radar Output 2 460 00000 z 470 00000 4 459 63125 Wireless Mode rrasos 4800 T Delete Cancel Vehicle Internal Autonomous OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 205 12 The GPS Receiver Plugin 3 To add anew frequency tap Add Enter frequency for channel5 4 Enter the required frequency for the next available channel and then tap OK The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 5 From th
394. tton for approximately 0 5 seconds FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 23 2 24 Features and Functions Brightness controls To increase or decrease the brightness of the FM 1000 integrated display tap the corresponding button USB socket You can connect a USB memory stick to the display to transfer of data to and from the unit Power connection socket Connects the power cable P N 66694 to the display Primary secondary GPS connector Connects the GPS cable P N 50449 to the display RTK connector Connects the RTK cable P N 62120 to the display Serial CAN sockets Connects external devices to the display For example you can use these sockets to attach devices like AgCams or AgGPs EZ Boom automated application control systems System software The FM 1000 integrated display includes the following features e Field definition and mapping e Feature mapping e Guidance to predefined field patterns e Logging of coverage data e Variable rate control e Boom Row switching e Logging of topographic mapping data e Output of information for analysis in office based Geographic Information System GIS software e Seed Liquid Granular and Anhydrous Ammonia control e Seed monitoring FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 Folder hierarchy The FM 1000 integrated display stores data in a folder hierarchy according to client farm field and event peenei T i a a The
395. ty ACA EMC framework thus satisfying the requirements for C Tick Marking and sale within Australia and New Zealand Notice to Our European Union Customers For product recycling instructions and more information please go to www trimble com ev shtml Recycling in Europe To recycle Trimble WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment products that run on electrical power Call 31 497 53 24 30 and ask for the WEEE Associate Or mail a request for recycling instructions to Trimble Europe BV c o Menlo Worldwide Logistics Meerheide 45 5521 DZ Eersel NL FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 4 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Safety A A Warnings A F P pyp Always follow the instructions that accompany a Warning or Caution The information they provide is intended to minimize the risk of personal injury and or damage to property In particular observe safety instructions that are presented in the following format WARNING This alert warns of a potential hazard which if not avoided can cause severe injury CAUTION This alert warns of a hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided can cause injury or damage Note An absence of specific alerts does not mean that there are no safety risks involved WARNING Incorrect adjustment of the Manual Override Sensitivity calibration setting could cause this critical safety feature to fail resulting in personal injury or damage to the v
396. ue Tracker 58 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Overview of Plugins 4 2 Tap the icon for the plugin that you want to activate and then tap Unlock Enter Password to Activate Implement Steering 3 Inthe screen that appears enter the activation password that your local reseller provided and then tap OK Ifyou enter a correct password an Enabled message appears The plugin is now activated Ifyou enter an invalid password an error message appears Enter the password again If it still does not work contact your local reseller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 59 4 Overview of Plugins 60 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin In this chapter m Accessing the configuration settings m Calibrating the touch screen m Configuring the display CHAPTER The System plugin controls the basic settings and appearance of the display This chapter describes how to use the plugin to configure the display Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 61 5 62 The System Plugin Accessing th e configuration settings Tap Se i Configuration system Password access Any Setup or Calibrate button marked with a padlock icon E is protected by two passwords
397. umber of sensors based on the total number of sensors controlled by all the modules as defined in the module setup 2 Ifnecessary tap Implement Setup to configure the implement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 289 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 3 Set the rows There are four possible settings for a sensor Population ON The sensor is configured as a population or Hi Rate sensor that can count each seed as it passes the sensor Note To utilize this option a Hi Rate population style seed sensor must be installed on the planter drill or air seeder Blockage ON The sensor is configured as a blockage type sensor that can detect seed passing by the sensor When this option is selected the user is notified when there is a blockage on a specific row This style of seed sensor is not accurate enough to provide population information Note To use this option a blockage style seed sensor must be installed on the planter drill or air seeder Disabled OFF x The row is disabled Absent The sensor is not there Note You cannot select this setting it is automatically assigned if the system does not detect a sensor There are two ways to set the row sensors You can use the Pattern group to apply a repeating pattern to the sensors Tap to add or to remove a sensor until you have the correct number of sensors for the repeating pattern and then tap each sensor to adjust its setting When the pa
398. under the graphic to set the boom section widths By default each section width is set to an equal amount calculated by dividing the application width by the number of sections 2 Doone of the following Ifyou are configuring an EZ Boom system and the implement has a left fence section tap Left Fence Nozzle Ifyou are configuring an EZ Boom system and the implement has a right fence section tap Right Fence Nozzle FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 113 7 Implement Configuration A fence section is a spray section at the far left or right of the spray boom that points out to the side to cover fence lines The left fence section is controlled by the far left number 1 switch and the right fence section is controlled by the furthest active switch to the right on the EZ Boom controller Implement Setup Guidance Application Geometry Application Width Number of 3 Tap OK The Edit Implement screen appears Configuring the Geometry settings 1 From the Implement Setup screen select the Geometry tab Implement Setup Guidance Application Geometry Type leer Hitch to Ground Contate Point 140 0 D Antenna Se FrontiBack Offset zee E Antenna Left Right eae Offset 00 0 F Antenna Height 0 0 2 From the Type list select the implement type Hitch 3pt the implement is fixed to the vehicle 114 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide ee 8 Implement Configuration 7
399. urate as possible If you know the spreader constant enter it but using the Spreader Constant Calibration wizard is recommended See Spreader constant page 353 The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 329 17 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 To adda target rate a Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kg ha or Ibs a as appropriate c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate d Enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 11 Enter the Product Level Alarm time When the product drops to this level a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material 330 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure
400. ure A virtual LED on the Capture button flashes to show that data is being sent or received on that serial port To view the data tap ASCII or Hex and then tap Capture Approximately five seconds of serial data is captured and then appears on the screen You can review the data or capture another snapshot Note Data shown in green is incoming data data shown in red is outgoing data Restoring default settings You can reset the display to its default values This can be useful if e you made changes to the display settings the results are poor but you cannot determine which setting was the cause e you move the display from one vehicle to another Note If you restore the defaults the Autopilot vehicle setup information is not reset See Using the save restore settings files page 80 508 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 To restore the default settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the System plugin and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 2 Tap Default A confirmation screen appears 3 Tap Yes The default settings are restored Viewing the FM 1000 integrated display diagnostic information Display configuration information To view display configuration information tap D at the top right of the display The Home screen shows e Display firmware information e AgGPS Autopilot controller information e GPS receiver and correction method information Vehicle
401. us description SU quality of positions based on satellite geometry Ant_HAE Antenna height above ellipsoid meters ee __ntecnetcoretrimpmered Ground_HAE Ground height above ellipsoid meters ce intestotcarntympmened Direction of travel with respect to true North decimal degrees Swath_Num Current swath headland number ee Offline Offline distance from swath center line meters Along_Line Along line distance from start of swath meters ee lnete tatcnenmenen Units Units metric Note Not currently implemented Field_Name The name of the field Sy The target rate at the current position ne As_Applied Applied rate RON ntenevrntyinponees Pitch The pitch ete tereorenyinsonenes 68 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 Field description oi The roll er iat etcrerinpemered The yaw foe rocwrntyinonenes OO field Only supported for the AgGPS Aerial Flow Controller Autocal Flow controller and Crophawk Flow Meter Relative_Height Height Enabling the night mode option Total_Qty Total volume of material as applied for the current The night mode color theme uses darker color themes to make the screen easier to see in low light conditions It is also useful if you find the default colors difficult to see ee leleleleye el ele ee ele le eye ee ee e e e e e e Fence swaths z Skip Pause Overlap Overlap From the Mapping screen select Night Mode from the Color Scheme
402. using tandem scrapers this is the front scraper Secondary Auto This button engages the automatics to the hydraulic valve when using dual or tandem scrapers When using dual scrapers this is the right side of the blade When using tandem scrapers this will control the rear scraper Create Benchmark You must create benchmarks that FieldLevel Il operations use as a point of horizontal and vertical reference Design button Engage this button to design a field slope and orientation or in the case of Autoslope you can set the design parameters for the tile or surface ditch profile Pace Use the up and down arrows to manually adjust the grade i the scraper or tile plow blade eT Il single Used when there is a single antenna on a scraper or tile control plow FieldLevel II Used for surveying boundaries interior lines or section Survey design control lines It is also for designing an Autoplane surface where you can create a best fit plane through a surveyed field and balance the cut and fill to your requirements FieldLevel II dual Used for either a dual or tandem scraper configuration control FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 423 19 The FieldLevel I Plugin Blade position indicators When you use the FM 1000 integrated display to provide guidance for example guiding to a contour guidance is displayed on the virtual lightbar at the top of the screen When you use the display to show field leveling infor
403. variations caused by valve current response friction and hydraulic fluid viscosity alter these settings High PGain values Low PGain values Decrease the slew time and increase the Increase the slew time and decrease the overshoot This provides rapid responses but overshoot This improves the stability but can can cause the steering to exhibit signs of introduce significant delays in the steering instability for example a tendency to response and can cause the vehicle to oscillate excessively overshoot from side to side Notes on performing the proportional steering gain calibration e Perform the Automatic Deadzone calibration immediately before you run the PGain calibration even if the Automatic Deadzone calibration has been performed in the past Perform this calibration on a hard level surface that is free of obstructions e Maintain a vehicle speed above 1 6 kph 1 mph while you perform the calibration Increase the proportional gain up to the point just before any one of the following occurs e Slew times no longer decrease a low value is required e Overshoot exceeds 5 8 depending on the vehicle e Wheels noticeably shake near end stops 188 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Autopilot Plugin 11 To calibrate the proportional steering gain 1 Select the Valve P gain procedure from the calibration list See Introduction to Autopilot calibration page 176 The first Autopilot Steering G
404. vehicle Any adjustment to this setting must be made only by an authorized dealer CNH strongly recommends that you perform this calibration only if the default sensitivity is unacceptable under all conditions Do not to choose a sensitivity setting that is either too sensitive or not sensitive enough In either case manual override may cease to function correctly On some platforms you could set the sensitivity so low that the manual override function will not detect any steering wheel motion It is vital that you avoid this To configure and check the manual override 1 Select the Manual Override option from the procedure list See page 176 Autopilot Manual Override Calibration Instructions Move this control to adjust the sensitivity of the manual override feature A higher value makes the manual override less sensitive to steering wheel movement Warming This calibration adjustment should only be made by qualified personnel Misadjustment of this calibration setting could result in the failure of this critical safety feature High Sensitivity 2 Test the current manual override setting a Turn the steering wheel The Override Inactive button changes color when the Override becomes active With the system active assess whether the manual override feature is at an acceptable level of sensitivity for Speed of steering wheel turn Distance of steering wheel turn FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide b The
405. vel II Plugin Step 1 Configuring the implement If you have not already configured the implement see Configuring the implement for leveling page 404 Step 2 Configuring the leveling model Install the FieldLevel II plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 56 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Setup FieldLevel Il Setup 2 Select the leveling model from the drop down list Point and Slope Creates consistently sloped tile or surface drainage From the starting point the vehicle levels at a constant slope regardless of its direction See Slope adjust for Point and Slope leveling page 417 Autoslope Creates a tile or surface drainage design at an optimal depth within a set of constraints The slope will not be constant providing the most efficient tile or ditch design See Driving in Autoslope mode page 432 Flat Plane laser Levels the field to a design plane The plane can be configured in the onboard software using benchmarks and slopes or by creating a plane of best fit over a surveyed surface Autoslope It uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the leveling implement However the design heights are corrected to a plane surface to match your old laser leveled fields See Configuring settings for all leveling models page 418 416 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugin 19 Flat Plane GPS Levels the field t
406. vent Attributes use or state restricted pesticides or herbicides The country or region where the farm is located The vehicle used in the operation Implement The implement connected to the vehicle Application Method The application method used for example spraying seeding or harvesting Wind speed The average wind speed Theaverasewindwpeed Custom 2 Additional information of your choosing Custom 3 Additional information of your choosing Additional information of your choosing The material being applied FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 125 8 The Mapping Plugin The parts of the Run screen The Run screen is where you receive guidance and drive the vehicle The appearance of the screen changes depending on which plugins you have installed item Description o o Virtual lightbar 2 GPS receiver s information Plugin tabs Autopilot tab shown Logging and engage buttons Plugin information tabs Mapping plugin tab shown e p OO These items are described in more detail below Virtual lightbar The virtual lightbar provides vehicle guidance When the vehicle is perfectly on the guidance line the three center green LEDs are lit When the vehicle moves off the guidance line to the left or the right the three LEDs that are lit drift to the side 126 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Mapping Plugin 8 To configure the virtual lightbar see Configuring the lightbar sett
407. ving in Point and Slope mode 22 s 456 8 ke o44 eee whe eed ee Fee Ewe eo as 431 Driving in A toslope Mod sss hedece 6 65 e bee kedi e daadaa kaiia di us 432 Driving in Flat Plane Laser and Flat Plane GPS modes 436 Dennie ap ee errereen epe e erT 438 Driving in Contour Mod ss siinsed ira Kk eR See TERE SEE ES trabak 442 The Tandem Dual Plugin 1 6 2 eee 445 Introduction to tandem or dual leveling 2 0 0 2 c eee ee 446 Tandem scraper configuration 1 2 eee 446 Dual scraper configuration 4442 4ean4en eee ote eee eee ag ee Ee 44h Re oS 446 Configuring the Tandem Dial plugin 4 420 4 24 s44ueeeddeee iz taeadegeddas 447 Step 1 Configuring the implement 4 cena 4 eeeeeee eee GE SES4OES oO ESS 447 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 21 22 23 24 25 Contents Step 2 Preparing the FM 1000 integrated display and antenna connections 447 Step 3 Configuring the primary Tecever 4 64 4446 tes e646 9 2 2h6 RUS Sebo ao 449 Step 4 Configuring the secondary receiver 0 00 eee eee ee eee 450 Step 5 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin 2 0000 451 Step 6 Calibrating the Tandem Dual valve module 0 000 ee eee 452 Operating ihe Tandem Dual plugin 4 2426 22 24 eee da deakecuaa shod oe ames s 454 Remote OUIDIN lt ke oe Sh ESS ECR ERE Rea CES ee i 457 Connecine remote OUUU 4 5 42 560 642 be eeeeteo oe sh beet ee one eee eet s
408. with the lock pin EZ Steer plugin screen The EZ Steer tab on the Run screen shows the current nudge increment and online aggressiveness values e Tap either the lt or gt button to increase or decrease the Nudge Increment setting by the distance set in the Steering Settings setup screen e Tap either the or button to increase or decrease the Online Aggressiveness setting by 5 The default value is set in the Steering Settings setup screen Engage status indicators Engage status Button color Vehicle icon color Ready to engage Cannot engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 169 10 The EZ Steer Plugin Vehicle specific performance Before you use the EZ Steer system CNH recommends that you consider the following vehicle specific performance suggestions Vehicle type Performance hint 2WD tractor For an EZ Steer system installed on tractors that have SuperSteer for example New Holland TG If the tractor has a SuperSteer front axle for best performance Reduce the Online Aggressiveness value Line up close to the swath and make certain that the front wheels are straight before engaging the EZ Steer system To get smoother performance when the vehicle is pulling an implement over tilled ground enable the Diff Lock This prevents the machine from pulling sharply to the left or right If you are calibrating on a hard surface turn off Diff Lock AWD tractor The EZ Steer system can be installed
409. ws e GNSS antenna e GNSS antenna mounting plate e Power cables e Quick reference card e Documentation CD e Radio antenna RTK only Description oO FM 1000 integrated display RAM mount and screws 20 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 Display unit Front view Epsd Ermit Cererage ace 13 73 mph Tidi E LEF Fire EE FS ARETE HM HIN r Touch sensitive screen Screen The FM 1000 integrated display has a 12 touch sensitive screen In the field the easiest way to interact with the system is to tap an item on the display screen N CAUTION Do not use a sharp item such as a pencil to press the screen or you may damage the surface of the screen Use your finger to press the screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 21 2 Features and Functions Control buttons There are three touch screen buttons on the right of the display access the Home screen see page 49 access the Configuration screen see page 50 access the Run screen see page 51 These buttons enable you to access all features of the software For example if you tap the Configuration button 68 the Configuration screen appears From here you can configure the whole system 22 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Features and Functions 2 Display unit Rear view fia ibeskicn o poen O Co pee o emen Co pee Co e Power button To turn the system on or off push and hold the Power bu
410. xternal lightbar setup e guidance setup e sound settings hardware configuration e CAN bus settings e power management setup e time zone configuration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 65 5 The System Plugin These steps are described in more detail in the following sections Managing data files The Data Files management screen enables you to manipulate your saved data Data Files From either the display s internal memory or the USB memory stick you can copy implements prescriptions data dictionaries field data or delete unwanted data For more information see Copying or deleting data files page 497 Configuring mapping including night mode The Mapping screen enables you to configure the following items Description Map orientation The direction that the screen follows the position of the vehicle Track logging How often the display records points along the path that the vehicle has driven Night mode The night mode color theme uses darker color themes to make the screen easier to see in low light conditions 66 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The System Plugin 5 1 From the Display Setup screen select Map Settings Mapping Map Orientation Veit Up v Track Logging Distance 164 0 5 Track Logging Time 5 00 5 Color Scheme Nig Mode v Instruction Points will be logged at the greater of the two values To always log a point based on one set the other to zero Setting
411. you can configure more than one row to each switch to control multiple rows at once Installation all implements See Installing key Tru Application Control components page 35 Configuration All models 1 Install the Tru Application Control plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 56 2 Configure the implement For more information on configuring the implement see the chapter Implement Configuration page 105 3 Configure the spray boom For more information on configuring the spray boom see Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display page 249 282 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 17 Configuring the plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tru Application Control plugin and then tap Setup 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup The first time that you configure the plugin the channels are not set 2 Configure each of the sections as described below Saving a configuration file 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Backup Config The Save Tru Application Control Configuration screen appears 2 Tap the Filename field to enter a new file name for the current configuration backup Tap OK to create the backup file The Save Tru Application Control Configuration screen appears 3 Tap OK to save the configuration file The 4 Channel Setup screen appears Reloading a configuration file When you reload a configuration it restores all o
412. you can set a lead time to trigger the pulse slightly early so that the action occurs at the correct location For this calibration you drive the vehicle along a line and back using the Remote Output plugin to mark points on the ground If the remote output is correctly calibrated the points that you generate when driving in both directions will be close together This section describes some implement calibration steps See also Chapter 6 Implement Configuration Do the following 1 Set the front back offset See page 461 2 Calibrate the front back offset See page 461 3 Set the lead time See page 462 Setting the front back offset A CAUTION You must configure the correct front back offset If you are using an Autopilot system set the front back offset to the distance from the fixed axle of the vehicle to the implement If you are using manual guidance set the front back offset to the distance from the antenna center point to the implement 1 Accurately measure whichever of the following options is appropriate Autopilot systems The distance between the fixed axle of the vehicle and the part of the implement where the trigger marks will be applied on the ground Manual guidance systems The distance between the antenna center point and the part of the implement where the trigger marks will be applied on the ground 2 From the Configuration screen tap Implement Setup and then enter this value as the F B Off
413. you may need to allow Activex technology to see all of the summary file Upgrading the FM 1000 integrated display firmware 478 l 2 Transfer the new firmware file from www trimble com to your office computer Connect the FM 1000 integrated display USB memory stick to your office computer Unzip the firmware file and then save it to the root folder of the USB memory stick Insert the USB memory stick into the USB socket on the rear of the FM 1000 integrated display Press the Power button on the rear of the display to turn on the FM 1000 integrated display and then wait for the Home screen to appear Tap Upgrade The Firmware Upgrade screen appears Select a firmware file from the Firmware list and tap Upgrade Once the upgrade is complete tap OK The system restarts FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 24 Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware You can use the display to upgrade the firmware in the following components Tru Application Control Working Set Master Module WSMT Tru Application Control Tractor ECU To upgrade a components firmware l Di 9 Transfer the new firmware file from www trimble com to your office computer Connect the FM 1000 integrated display USB memory stick to your office computer Copy the firmware upgrade file to the Firmware folder on the USB memory stick Insert the USB memory stick into the USB socket on the F

CNH FM-1000 Integrated Display

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents